Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease

go-math-grade-7-chapter-5-percent-increase-and-decrease-answer-key

Download Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key for Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease pdf for free. Quick and easy learning is possible with Go Math 7th Grade Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease. So, we suggest the students of 7th standard to go through the HMH Go Math Grade 7 Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease. Our team of Go Math Answer Key will help the Grade 7 students to score the highest marks.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease

Get a brief explanation for all the questions in Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Go Math Answer Key Grade 7. Tap on the links provided below and get the solutions according to the topics. So, utilize the time in the proper way and practice Go Math 7th Grade Solution Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease.

Chapter 5 – Percent Increase and Decrease

Chapter 5 – Rewriting Percent Expressions

Chapter 5 – Applications of Percent

Chapter 5

Percent Increase and Decrease – Guided Practice – Page No. 144

Find each percent increase. Round to the nearest percent.

Question 1.
From $5 to $8
______ %

Answer: 60%

Explanation:
Percent Charge = Amount of Change/Original Amount
Original amount = 5
Final amount = 8
8 – 5 = 3
Percent change = 3/5 = 0.6 = 60%

Question 2.
From 20 students to 30 students
______ %

Answer: 50%

Explanation:
Percent Charge = Amount of Change/Original Amount
Original amount = 20
Final amount = 30
We find the amount of change
30 – 20 = 10
We determine the percent of the increase
Percent change = 10/20 = 0.5 = 50%

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Page 144 Q3

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Page 144 Q4

Question 5.
From 13 friends to 14 friends
______ %

Answer: 8%

Explanation:
Percent Charge = Amount of Change/Original Amount
Original amount = 13
Final amount = 14
We find the amount of change
14 – 13 = 1
We determine the percent of increase and round it to the nearest percent
Percent Change = 1/13 ≈ 0.08 = 8%

Question 6.
From 5 miles to 16 miles
______ %

Answer: 220%

Explanation:
Percent Charge = Amount of Change/Original Amount
Original amount = 5
Final amount = 16
We find the amount of change
16 – 5 = 11
We determine the percent of increase and round it to the nearest percent
Percent Change = 11/5 = 2.2 = 220%

Question 7.
Nathan usually drinks 36 ounces of water per day. He read that he should drink 64 ounces of water per day. If he starts drinking 64 ounces, what is the percent increase? Round to the nearest percent.
______ %

Answer: 78%

Explanation:
Given,
Nathan usually drinks 36 ounces of water per day. He read that he should drink 64 ounces of water per day.
Original Amount: 36
Final Amount: 64
Percent Charge = Amount of Change/Original Amount
We find the amount of change
64 – 36 = 28
We determine the percent of increase and round it to the nearest percent
Percent Change = 28/36 ≈ 0.78 = 78%
Thus the nearest percent is 78%

Find each percent decrease. Round to the nearest percent.

Question 8.
From $80 to $64
______ %

Answer: 20%

Explanation:
Percent Charge = Amount of Change/Original Amount
Original amount = 80
Final amount = 64
We find the amount of change
Amount of change = Greater value – Lesser value
= 80 – 64 = 16
We determine the percent of increase and round it to the nearest percent
Percent Change = 16/80 = 0.20 = 20%
Thus the nearest percent is 20%

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Page 144 Q9

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Page 144 Q10

Question 11.
From 145 pounds to 132 pounds
______ %

Answer: 9%

Explanation:
Percent Charge = Amount of Change/Original Amount
Original amount = 145
Final amount = 132
We find the amount of change
Amount of change = Greater value – Lesser value
145 – 132 = 13
We determine the percent of increase and round it to the nearest percent
Percent Change = 13/145 ≈ 0.09 = 9%
The nearest percent is 9%

Question 12.
From 64 photos to 21 photos
______ %

Answer: 67%

Explanation:
Percent Charge = Amount of Change/Original Amount
Original amount = 64
Final amount = 21
We find the amount of change
Amount of change = Greater value – Lesser value
64 – 21 = 43
We determine the percent of increase and round it to the nearest percent
Percent Change = 43/64 ≈ 0.67 = 67%
Therefore the nearest percent is 67%

Question 13.
From 16 bagels to 0 bagels
______ %

Answer: 100%

Explanation:
Percent Charge = Amount of Change/Original Amount
Original amount = 16
Final amount = 0
We find the amount of change
Amount of change = Greater value – Lesser value
16 – 0 = 16
We determine the percent of increase and round it to the nearest percent
Percent Change = 16/16 = 1.0% = 100%

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Page 144 Q14

Find the new amount given the original amount and the percent of change.

Question 15.
$9; 10% increase
$ ______

Answer: $9.90

Explanation:
Percent Charge = Amount of Change/Original Amount
Original amount = 9
Increase = 10%
We find the amount of change
0.1 × 9 = 0.90
New Amount = Original Amount + Amount of Change
9 + 0.90 = 9.90

Question 16.
48 cookies; 25% decrease
______ cookies

Answer: 36 cookies

Explanation:
Original amount = 48
Decrease = 25%
We find the amount of change
0.25 × 48 = 12
New Amount = Original Amount – Amount of Change
48 – 12 = 36
Thus the answer is 36 cookies.

Question 17.
340 pages; 20% decrease
______ pages

Answer: 272 pages

Explanation:
Original Amount: 340 pages
Decrease: 20%
We find the amount of change
0.20 × 340 = 68
New Amount = Original Amount – Amount of Change
340 – 68 = 272
The answer is 272 pages.

Question 18.
28 members; 50% increase
______ members

Answer: 42 members

Explanation:
Original Amount: 28
Increase: 50%
We find the amount of change
0.5 × 28 = 14
New amount = Original Amount + Amount of Change
28 + 14 = 42
The answer is 42 members

Question 19.
$29,000; 4% decrease
$ ______

Answer: $27,840

Explanation:
Original Amount: 29000
Decrease: 4%
We find the amount of change
0.04 × 29000 = 1160
New Amount = Original Amount – Amount of Change
29000 – 1160 = 27840
The answer is $27,840

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Page 144 Q20

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Page 144 Q21

Essential Question Check-In

Question 22.
What process do you use to find the percent change of a quantity?
Type below:
_____________

Answer: In order to find the percent change of a quantity, we determine the amount of change in the quantity and divide it by the original amount.

Percent Increase and Decrease – Independent Practice – Page No. 145

Question 23.
Complete the table.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Lesson 1: Percent Increase and Decrease img 1
Type below:
_____________

Answer: bike: 13%, scooter 24%, increase, tennis racket: $83, skis: $435

Go-Math-Grade-7-Answer-Key-Chapter-5-Percent-Increase-and-Decrease-img-1

Explanation:
Since the new price is less than the original price, it is a percent decrease. percent decreases can be found using the equation percent decrease = (original – new)/original
Bike: 110 – 96/110 = 14/110 ≈ 13%
Scooter: 56 – 45/45 = 11/45 ≈ 24%
Use the equation percent increase = new – original/original
let x be the new price
skis: (580 – x)/580 = 0.25
580 – x = 0.25 × 580
580 – x = 145
x = 580 – 145 = 435
The new price is $435

Question 24.
Multiple Representations
The bar graph shows the number of hurricanes in the Atlantic Basin from 2006–2011.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Lesson 1: Percent Increase and Decrease img 2
a. Find the amount of change and the percent of decrease in the number of hurricanes from 2008 to 2009 and from 2010 to 2011. Compare the amounts of change and percents of decrease.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 2008 to 2009 has a smaller amount of change but a larger percent of decrease.

Explanation:
2008 to 2009:
amount of change: 8 – 3 = 5
percent decrease: 5/8 = 0.625 = 62.5%
2010 to 2011:
amount of change: 12 – 7 = 5
percent decrease: 5/12 ≈ 0.416 = 41.6%
The amount of change for 2010 to 2011 was greater than the amount of change for 2008 to 2009 but 2008 to 209 had a greater percent decrease than 2010 to 2011.

Question 24.
b. Between which two years was the percent of change the greatest? What was the percent of change during that period?
_______ %

Answer: 2009 and 2010, 300%

Explanation:
Use the percent change = amount of change/original amount.
The biggest change in heights is between 2009 and 2010.
The percent change is (12-3)/3 = 9/3 = 3 = 300%

Question 25.
Represent Real-World Problems
Cheese sticks that were previously priced at “5 for $1” are now “4 for $1”. Find each percent of change and show your work.
a. Find the percent decrease in the number of cheese sticks you can buy for $1.
_______ %

Answer: 20% decrease

Explanation:
Use the percent change = amount of change/original amount.
(5 – 4)/5 = 1/5 = 0.2 = 20% decrease

Question 25.
b. Find the percent increase in the price per cheese stick.
_______ %

Answer: 25% increase

Explanation:
First, find the price per cheese stick at each price.
Use the percent change = amount of change/original amount.
1.00/5 = 0.20
1/4 = 0.25
(0.25 – 0.20)/0.20 = 0.05/0.20 = 25% increase

Percent Increase and Decrease – Page No. 146

Question 26.
Percent error calculations are used to determine how close to the true values, or how accurate, experimental values really are. The formula is similar to finding percent of change.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Lesson 1: Percent Increase and Decrease img 3
chemistry class, Charlie records the volume of a liquid as 13.3 milliliters. The actual volume is 13.6 milliliters. What is his percent error? Round to the nearest percent.
_______ %

Answer: 2%

Explanation:
Use the formula
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Lesson 1: Percent Increase and Decrease img 3
|13.3 – 13.6|/13.6 = |-0.3|/13.6 ≈ 0.02 = 2%

H.O.T.

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Question 27.
Look for a Pattern
Leroi and Sylvia both put $100 in a savings account. Leroi decides he will put in an additional $10 each week. Sylvia decides to put in an additional 10% of the amount in the account each week.
a. Who has more money after the first additional deposit? Explain.
___________

Answer: the same

Explanation:
Since 10% of 100 is 100(0.10) = 10, they both make an additional deposit of 10, so they have the same amount of money after the first additional deposit.

Question 27.
b. Who has more money after the second additional deposit? Explain.
___________

Answer: Sylvia

Explanation:
Both Lerio and Sylvia have $110 in their account after their first deposits since they both started with $100 and both deposited $10 for their first deposit.
After the second deposit, Lerio has 110 + 10 = $120.
Sylvia has 110 + 0.10(110) = 110 + 11 = $121
So she has more money after the second deposit.

Question 27.
c. How do you think the amounts in the two accounts will compare after a month? A year?
Type below:
___________

Answer: Sylvia will continue to have more money after a month and a year since 10% of the balance is going to be greater than the 10 deposit that Leroi is making.

Question 28.
Critical Thinking
Suppose an amount increases by 100%, then decreases by 100%. Find the final amount. Would the situation change if the original increase was 150%? Explain your reasoning.
Type below:
___________

Answer: If an amount increases by 100%, then it will double. If it then decreases by 100%, it will become 0.
If you increase a number by 150% and then decrease it by 150%, you will not get to 0. 150% increase of 100 is 100 + 150 = 250.
A decrease of 150% is then 250 – 1.5(250) = 250 – 375 = -125

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Page 144 Q29

Rewriting Percent Expressions – Guided Practice – Page No. 150

Question 1.
Dana buys dress shirts from a clothing manufacturer for s dollars each and then sells the dress shirts in her retail clothing store at a 35% markup.
a. Write the markup as a decimal.
______

Answer: To convert a percent to a decimal, move the decimal place two places to the left. Therefore, 35% as a decimal is 0.35.

Question 1.
b. Write an expression for the retail price of the dress shirt.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
To write the expression, use the formula
retail price = original place + markup
Since s is the original place, if the markup is 35% = 0.35, then the markup is 0.35s.

Question 1.
c. What is the retail price of a dress shirt that Dana purchased for $32.00?
$ ______

Answer: Plugging in s = 32 into the expression gives a retail price of 1.35 = 1.35(32) = $43.20

Question 1.
d. How much was added to the original price of the dress shirt?
$ ______

Answer: The amount added to the original price is the amount of the markup. Since the amount of the markup is 0.35s and s = 32, then the amount of the markup was 0.35s = 0.35(32) = $11.20.
You can also find the amount of markup by subtracting the retail price and the original price. Since the retail price is $43.20 and the original price is $32, then the markup amount is $43.20 – $32 = $11.20

List the markup and retail price of each item. Round to two decimal places when necessary.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Lesson 2: Rewriting Percent Expressions img 4
Markup: $ ______ Retail Price: $ ______

Answer: Markup: $ 2.70 Retail Price: $ 20.70

Explanation:
Go-Math-Grade-7-Answer-Key-Chapter-5-Percent-Increase-and-Decrease-img-4
Use the formula markup = price(markup%)
18(0.15) = 2.70
Use the retail price formula = price + markup
18 + 2.70 = 20.70

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Lesson 2: Rewriting Percent Expressions img 5
Markup: $ ______ Retail Price: $ ______

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-7-Answer-Key-Chapter-5-Percent-Increase-and-Decrease-img-5
Use the formula markup = (price)(markup %)
22.50(0.42) = 9.45
Use the retail price formula = price + markup
22.50 + 9.45 = 31.95

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Lesson 2: Rewriting Percent Expressions img 6
Markup: $ ______ Retail Price: $ ______

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-7-Answer-Key-Chapter-5-Percent-Increase-and-Decrease-img-6
Use the formula markup = (price)(markup %)
= 33.75(0.75) = 25.31
Use the formula retail price = price + markup
33.75 + 25.31 = 59.06

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Lesson 2: Rewriting Percent Expressions img 7
Markup: $ ______ Retail Price: $ ______

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-7-Answer-Key-Chapter-5-Percent-Increase-and-Decrease-img-7
Use the formula markup = (price)(markup %)
= 74.99(0.33) = 24.75
Use the formula retail price = price + markup
74.99 + 24.75 = 99.74

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Lesson 2: Rewriting Percent Expressions img 8
Markup: $ ______ Retail Price: $ ______

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-7-Answer-Key-Chapter-5-Percent-Increase-and-Decrease-img-8
Use the formula markup = (price)(markup %)
48.60(1.00) = 48.60
Use the formula retail price = price + markup
48.60 + 48.60 = 97.20

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Lesson 2: Rewriting Percent Expressions img 9
Markup: $ ______ Retail Price: $ ______

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-7-Answer-Key-Chapter-5-Percent-Increase-and-Decrease-img-9
Use the formula markup = (price)(markup %)
= 185 × 1.25 = 231.25
Use the formula retail price = price + markup
185 + 231.25 = 461.25

Find the sale price of each item. Round to two decimal places when necessary.

Question 8.
Original price: $45.00; Markdown: 22%
$ ______

Answer:
Use the formula markup = (price)(markup %)
45(0.22) = 9.90
Markdown is 9.90
Use the formula retail price = price + markup
45 – 9.90 = 35.10
The sale price is $35.10

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Page 150 Q9

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Page 150 Q10

Question 11.
Original price: $279.99, Markdown: 75%
$ ______

Answer:
Use the formula markup = (price)(markup %)
279.99 × 0.75 = 209.99
Use the formula retail price = price – markup
279.99 – 209.99 = 70

Essential Question Check-In

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Page 150 Q12

Rewriting Percent Expressions – Independent Practice – Page No. 151

Question 13.
A bookstore manager marks down the price of older hardcover books, which originally sell for b dollars, by 46%.
a. Write the markdown as a decimal.
______

Answer: 0.46

Explanation:
To convert a percent to decimal form, move the decimal point 2 places to the left and don’t write the percent symbol. Therefore, 46% as a decimal is 0.46.

Question 13.
b. Write an expression for the sale price of the hardcover book.
Type below:
____________

Answer: 0.54b

Explanation:
The sale price is the original price minus the discount amount. If the original price is discounted 46% and the original price is b dollars, the amount of the discount is 46% of b = 0.46b.
The sale price is then b – 0.46b = (1 – 0.46)b = 0.54b

Question 13.
c. What is the sale price of a hardcover book for which the original retail price was $29.00?
$ ______

Answer: $15.66

Explanation:
From part (b), the sale price of an item with an original price of b dollars is 0.54b. If the original price is then b = 29 dollars, the sale price is 0.54b = 0.54 × 29 = $15.66

Question 13.
d. If you buy the book in part c, how much do you save by paying the sale price?
$ ______

Answer: $13.34

Explanation:
The amount of savings is the difference between the original price and the sale price. If the original price is $29 and the sale price is $15.66, then the amount of savings is $29.00 – $15.66 = $13.34

Question 14.
Raquela’s coworker made price tags for several items that are to be marked down by 35%. Match each Regular Price to the correct Sale Price, if possible. Not all sales tags match an item.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Lesson 2: Rewriting Percent Expressions img 10
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
35% markdown means the expression for the sales price is p – 0.35p = 0.65p. Plug in the regular prices for p to find the sale prices. Remember the directions stated not all sales tags will match a regular price so you won’t be able to match every regular price ticket with a sale price ticket.
0.65(3.29) = 2.14
0.65(4.19) = 2.72
0.65(2.79) = 1.81
0.65(3.09) = 2.01
0.65(3.77) = 2.45

Question 15.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas
For each situation, give an example that includes the original price and final price after markup or markdown.
a. A markdown that is greater than 99% but less than 100%
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
A markdown that is greater than 99% but less than 100% could be 99.5%. If the original price is $100, then the final price is 100 – 100(0.995) = 100 – 99.50 = 0.50

Question 15.
b. A markdown that is less than 1%
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
A markdown that is less then 1% could be 0.5%. If the original price is $100, then the final price would be 100 – 0.005(100) = 100 – 0.50 = 99.50

Question 15.
c. A markup that is more than 200%
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
A markup that is more than 200% could be 300%. If the original price is $100, then the final price would be 100 + 100 (3.00) = 100 + 300 = 400

Rewriting Percent Expressions – Page No. 152

Question 16.
Represent Real-World Problems
Harold works at a men’s clothing store, which marks up its retail clothing by 27%. The store purchases pants for $74.00, suit jackets for $325.00, and dress shirts for $48.00. How much will Harold charge a customer for two pairs of pants, three dress shirts, and a suit jacket?
$ __________

Answer: $783.59

Explanation:
Given,
Harold works at a men’s clothing store, which marks up its retail clothing by 27%.
The store purchases pants for $74.00, suit jackets for $325.00, and dress shirts for $48.00.
If the markup is 27%, then the expression for the retail price is p + 0.27p = 1.27p
where p is the original price.
The retail price of the pants is then 1.27(74) = 93.98.
The retail price of the suit jackets is 1.27(325) = 412.75
The retail price of the dress shirts is 1.27(48) = 60.96
The total for two pants, three dress shirts, and one suit jacket would then be 2(93.98) + 3(60.96) + 412.75
= 187.96 + 182.88 + 412.75 = 783.59

Question 17.
Analyze Relationships
Your family needs a set of 4 tires. Which of the following deals would you prefer? Explain.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Lesson 2: Rewriting Percent Expressions img 11
Type below:
____________

Answer: I and III

Explanation:
The percent discount for buying 3 tires and getting one free is 25% since you are getting 1/4 of the tires for free and 1/4 off = 25%.
This means deal (I) and deal (III) are the same. They are greater than a 20% discount so deals (I) and (III) are preferable.

H.O.T.

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Question 18.
Critique Reasoning
Margo purchases bulk teas from a warehouse and marks up those prices by 20% for retail sale. When teas go unsold for more than two months, Margo marks down the retail price by 20%. She says that she is breaking even, that is, she is getting the same price for the tea that she paid for it. Is she correct? Explain.
_______

Answer:
She is not correct. If she originally purchases the teas for $100 and then marks the price up 20%,
the retail price would then be 100 + 0.20(100) = 100 + 20 = 120.
The sales price would then be 120 – 0.2(120) = 120 – 24 = 96.
This is less than the purchase price so she is losing money, and not breaking even.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Page 152 Q19

Question 20.
Persevere in Problem-Solving
At Danielle’s clothing boutique, if an item does not sell for eight weeks, she marks it down by 15%. If it remains unsold after that, she marks it down an additional 5% each week until she can no longer make a profit. Then she donates it to charity.

Rafael wants to buy a coat originally priced at $150, but he can’t afford more than $110. If Danielle paid $100 for the coat, during which week(s) could Rafael buy the coat within his budget? Justify your answer.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The expression for the markdown on the 8th week is p – 0.15p = 0.85p since it will get marked down 15% on the 8th week.
The expression for the additional markdowns is p – 0.05p = 0.95p since it will get marked down an additional 5% every week after the 8th week.
On the 8th week, it will be marked down to 0.85(150) = 127.50. This is more than Rafael can afford.
On the 9th week, it will be marked down to 0.95(127.50) = 121.13. This is still more than Rafael can afford.
On the 10th week, it will be marked down to 0.95(121.13) = 115.07. This is still more than Rafael can afford.
On the 11th week, it will be marked down to 0.95(115.07) = 109.32. Rafael can afford this price so he must wait until the 11th week.

Applications of Percent – Guided Practice – Page No. 156

Question 1.
5% of $30 =
$ _______

Answer: $1.5

Explanation:
We have to find:
5% of $30
0.50 × 30 = $1.5

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Page 156 Q2

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Page 156 Q3

Question 4.
150% of $22 =
$ _______

Answer: $33

Explanation:
We have to find:
150% of $22
1.5 × 22 = 33

Question 5.
1% of $80 =
$ _______

Answer: $0.8

Explanation:
We have to find:
1% of $80
0.01 × 80 = 0.8

Question 6.
200% of $5 =
$ _______

Answer: $10

Explanation:
We have to find:
200% of $5
2 × 5 = 10

Question 7.
Brandon buys a radio for $43.99 in a state where the sales tax is 7%.
a. How much does he pay in taxes?
$ _______

Answer: 3.08

Explanation:
We have to find the amount he pays in taxes by multiplying the cost by the sales tax percentage in decimal form remember to round to 2 decimal places.
43.99(0.07) = 3.08

Question 7.
b. What is the total Brandon pays for the radio?
$ _______

Answer: 47.07

Explanation:
To find the total Brandon pays for the radio we have to add the sales tax amount to the cost to find the total amount he pays.
43.99 + 3.08 = 47.07
Thus the total Brandon pays for the radio is $47.07.

Question 8.
Luisa’s restaurant bill comes to $75.50, and she leaves a 15% tip. What is Luisa’s total restaurant bill?
$ _______

Answer: $86.25

Explanation:
Given that,
Luisa’s restaurant bill comes to $75.50, and she leaves a 15% tip.
Use the formula for the total restaurant bill:
T = P + x. P
Where T represents the total bill, P represents Luisa’s bill and x represents percents for tip, then the total restaurant bill is:
T = 75 + 0.15 (75)
T = 75 + 11.25
T = $86.25
Therefore Lusia’s total restaurant bill is $86.25

Question 9.
Joe borrowed $2,000 from the bank at a rate of 7% simple interest per year. How much interest did he pay in 5 years?
$ _______

Answer: 700

Explanation:
Joe borrowed $2,000 from the bank at a rate of 7% simple interest per year.
We have to find the amount of interest per year
2000(0.07) = 140
Find the amount of interest for 5 years
140(5) = 700
Thus Joe pays $700 in 5 years.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Page 156 Q10

Question 11.
Martin finds a shirt on sale for 10% off at a department store. The original price was $20. Martin must also pay 8.5% sales tax.
a. How much is the shirt before taxes are applied?
$ _______

Answer: 18

Explanation:
We have to find the sales price of the shirt
20 – 0.1(20) = 20 – 2 = 18
The price of the shirt before taxes are applied is $18.

Question 11.
b. How much is the shirt after taxes are applied?
$ _______

Answer: 19.53

Explanation:
We have to find the price after the sales tax
18 + 0.085(18) = 18 + 1.53 = 19.53
The price of the shirt after taxes are applied is $19.53

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Page 156 Q12

Essential Question Check-In

Question 13.
How can you determine the total cost of an item including tax if you know the price of the item and the tax rate?
Type below:
_____________

Answer: You can find the total cost of an item including tax by first multiplying the price of the item by the tax rate in decimal form to get the amount of sales tax. Then add the amount of sales tax to the price to get the total cost.

Applications of Percent – Independent Practice – Page No. 157

Question 14.
Emily’s meal costs $32.75 and Darren’s meal costs $39.88. Emily treats Darren by paying for both meals and leaves a 14% tip. Find the total cost.
$ _______

Answer: 82.80

Explanation:
Emily’s meal costs $32.75 and Darren’s meal costs $39.88.
So, the total cost of the meals before tip is $32.75 + $39.88 = $72.63
Emily treats Darren by paying for both meals and leaves a 14% tip.
$72.63 = 0.14(72.63) ≈ $10.17
Round to two decimal places since dollar amounts must be rounded to the nearest cent.
The total cost that Dareen pays is then cost before tip + amount of tip = $72.63 + $10.17 = $82.80

Question 15.
The Jayden family eats at a restaurant that is having a 15% discount promotion. Their meal costs $78.65, and they leave a 20% tip. If the tip applies to the cost of the meal before the discount, what is the total cost of the meal?
$ _______

Answer: 82.58

Explanation:
The Jayden family eats at a restaurant that is having a 15% discount promotion.
The total cost of the meal = cost of meal + tip amount – discount amount
Their meal costs $78.65, and they leave a 20% tip.
We need to find the tip amount and the discount amount using the given cost of the meal, tip percent, and discount percent.
20% of 78.65 = 0.20 × 78.65 = $15.73
Since the cost of the meal before the discount is $78.65 and the discount percentage is 15%, then the amount of the discount is
15% of 78365 = 0.15 × $78.65 ≈ $11.80
The total cost is then
78.65 + 15.73 – 11.80 = $82.58

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Page 157 Q16

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Page 157 Q17

Question 18.
Kedar earns a monthly salary of $2,200 plus a 3.75% commission on the amount of his sales at a men’s clothing store. What would he earn this month if he sold $4,500 in clothing? Round to the nearest cent.
$ _______

Answer: 2368.75

Explanation:
Given,
Kedar earns a monthly salary of $2,200 plus a 3.75% commission on the amount of his sales at a men’s clothing store.
4500 × 0.0375 = 168.75
The total earnings can be known by adding his monthly salary and his commission.
2200 + 168.75 = 2368.75

Question 19.
Danielle earns a 7.25% commission on everything she sells at the electronics store where she works. She also earns a base salary of $750 per week. How much did she earn last week if she sold $4,500 in electronics merchandise? Round to the nearest cent.
$ _______

Answer: 1076.25

Explanation:
Danielle earns a 7.25% commission on everything she sells at the electronics store where she works.
She also earns a base salary of $750 per week.
The amount she made in the commission is 4500 × 0.0725 = 326.25
We can find the total earnings by adding her weekly pay and commission.
750 + 326.25 = 1076.25
Thus she earns $1076.25 last week if she sold $4,500 in electronics merchandise.

Question 20.
Francois earns a weekly salary of $475 plus a 5.5% commission on sales at a gift shop. How much would he earn in a week if he sold $700 in goods? Round to the nearest cent.
$ _______

Answer: 513.50

Explanation:
Given that, Francois earns a weekly salary of $475 plus a 5.5% commission on sales at a gift shop.
The amount he made in commission
700 × 0.055 = 38.50
We can find the total amount he earned by adding his weekly pay and commission
475 + 38.50 = $513.50

Question 21.
Sandra is 4 feet tall. Pablo is 10% taller than Sandra, and Michaela is 8% taller than Pablo
a. Explain how to find Michaela’s height with the given information.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
First, we have to find 10% of Sandra’s height: 0.10 × 4 = 0.4
This means that Pablo is then 4 + 0.4 = 4.4 feet tall.
Next find 8% of Pablo’s height: 4.4 × 0.08 = 0.352
This means that Michaela is 4.4 + 0.353 = 4.752 feet tall.

Question 21.
b. What is Michaela’s approximate height in feet and inches?
_______ feet _______ inches

Answer:
Convert from feet to inches.
1 feet = 12 inches
4.752 = 4 + 0.752
0.752 = 12 × 0.752 = 9 inches
4 feet = 12 × 4 = 48 inches
Thus the approximate height of Michaela is 4 feet 9 inches.

Question 22.
Eugene wants to buy jeans at a store that is giving $10 off everything. The tag on the jeans is marked 50% off. The original price is $49.98.
a. Find the total cost if the 50% discount is applied before the $10 discount.
$ _______

Answer: $14.99

Explanation:
Given that,
Eugene wants to buy jeans at a store that is giving $10 off everything.
The tag on the jeans is marked 50% off. The original price is $49.98.
0.5 × 49.98 = 24.99
Now subtract $10 discount.
24.99 – 10 = 14.99
The total cost if the 50% discount is applied before the $10 discount is $14.99

Question 22.
b. Find the total cost if the $10 discount is applied before the 50% discount.
$ _______

Answer: $19.99

Explanation:
We have to find the price after the $10 discount and then find 50% of that price to find the discounted price.
49.98 – 10 = 39.98
0.5 × 39.98 = 19.99
Thus the total cost if the $10 discount is applied before the 50% discount is $19.99

Applications of Percent – Page No. 158

Question 23.
Multistep
Eric downloads the coupon shown and goes shopping at Gadgets Galore, where he buys a digital camera for $95 and an extra battery for $15.99.
a. What is the total cost if the coupon is applied to the digital camera?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Lesson 3: Applications of Percent img 12
$ _______

Answer: 101.49

Explanation:
Use the formula for the discount price:
DP = P – x.P
Price for the digital camera:
DP = 95 – 0.1(95)
DP = 95 – 9.5
DP = $85.5
Total cost = 85.5 + 15.99 = $101.49

Question 23.
b. What is the total cost if the coupon is applied to the extra battery?
$ _______

Answer: 109.391

Explanation:
Use the formula for the discount price:
DP = P – x.P
Price for the digital camera:
DP = 15.99 – 0.1(15.99)
DP = 15.99 – 1.599
DP = $14.399
Total cost = 95 + 14.399 = $109.391

Question 23.
c. To which item should Eric apply the discount? Explain.
____________

Answer: He should apply the discount to the digital camera because then the total cost is lower.

Question 23.
d. Eric has to pay 8% sales tax after the coupon is applied. How much is his total bill?
$ _______

Answer:
Use the formula for Discount price
If he uses a coupon for the digital camera then his total cost will be
T = DP + 0.08 × DP
T = 101.49 + 8.1192
T = $109.6029
If he uses a coupon for the extra battery his total cost will be
T = DP + 0.08 × DP
T = 109.391 + 0.08(109.391)
T = $118.14228

Question 24.
Two stores are having sales on the same shirts. The sale at Store 1 is “2 shirts for $22” and the sale at Store 2 is “Each $12.99 shirt is 10% off”.
a. Explain how much will you save by buying at Store 1.
$ _______

Answer:
For store 1, the shirts are 2 for $22. Each shirt then costs $22 ÷ 2 = $11
At store 2, each shirt is 10% off of $12.99 so each shirt costs:
$12.99 – 0.1(12.99) = $12.99 – $1.30 = $11.69
You will then save $11.69 – $11.00 = 0.69 per shirt if you buy them from Store 1.

Question 24.
b. If Store 3 has shirts originally priced at $20.98 on sale for 55% off, does it have a better deal than the other stores? Justify your answer.
_______

Answer:
If Store 3 sells shirts at 55% off of $20.98, then each shirt costs:
$20.98 – 0.55($20.98) = $20.98 – $11.54 = $9.44
This is lower than the costs per shirt of Store 1 and Store 2 so it has a better deal.

H.O.T.

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Page 158 Q25

Question 26.
Multistep
In chemistry class, Bob recorded the volume of a liquid as 13.2 mL. The actual volume was 13.7 mL. Use the formula to find the percent error of Bob’s measurement to the nearest tenth of a percent.
_______ %

Answer: 3.6%

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Lesson 1: Percent Increase and Decrease img 3
|13.2 – 13.7|/13.7 = |-0.5|/13.7
0.5/13.7 ≈ 0.036 = 3.6%

MODULE QUIZ – 5.1 Percent Increase and Decrease – Page No. 159

Find the percent change from the first value to the second.

Question 1.
36; 63
_______ %

Answer: 75%

Explanation:
Use the formula percent change = amount of change/first value
amount of change = 27
First value = 36
(63 – 36)/36 = 27/36 = 0.75 = 75%

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Page 159 Q2

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Page 159 Q3

5.2 Markup and Markdown

Use the original price and the markdown or markup to find the retail price.

Question 5.
Original price: $60; Markup: 15%
$ _______

Answer: $69

Explanation:
Use the formula retail price = original price + markup
60 + 60 × 0.15 = 60 + 9= 69

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Page 159 Q6 Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Page 159 Q7

Question 8.
Original price: $125; Markdown: 30%
$ _______

Answer: 87.50

Explanation:

Use the formula retail price = original price + markup

125 – 125 × 0.3 = 125 – 37.50 = 87.50

5.3 Applications of Percent

Question 9.
Mae Ling earns a weekly salary of $325 plus a 6.5% commission on sales at a gift shop. How much would she make in a work week if she sold $4,800 worth of merchandise?
$ _______

Answer: 637

Explanation:

Mae Ling weekly earnings is equal to her weekly salary plus her commission.

Since she earns 6.5 % commission on sales, if she sold $4800 worth of merchandise, her commission earnings  would be 6.5 % of 4800 = 0.065 × 4800 = $312.

Since her weekly salary is 325, then her total weekly earnings is $325 + $312 = $637

Question 10.
Ramon earns $1,735 each month and pays $53.10 for electricity. To the nearest tenth of a percent, what percent of Ramon’s earnings are spent on electricity each month?
_______ %

Answer: 3.1%

Explanation:

Divide the electric payment by his monthly pay

53.10/1735 = 0.031 = 3.1%

Question 11.
James, Priya, and Siobhan work in a grocery store. James makes $7.00 per hour. Priya makes 20% more than James, and Siobhan makes 5% less than Priya. How much does Siobhan make per hour?
$ _______

Answer: 7.98 per hour

Explanation:

Since James makes $7 per hour and priya makes 20% more than this, find 20% of 7 and then add that to 7 to find the pay per hour for Priya.

7 + 0.2(7) = 7 + 1.40 = 8.40

Since Priya makes $8.40 per hour and Siobhan makes 5% less than this, find 5% of 8.40 and subtract that from 8.40 to find the pay per hour of Siobhan.

8.40 – 0.05(8.40) = 8.40 – 0.42 = 7.98

Question 12.

The Hu family goes out for lunch, and the price of the meal is $45. The sales tax on the meal is 6%, and the family also leaves a 20% tip on the pre-tax amount. What is the total cost of the meal?
$ _______

Answer: 56.70

Explanation:

Find the amount of tax

45 × 0.06 = 2.70

Find the amount of tip

45 × 0.20 = 9

Find the total cost by adding the cost of the meal, the tax, and the tip.

45 + 2.70 + 9 = $56.70

Essential Question

Question 13.
Give three examples of how percents are used in the real-world. Tell whether each situation represents a percent increase or a percent decrease.
Type below:
____________

Answer:

One example could be giving a tip when you eat at a restaurant. Since the cost increases, it represents a percent increase.

Second example is tax on purchase. Since the price increases it is a percent increase.

Third example is using a coupon when buying an item. Since the price decreases, it is a percent decrease.

Selected Response – Page No. 160

Question 1.
Zalmon walks \(\frac{3}{4}\) of a mile in \(\frac{3}{10}\) of an hour. What is his speed in miles per hour?
Options:
a. 0.225 miles per hour
b. 2.3 miles per hour
c. 2.5 miles per hour
d. 2.6 miles per hour

Answer: 2.5 miles per hour

Explanation:
Given that,
Zalmon walks \(\frac{3}{4}\) of a mile in \(\frac{3}{10}\) of an hour.
Divide the number of miles by the number of hours to get his speed in miles per hour.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) ÷ \(\frac{3}{10}\)
\(\frac{3}{4}\) ÷ \(\frac{10}{3}\) = \(\frac{5}{2}\)
Convert the fraction into decimal form.
\(\frac{5}{2}\) = 2.5 miles per hour
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 2.
Find the percent change from 70 to 56.
Options:
a. 20% decrease
b. 20% increase
c. 25% decrease
d. 25% increase

Answer: 20% increase

Explanation:
Use the percent change = amount of change/original amount.
Since the number decreased from 70 to 56, it is a percent decrease.
= (70 – 56)/70 = \(\frac{14}{70}\) = 0.2 = 20%
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 3.
The rainfall total two years ago was 10.2 inches. Last year’s total was 20% greater. What was last year’s rainfall total?
Options:
a. 8.16 inches
b. 11.22 inches
c. 12.24 inches
d. 20.4 inches

Answer: 12.24 inches

Explanation:
Given,
The rainfall total two years ago was 10.2 inches. Last year’s total was 20% greater.
Find 20% of 10.2
10.2 × 0.20 = 2.04
Add the value to the original amount of 10.2
10.2 + 2.04 = 12.24
Therefore the correct answer is option C.

Question 4.
A pair of basketball shoes was originally priced at $80 but was marked up by 37.5%. What was the retail price of the shoes?
Options:
a. $50
b. $83
c. $110
d. $130

Answer: $110

Explanation:
A pair of basketball shoes was originally priced at $80 but was marked up by 37.5%.
Use the formula retail price = original price + markup
80 + 80 × 0.375 = 80 + 30 = 110
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 5.
The sales tax rate in Jan’s town is 7.5%. If she buys 3 lamps for $23.59 each and a sofa for $769.99, how much sales tax does she owe?
Options:
a. $58.85
b. $63.06
c. $67.26
d. $71.46

Answer: $63.06

Explanation:
The sales tax rate in Jan’s town is 7.5%.
If she buys 3 lamps for $23.59 each and a sofa for $769.99
Total cost before tax is 3 × 23.59 + 769.99
= 70.77 + 769.99 = 840.76
Find the amount of tax by multiplying the tax rate and total cost from the above solution and then round to 2 decimal place.
840.76 × 0.075 = 63.06
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 6.
The day after a national holiday, decorations were marked down 40%. Before the holiday, a patriotic banner cost $5.75. How much did the banner cost after the holiday?
Options:
a. $1.15
b. $2.30
c. $3.45
d. $8.05

Answer: $3.45

Explanation:
The day after a national holiday, decorations were marked down 40%. Before the holiday, a patriotic banner cost $5.75.
use the formula retail price = original price – markdown
5.75 – 5.75 × 0.4 = 5.75 – 2.30 = 3.45
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 7.
Dustin makes $2,330 each month and pays $840 for rent. To the nearest tenth of a percent, what percent of Dustin’s earnings are spent on rent?
Options:
a. 84%
b. 63.9%
c. 56.4%
d. 36.1%

Answer: 36.1%

Explanation:
Dustin makes $2,330 each month and pays $840 for rent.
Divide his rent by his monthly income. round to three decimal places and then convert to percent form.
840/2330 = 0.361 = 36.1%
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 8.
A scuba diver is positioned at -30 feet. How many feet will she have to rise to change her position to -12 feet?
Options:
a. -42 ft
b. -18 ft
c. 18 ft
d. 42 ft

Answer: 18 ft

Explanation:
Given,
A scuba diver is positioned at -30 feet.
-12 – (-30) = 12 + 30 = 18 feet
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 9.
A bank offers an annual simple interest rate of 8% on home improvement loans. Tobias borrowed $17,000 over a period of 2 years. How much did he repay altogether?
Options:
a. $1360
b. $2720
c. $18360
d. $19720

Answer: $19720

Explanation:
Given that,
A bank offers an annual simple interest rate of 8% on home improvement loans.
Tobias borrowed $17,000 over a period of 2 years
Find the amount of interest he paid using the formula
I = prt
where p is the amount borrowed
r is the interest rate
t is the number of years
17000 × 0.08 × 2 = 2720
Add the amount borrowed and the amount of interest
17000 + 2720 = 19720.
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Mini-Task

Question 10.
The granola Summer buys used to cost $6.00 per pound, but it has been marked up 15%.
a. How much did it cost Summer to buy 2.6 pounds of granola at the old price?
$ ___________

Answer: $15.60

Explanation:
Multiply 2.6 by the old price of $6
2.6 × 6 = 15.60
It costs $15.60 to buy 2.6 pounds of granola at the old price.

Question 10.
b. How much does it cost her to buy 2.6 pounds of granola at the new price?
$ _______

Answer: $17.94

Explanation:
Find the new price using the formula retail price = original price + markup
Then find the total cost by buying 2.6 pounds at the new price.
6 + 6 × 0.15 = 6 + 0.9 = 6.90
2.6 × 6.90 = 17.94
The new price is $17.94

Question 10.
c. Suppose Summer buys 3.5 pounds of granola. How much more does it cost at the new price than at the old price?
$ _______

Answer: $3.15

Explanation:
3.5 × 6 = 21
3.5 × 6.90 = 24.15
24.15 – 21 = 3.15

Module 5 – Page No. 162

EXERCISES

Question 1.
Michelle purchased 25 audio files in January. In February she purchased 40 audio files. Find the percent increase.
_______ %

Answer: 60%

Explanation:
Given,
Michelle purchased 25 audio files in January. In February she purchased 40 audio files.
Use the percent change = amount of change/original amount.
(40 -25)/25 = 15/25 = 0.6 = 60%
Thus the percent increase is 60%

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Page 162 Q2

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Page 162 Q3

Question 4.
A sporting goods store marks up the cost s of soccer balls by 250%. Write an expression that represents the retail cost of the soccer balls. The store buys soccer balls for $5.00 each. What is the retail price of the soccer balls?
$ _______

Answer: $17.5

Explanation:
Use the formula retail price = original price + markup to find the expression for an original price of s and a markup percentage of 250%
s + 2.5s = 3.5s
substitute s = 5 into the expression to find the retail price
3.5 × 5 = 17.50
Thus the retail price of the soccer balls is $17.50

Unit 2 Performance Tasks – Page No. 163

Question 1.
Viktor is a bike tour operator and needs to replace two of his touring bikes. He orders two bikes from the sporting goods store for a total of $2,000 and pays using his credit card. When the bill arrives, he reads the following information:
Balance: $2000
Annual interest rate: 14.9%
Minimum payment due: $40
Late fee: $10 if payment is not received by 3/1/2013
a. To keep his good credit, Viktor promptly sends in a minimum payment of $40. When the next bill arrives, it looks a lot like the previous bill.
Balance: $1,984.34
Annual interest rate: 14.9%
Minimum payment due: $40
Late fee: $10 if payment is not received by 4/1/2013
Explain how the credit card company calculated the new balance. Notice that the given interest rate is annual, but the payment is monthly.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
We have to find the balance after the first bill by subtracting the $40 payment from the original balance of $2000.
Balance after first bill: 2000 – 40 = 1960
Then find the amount of interest charged on the second bill by multiplying the balance of $1960 by the interest rate.
Remember since the interest rate is annually you have to divide it by 12 to get the monthly interest rate.
Interest on the second bill: 1960 × 0.149/12 = 24.34
And then add this interest amount to the balance of $1960 to get the balance on the second bill.
New Balance: 1960 + 24.34 = 1984.34

Question 1.
b. Viktor was upset about the new bill, so he decided to send in $150 for his April payment. The minimum payment on his bill is calculated as 2% of the balance (rounded to the nearest dollar) or $20, whichever is greater. Fill out the details for Viktor’s new bill.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Find the balance after the $150 payment. The interest rate hasn’t changed so the annual interest rate on this new bill is the same as the previous bills.
balance after payment: 1984.34 – 150 = 1834.34
annual interest rate: 14/9%
Find the interest charged on the third bill. find the balance on the third bill by adding the interest charged to the balance of $1834.34.
interest on the third bill: 1834.34 × 0.149/12 = 22.78
balance: 1834.34 + 22.78 = 1857.12
To find what the minimum payment will be, first find 2% of the balance.
2% of balance: 0.02 × 1857.12 = 37.14
Minimum payment due: $37.00
Since this is greater than $20, the minimum payment is 2% of the balance rounded to the nearest dollar giving $37 as the payment.
The later fee date is one month after the late fee date of 04/01/2013 on the previous bill which gives 05/01/2013.

Question 1.
c. Viktor’s bank offers a credit card with an introductory annual interest rate of 9.9%. He can transfer his current balance for a fee of $40. After one year, the rate will return to the bank’s normal rate, which is 13.9%. The bank charges a late fee of $15. Give two reasons why Viktor should transfer the balance and two reasons why he should not
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Two reasons he should transfer is that the lower introductory rate would mean less interest charged in the first year and a lower normal rate would mean less interest charged after that first year as well. Two reasons he shouldn’t transfer the balance is that he would have to pay a transfer fee of $40 and that the late fee is $15 instead of $10 if he transfers the balance.

Unit 2 Performance Tasks (con’td) – Page No. 164

Question 2.
The table below shows how far several animals can travel at their maximum speeds in a given time.
a. Write each animal’s speed as a unit rate in feet per second.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease img 13
Elk: _________ feet per second
Giraffe: _________ feet per second
Zebra: _________ feet per second

Answer:
By seeing the above table we can find the unit rates by dividing the distance traveled by the time in seconds.
elk: 33 ÷ 1/2 = 33 ×  2 = 66 feet per second
Giraffe: 115 ÷ 2 1/2 = 115 ÷ 5/2 = 115 2/5 = 46 feet per second
Zebra: 117 ÷ 2 = 58.5 feet per second

Question 2.
b. Which animal has the fastest speed?
_____________

Answer: The elk had the greatest unit rate so it has the fastest speed.

Question 2.
c. How many miles could the fastest animal travel in 2 hours if it maintained the speed you calculated in part a? Use the formula d = rt and round your answer to the nearest tenth of a mile. Show your work.
Elk: _________ miles
Giraffe: _________ miles
Zebra: _________ miles

Answer:
Elk: 90 miles
Giraffe: 62 miles
Zebra: 72 miles

Explanation:

There are 60 seconds in a minute and 60 minutes in an hour so there are 2 × 60 × 60 = 7200 seconds in 2 hours.
Multiply the unit rate of the elk by 7200 seconds to get the distance traveled in feet.
There are 5280 feet in 1 mile so divide the distance in feet by 5280 to get the distances in miles.
Elk:
66 × 7200 =  475200 feet
Now convert from feet to miles
475200 feet = 90 miles
Giraffe: 46 feet per second
62 × 7200 = 331200 feet
Now convert from feet to miles.
331200 = 62 miles
Zebra: 58.5 feet per second
58.5 × 7200 = 421200 feet
Now convert from feet to miles.
421200 feet = 72 miles

Question 3.
d. The data in the table represents how fast each animal can travel at its maximum speed. Is it reasonable to expect the animal from part b to travel that distance in 2 hours? Explain why or why not.
______

Answer: It is not reasonable. An animal can only travel at its maximum speed for a short amount of time which is usually only for a couple of minutes.

Selected Response – Page No. 165

Question 1.
If the relationship between distance y in feet and time x in seconds is proportional, which rate is represented by \(\frac{y}{x}\) = 0.6?
Options:
a. 3 feet in 5 s
b. 3 feet in 9 s
c. 10 feet in 6 s
d. 18 feet in 3 s

Answer: 3 feet in 5 s

Explanation:
\(\frac{y}{x}\) = 0.6
0.6 = \(\frac{6}{10}\)
Since \(\frac{6}{10}\) = \(\frac{3}{5}\), it represents a rate of 3 feet in 5 seconds,
Therefore the correct answer is option A.

Question 2.
The Baghrams make regular monthly deposits in a savings account. The graph shows the relationship between the number x of months and the amount y in dollars in the account.
What is the equation for the deposit?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease img 14
Options:
a. \(\frac{y}{x}\) = $25/month
b. \(\frac{y}{x}\) = $40/month
c. \(\frac{y}{x}\) = $50/month
d. \(\frac{y}{x}\) = $75/month

Answer: \(\frac{y}{x}\) = $50/month

Explanation:
By seeing the above graph we can say that the point is (2, 100). This means that \(\frac{y}{x}\) = \(\frac{100}{2}\) = 50.
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 3.
What is the decimal form of −4 \(\frac{7}{8}\)?
Options:
a. -4.9375
b. -4.875
c. -4.75
d. -4.625

Answer: -4.875

Explanation:
Given the fraction
−4 \(\frac{7}{8}\)
First divide \(\frac{7}{8}\) = 0.875
4 + 0.875 = 4.875
So, −4 \(\frac{7}{8}\) = -4.875
Therefore the answer is option B.

Question 4.
Find the percent change from 72 to 90.
Options:
a. 20% decrease
b. 20% increase
c. 25% decrease
d. 25% increase

Answer: 25% increase

Explanation:
Use the formula percent change = amount of change/original amount.
the value increased from 72 to 90 so it is a percent increase.
(90-72)/72 = 18/72 = 0.25 = 25%
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 5.
A store had a sale on art supplies. The price p of each item was marked down by 60%. Which expression represents the new price?
Options:
a. 0.4p
b. 0.6p
c. 1.4p
d. 1.6p

Answer: 0.4p

Explanation:
Given that,
A store had a sale on art supplies.
The price p of each item was marked down by 60%
Use the formula sale price = original price – markdown
p is the original price and the markdown percent is 40% then combine the like terms.
p – 0.6p = 0.4p
Therefore the correct answer is option A.

Question 6.
Clarke borrows $16,000 to buy a car. He pays simple interest at an annual rate of 6% over a period of 3.5 years. How much does he pay altogether?
Options:
a. $18800
b. $19360
c. $19920
d. $20480

Answer: $19360

Explanation:
Given,
Clarke borrows $16,000 to buy a car.
He pays simple interest at an annual rate of 6% over a period of 3.5 years.
Find the total amount of interest using the formula
I = prt
where p is the amount borrowed
r is the rate of interest
t is the number of years
16000 × 0.06 × 3.5 = 3360
Now add the amount of interest to the amount borrowed to find the total amount
16000 + 3360 = 19,360
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 7.
To which set or sets does the number 37 belong?
Options:
a. integers only
b. rational numbers only
c. integers and rational numbers only
d. whole numbers, integers, and rational numbers

Answer: whole numbers, integers, and rational numbers

Explanation:
37 can be written as 37/1 so it is a rational number. 37 doesn’t have a decimal or fraction so it is an integer. Since it is a positive integer, it is also a whole number.
Thus a suitable answer is option D.

Page No. 166

Question 8.
In which equation is the constant of proportionality 5?
Options:
a. x = 5y
b. y = 5x
c. y = x + 5
d. y = 5 – x

Answer: y = 5x

Explanation:
Directly proportional equations are of the form y = kx
where k is the constant of proportionality.
If k = 5, then the equation is y = 5x.
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 9.
Suri earns extra money by dog walking. She charges $6.25 to walk a dog once a day 5 days a week and $8.75 to walk a dog once a day 7 days a week. Which equation represents this relationship?
Options:
a. y = 7x
b. y = 5x
c. y = 2.50x
d. y = 1.25x

Answer: y = 1.25x

Explanation:
Given that,
Suri earns extra money by dog walking. She charges $6.25 to walk a dog once a day 5 days a week and $8.75 to walk a dog once a day 7 days a week.
Since 6.25/5 = 1.25
So, the equation is y = 1.25x
where x is the number of days and y is the total charge.
So, the correct answer is option D.

Question 10.
Randy walks \(\frac{1}{2}\) mile in each \(\frac{1}{5}\) hour. How far will Randy walk in one hour?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{2}\) miles
b. 2 miles
c. 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) miles
d. 5 miles

Answer: 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) miles

Explanation:
Given,
Randy walks \(\frac{1}{2}\) mile in each \(\frac{1}{5}\) hour.
\(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ \(\frac{1}{5}\)
\(\frac{1}{2}\) × \(\frac{5}{1}\) = \(\frac{5}{2}\)
Convert the fraction to the improper fractions.
\(\frac{5}{2}\) = 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) miles
Therefore the correct answer is option C.

Question 11.
On a trip to Spain, Sheila bought a piece of jewelry that cost $56.75. She paid for it with her credit card, which charges a foreign transaction fee of 3%. How much was the foreign transaction fee?
Options:
a. $0.17
b. $1.07
c. $1.70
d. $17.00

Answer: $1.70

Explanation:
On a trip to Spain, Sheila bought a piece of jewelry that cost $56.75.
She paid for it with her credit card, which charges a foreign transaction fee of 3%
Find the foreign transaction fee amount by multiplying the cost by the foreign transaction fee percentage.
56.75 × 0.03 = 1.70
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 12.
A baker is looking for a recipe that has the lowest unit rate for flour per batch of muffins. Which recipe should she use?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{2}\) cup flour for \(\frac{2}{3}\) batch
b. \(\frac{2}{3}\) cup flour for \(\frac{1}{2}\) batch
c. \(\frac{3}{4}\) cup flour for \(\frac{2}{3}\) batch
d. \(\frac{1}{3}\) cup flour for \(\frac{1}{4}\) batch

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\) cup flour for \(\frac{2}{3}\) batch

Explanation:
a. \(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × \(\frac{3}{2}\) = \(\frac{3}{4}\)
b. \(\frac{2}{3}\) ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{2}{3}\) × \(\frac{2}{1}\) = \(\frac{4}{3}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{4}\) ÷ \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{3}{4}\) × \(\frac{3}{2}\) = \(\frac{9}{8}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{8}\)
d. \(\frac{1}{3}\) ÷ \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{1}{3}\) ÷ \(\frac{4}{1}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Mini-Task

Question 13.
Kevin was able to type 2 pages in 5 minutes, 3 pages in 7.5 minutes, and 5 pages in 12.5 minutes.
a. Make a table of the data.
Type below:
___________

Answer:

Number of Pages 2 3 5
Minutes 5 7.5 12.5

Question 13.
b. Graph the relationship between the number of pages typed and the number of minutes.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease img 15
Type below:
___________

Answer:

Go-Math-Grade-7-Answer-Key-Chapter-5-Percent-Increase-and-Decrease-img-15

Question 13.
c. Explain how to use the graph to find the unit rate.
Type below:
___________

Answer: The unit rate is 2.5 pages per minute

Explanation:
By using the graph we need to find the slope of the line.
We can do this by using the formula of a slope:
m = (y2-y1)/(x2-x1) = (7.5-5)/(3-2) = 2.5
Thus the unit rate is 2.5 pages per minute.

Conclusion:

Hope the answers provided in Go Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease are quite satisfactory for all the students. Refer to our Go Math 7th Grade Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease to get the solutions with the best explanations. After your preparation test your math skills by solving the questions in the performance tasks.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 4 Rates and Proportionality

go-math-grade-7-chapter-4-rates-and-proportionality-answer-key

Students who are in search of the HMH Go Math Chapter 4 Rates and Proportionality Answer Key can get them on this page. With the help of the Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key 4th Chapter Rates and Proportionality parents can teach simple methods to solve the problems to their children. So, Download Go Math Grade 7 Rates and Proportionality Chapter 4 pdf for free of cost.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 4 Rates and Proportionality

It is important for the students to learn the concepts given in Go Math Grade 7 Chapter 4 Answer Key to score the highest marks in the exams. The quick way of solving the problems will help you to save time in the exam. The topics covered in this chapter are Unit rates, Constant Rates of Change, Proportional Relationships, and Graphs. Click on the below-provided links and go through all the questions and answers.

Chapter 4 – Unit Rates

Chapter 4 – Constant Rates of Change

Chapter 4 – Proportional Relationships and Graphs

Chapter 4 – Module 4

Unit Rates – Guided Practice – Page No. 120

Question 1.
Brandon enters bike races. He bikes 8 \(\frac{1}{2}\) miles every \(\frac{1}{2}\) hour. Complete the table to find how far Brandon bikes for each time interval
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 4 Rates and Proportionality Lesson 1: Unit Rates img 1
Type below:
____________

Answer:
1 hour: 8 \(\frac{1}{2}\) + 8 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 17
1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) hour: 17 + 8 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 25 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
2 hour: 25 \(\frac{1}{2}\) + 8 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 34
2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) hour: 34 + 8 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 42 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Go-Math-Grade-7-Answer-Key-Chapter-4-Rates-and-Proportionality-img-1

Find each unit rate.

Question 2.
Julio walks 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) miles in 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) hours.
________ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Explanation:
Divide the number of miles by the number of hours to find the unit rate in miles per hour.
3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{7}{2}\)/\(\frac{5}{4}\)
\(\frac{7}{2}\) × \(\frac{4}{5}\) = \(\frac{14}{5}\)
Convert from improper fraction to mixed fraction.
\(\frac{14}{5}\) = 2 \(\frac{4}{5}\) miles per hour

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 4 Rates and Proportionality Page 120 Q3

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 4 Rates and Proportionality Page 120 Q4

Question 5.
A fertilizer covers \(\frac{5}{8}\) square foot in \(\frac{1}{4}\) hour.
________ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) square feet per hour

Explanation:
Given,
A fertilizer covers \(\frac{5}{8}\) square foot in \(\frac{1}{4}\) hour.
Divide the number of square feet, which is \(\frac{5}{8}\) by the number of hours, which is \(\frac{1}{4}\), to find the unit rate in square feet per hour.
\(\frac{5}{8}\) ÷ \(\frac{1}{4}\)
\(\frac{5}{8}\) × \(\frac{4}{1}\) =\(\frac{5}{2}\)
Convert from improper fraction to mixed fraction.
\(\frac{5}{2}\) = 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) square feet per hour
Thus A fertilizer covers 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) square feet per hour.

Find each unit rate. Determine which is lower.

Question 6.
Brand A: 240 mg sodium for \(\frac{1}{3}\) pickle or Brand B: 325 mg sodium for \(\frac{1}{2}\) pickle.
____________

Answer:
Find the unit rates in mg per pickle for each brand by dividing the number of mg by the number of pickles.
Brand A: 240 mg ÷ \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 240 × 3 = 720
Brand B: 325 mg ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 325 × 2 = 650
650 is less than 720 so Brand B has a lower unit rate.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 4 Rates and Proportionality Page 120 Q7

Essential Question Check-In

Question 8.
How can you find a unit rate when given a rate?
Type below:
____________

Answer: To find a unit rate when given a rate such as 25 miles per 5 minutes, divide the first quantity by the second quantity.
In the example I gave, this would mean the unit rate is 25 ÷ 5 = 5 miles per minute.

Unit Rates – Independent Practice – Page No. 121

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 4 Rates and Proportionality Lesson 1: Unit Rates img 2

Question 9.
The information for two pay-as-you-go cell phone companies is given.
a. What is the unit rate in dollars per hour for each company?
On Call: ____________ dollars per hour
Talk Time: ____________ dollars per hour

Answer:
Divide the cost by the number of hours for each company to find the unit rates.
On Call: 10 ÷ 3.5 = 2 \(\frac{6}{7}\) ≈ 2.86
Talk Time: 1.25 ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 2.50

Question 9.
b. Analyze Relationships
Which company offers the best deal? Explain your answer.
____________

Answer: Talk time has the lowest unit rate so it offers the best deal.

Question 9.
c. What If?
Another company offers a rate of $0.05 per minute. How would you find the unit rate per hour?
____________ dollars per hour

Answer:
Since there are 60 minutes in 1 hour, $.0.05 per minute is
60 × 0.05 = $3 per hour.
Thus the unit rate per hour is $3.

Question 9.
d. Draw Conclusions
Is the rate in part c a better deal than On Call or Talk Time? Explain.
____________

Answer:
The unit rate in part c is greater than the unit rates from part a so it is not a better deal than the other two companies.

Question 10.
Represent Real-World Problems
Your teacher asks you to find a recipe that includes two ingredients with a rate of \(\frac{2 \text { units }}{3 \text { units }}\).
a. Give an example of two ingredients in a recipe that would meet this requirement.
Type below:
____________

Answer: A rate of 2/3 units means that there need to be 2 units of 1 ingredient for every 3 units of a second ingredient.
One example could then be 2 eggs per 3 cups of flour.
Another example could 2 teaspoons of vanilla per 3 teaspoons of sugar.

Question 10.
b. If you needed to triple the recipe, would the rate change? Explain.
____________

Answer: No, the rate would not change. Using the example I gave in
part a) of 2 eggs per 3 cups of flour, tripling the recipe would require using 3(2 eggs) = 6 eggs
3(3 cups of sugar) = 9 cups of flour.
Since 6 eggs/9 cups of flour = 2 eggs/3 cups of flour, the rate is still the same.

Question 11.
A radio station requires DJs to play 2 commercials for every 10 songs they play. What is the unit rate of songs to commercials?
____________ songs per commercial

Answer: 10 ÷ 2 = 5
Divide the number of songs by the number of commercials.
Thus the radio requires 5 songs per commercial.

Question 12.
Multistep
Terrance and Jesse are training for a long-distance race. Terrance trains at a rate of 6 miles every half hour and Jesse trains at a rate of 2 miles every 15 minutes.
a. What is the unit rate in miles per hour for each runner?
Terrance: ____________ mi per hour
Jesse: ____________ mi per hour

Answer:
Find the unit rates for each runner by dividing the number of miles by the number of hours. Remember that 15 minutes is 1/4 of an hour since there are 60 minutes in an hour
15 ÷ 60 = 1/4
a) Terrance: 6 ÷ 1/2 = 6 × 2 = 12 miles per hour.
Jesse: 2 ÷ 1/4 = 2 × 4 = 8 miles per hour.

Question 12.
b. How long will each person take to run a total of 50 miles at the given rates?
Terrance: ______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)
Jesse: ______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Divide the number of miles by the unit rates found in part a to find the time.
Terrance: 50 ÷ 12 = 50/12 = 4 \(\frac{1}{6}\) hours
Jesse: 50 ÷ 8 = 50/8 = 6 \(\frac{1}{4}\) hours

Question 12.
c. Sandra runs at a rate of 8 miles in 45 minutes. How does her unit rate compare to Terrance’s and to Jesse’s?
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) mi per hour

Answer:
We need to find the unit rate for Sandra by dividing the number of miles by the number of hours.
Remember that 45 minutes is 3/4 of an hour.
Since 45/60 = 3/4.
Sandra’s unit rate is smaller than Terrance’s but larger than Jesse’s.

Unit Rates – Page No. 122

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 4 Rates and Proportionality Page 122 Q13

Question 14.
Justify Reasoning
An online retailer sells two packages of protein bars.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 4 Rates and Proportionality Lesson 1: Unit Rates img 3
a. Which package has the better price per bar?
____________

Answer:
Find the unit rates per bar by dividing the costs by the number of bars. the 12-pack has a better price per bar.
10-pack: 15.37 ÷ 10 = 1.537 ≈ 1.54
12-pack: 15.35 ÷ 12 ≈ 1.30

Question 14.
b. Which package has the better price per ounce?
____________

Answer:
First, find the total number of ounces by multiplying the number of bars times the number of ounces per bar. then find the unit rates per ounce by dividing the costs by the total number of ounces the 10-pack has the better price per ounce.
10-pack: 10 × 2.1 = 21 ounces
12-pack: 12 × 1.4 = 16.8 ounces
10-pack: 15.37 ÷ 21 ≈ 0.73
12-pack: 15.35 ÷ 16.8 ≈ 0.91

Question 14.
c. Which package do you think is a better buy? Justify your reasoning.
____________

Answer:
The 10-pack is a better deal since the price per ounce is a better measure to use than price per bar. The number of bars doesn’t tell you how you are actually buying since the bars can be very small meaning the number of ounces you are actually buying is small.

Question 15.
Check for Reasonableness
A painter painted about half a room in half a day. Coley estimated the painter would paint 7 rooms in 7 days. Is Coley’s estimate reasonable? Explain.
____________

Answer:
If a painter can paint half a room in a half day, then he can paint 1 room in 1 day.
This would be equivalent to painting 7 rooms in 7 days so his estimate is reasonable.
7 rooms ÷ 7 days = 1/2 room ÷ 1/2 days

Question 16.
Communicate Mathematical
Ideas If you know the rate of a water leak in gallons per hour, how can you find the number of hours it takes for 1 gallon to leak out? Justify your answer.
Type below:
____________

Answer: If you know the rate in gallons per hour, then the rate in hours per gallon is the reciprocal of the rate in gallons per hour.
Example:
If water is leaking at a rate of 5 gallons per hour, then it is leaking at 1/5 hour per gallon.

Constant Rates of Change – Guided Practice – Page No. 126

Question 1.
Based on the information in the table, is the relationship between time and the number of words typed a proportional relationship?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 4 Rates and Proportionality Lesson 2: Constant Rates of Change img 4
The relationship ____________ proportional

Answer: is proportional

Explanation:
Since 45 ÷ 1 = 45, 90 ÷ 2 = 45, 135 ÷ 3 = 45 and 180 ÷ 4 = 45, the relationship is proportional.
Thus the relationship for the above table is proportional.

Find the constant of proportionality k. Then write an equation for the relationship between x and y.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 4 Rates and Proportionality Lesson 2: Constant Rates of Change img 5
k = _______

Answer: 5

Explanation:
The equation is of the form y = kx so k = y/x.
Substituting values of x and y from the table gives k = 10/2 = 5.
Plugging this value into y = kx gives the equation y = 5x.
The relationship between x and y is y = 5x.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 4 Rates and Proportionality Lesson 2: Constant Rates of Change img 6
k = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: k = \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
The equation is of the form y = kx so k = y/x.
Substituting values of x and y from the table gives k = 2/8 = \(\frac{1}{4}\).
Plugging this value into y = kx gives the equation y = \(\frac{1}{4}\)x.

Essential Question Check-In

Question 4.
How can you represent a proportional relationship using an equation?
Type below:
____________

Answer: y = kx

Explanation:
A proportional relationship can always be represented by an equation of the form y = kx
where ks is the constant of proportionality and represents the rate of the change in the y quantity in relation to the x quantity.

Constant Rates of Change – Page No. 127

Information on three car-rental companies is given.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 4 Rates and Proportionality Lesson 2: Constant Rates of Change img 7

Question 5.
Write an equation that gives the cost y of renting a car for x days from Rent-All.
y = _______ x

Answer: 18.50

Explanation:
Find the constant of proportionality by dividing the total costs by the number of days.
k = 55.50/3 = 18.50
The equation is y = 18.50x

Question 6.
What is the cost per day of renting a car from A-1?
$ _______ per day

Answer: $21.98

Explanation:
Since the cost of each half day is $10.99, the cost for each day is 2 × 10.99 = 21.98
The cost per day of renting a car from A-1 is $21.98

Question 7.
Analyze Relationships
Which company offers the best deal? Why?
The company that offers the best deal is ____________

Answer: Rent all

Explanation:
The costs per day were $18.50 for Rent-All, $21.98 for A-1 Rentals, and $19.25 for Car Town so Reant All offers the best deal since it offers the lowest cost per day.
Thus the company that offers the best deal is Rent-All.

Question 8.
Critique Reasoning
A skydiver jumps out of an airplane. After 0.8 seconds, she has fallen 100 feet. After 3.1 seconds, she has fallen 500 feet. Imtiaz says that the skydiver should fall about 187.5 feet in 1.5 seconds. Is his answer reasonable? Explain.
_______

Answer: No. He assumed the rate of descent was proportional but the rate is increasing as time increased.

Explanation:
Since 100 ÷ 0.8 = 125, the skydiver fell at a speed of 125 ft per second for the first 0.8 seconds.
Since 500 ÷ 3.1 = 161, the skydiver fell at a speed of about 161 ft per second for the first 3.1 seconds.
The rate of descent is then increased as time increases and is not proportional since 125 ≠ 161.
Since 187.5 ÷ 1.5 = 125, he assumed the rate of descent was proportional. His estimate is then not reasonable.
The actual rate of descent should be between 125 and 161.3 since 1.5 seconds is between 0.8 and 3.1 seconds.

Steven earns extra money babysitting. He charges $31.25 for 5 hours and $50 for 8 hours.

Question 9.
Explain why the relationship between how much Steven charges and time is a proportional relationship.
Type below:
____________

Answer: The relationship is proportional since the ratios are equal.

Explanation:
Since 31.25 ÷ 5 = 6.25 and 50 ≈ 8 = 6.25,
the relationship is proportional since the ratios are equal.

Question 10.
Interpret the Answer
Explain what the constant rate of change means in the context.
Type below:
____________

Answer: The rate of change means he charges $6.25.

Explanation:
The constant rate of change of 6.25 means he charges $6.25 per hour
since the rate was found by dividing the charge by the number of hours.
The rate of change means he charges $6.25.

Question 11.
Write an equation to represent the relationship. Tell what the variables represent.
Type below:
____________

Answer: The equation is y = 6.25x
where x is the number of hours and ys is the total charge.

Explanation:
The rate of change is 6.25 so k = 6.25.
This gives an equation of y = 6.25x where x is the number of hours and y is the total charge.

Question 12.
How much would Steven charge for 3 hours?
$ _______

Answer: $18.75

Explanation:
y = 6.25 × 3 = 18.75
Thus Steve charges $18.75 for 3 hours.

Constant Rates of Change – Page No. 128

A submarine dives 300 feet every 2 minutes, and 6,750 feet every 45 minutes.

Question 13.
Find the constant rate at which the submarine dives. Give your answer in feet per minute and in feet per hour.
____________ feet per minute
____________ feet per hour

Answer: 150 feet per minute, 9000 feet per hour

Explanation:
Since 300 ÷ 2 = 150, the submarine is diving at 150 feet per minute.
Since 45 minutes = 3/4 of an hour and 6750 ÷ 3/4 = 9000,
the submarine is diving at a rate of 9000 feet per hour.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 4 Rates and Proportionality Page 128 Q14

Question 15.
Draw Conclusions
If you wanted to find the depth of a submarine during a dive, would it be more reasonable to use an equation with the rate in feet per minute or feet per hour? Explain your reasoning.
____________

Answer: Feet per minute

Explanation:
Since a submarine would only dive for a few minutes at a time and not dive for hours at a time, it is more reasonable to use the rate in feet per minute.

H.O.T.

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Question 16.
Make a Conjecture
There is a proportional relationship between your distance from a thunderstorm and the time from when you see lightning and hear thunder. If there are 9 seconds between lightning and thunder, the storm is about 3 kilometers away. If you double the amount of time between lightning and thunder, do you think the distance in kilometers also double? justify your reasoning.
_______

Answer: Yes the distance will also double. If the relationship is proportional then distance/time = k
where k is the constant of proportionality.
Since the time was 9 seconds for 3km, then for 18 seconds the distance would be 6 km since 3/9 = 6/18.
6 is double 3 so the distance doubles when the time doubles.

Question 17.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas
A store sells 3 ears of corn for $1. They round prices to the nearest cent as shown in the table. Tell whether you would describe the relationship between cost and number of ears of corn as a proportional relationship. Justify your answer.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 4 Rates and Proportionality Lesson 2: Constant Rates of Change img 8
_______

Answer:
Since 0.33 ÷ 1 = 0.33, 0.67 ÷ 2 = 0.335, 1.00 ÷ 3 = 0.33.., 1.34 ÷ 4 = 0.335, the relationship is approximately proportional since all the ratios are approximately equal. The difference in the ratios com from rounding the amount charged to the nearest cent.

Question 18.
Jack is 12 and his sister Sophia is 16. Jack says that the relationship between his age and Sophia’s age is proportional and the constant of proportionality is \(\frac{12}{16}\) Do you agree? Explain.
____________

Answer:
Given that current age of Jack = 12 years
Given that current age of Sophia = 16 years
Jack says that the relationship between his age and Sophia‘s is proportional
If Jack’s age is represented by y and Sophia’s age by x then we can write y=kx as they are in proportion
where k is called constant of proportion
Now let’s plug given ages of each that is y=12 and x=16 into y=kx to find the constant of proportionality
12=k×16
12/16=k
Which is the same as the given value of the constant of proportionality?
Hence Jack is right about his statement.
But if you think about practical life situation then the age of both will not be in proportion
For example, after 1 year Jack’s age will be 13 and Sophie’s age will be 17
then constant of proportionality using new values will be 13/17
Clearly 12/16 and 13/17 are not same.
So in practical life, the age of both will not in proportion.

Question 19.
Luke’s turkey chili recipe calls for 1.5 pounds of ground turkey for every 6 servings. How many servings can he make if he has 5 pounds of ground turkey? Show your work.
____________ servings

Answer: 20 servings

Explanation:
Given,
Luke’s turkey chili recipe calls for 1.5 pounds of ground turkey for every 6 servings.
So if 1.5 pounds of turkey can get you 6 servings
1.5 = 6
3 = 12
4.5 = 18
5 =?
to find what 5 pounds are equal to we must do 1.5/6 to find the unit rate of 0.25. We then add 0.25 to 18.25 servings or if you round you can get about 18 servings.
18 + 0.25 × 8 = 18 + 2 = 20

Proportional Relationships and Graphs – Guided Practice – Page No. 132

Complete each table. Tell whether the relationship is a proportional relationship. Explain why or why not.

Question 1.
A student reads 65 pages per hour.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 4 Rates and Proportionality Lesson 3: Proportional Relationships and Graphs img 9
____________

Answer:
Given that,
A student reads 65 pages per hour.
3 hours: 3 × 65 = 195 pages
5 hours: 5 × 65 = 325 pages
10 hours: 10 × 65 = 650 pages
We need to find the number of hours for 585 pages by dividing the number of pages by 65 since the students read 65 pages per hour:
585 pages: 585 ÷ 65 = 9 hours
Go-Math-Grade-7-Answer-Key-Chapter-4-Rates-and-Proportionality-img-9
A relationship is proportional if the quotient of each ordered pair is constant. Since the student is reading at a constant rate of 65 pages per hour, and the quotient of each ordered pair in the table is 65, the relationship is proportional.

Question 2.
A babysitter makes $7.50 per hour.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 4 Rates and Proportionality Lesson 3: Proportional Relationships and Graphs img 10
____________

Answer:
2 hours = 2 × 7.50 = 15
22.50 = 22.50 ÷ 7.50 = 3 hours
5 hours = 5 × 7.50 = 37.50
6. = 60 ÷ 7.50 = 8 hours
Go-Math-Grade-7-Answer-Key-Chapter-4-Rates-and-Proportionality-img-10

Tell whether the relationship is a proportional relationship. Explain why or why not.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 4 Rates and Proportionality Lesson 3: Proportional Relationships and Graphs img 11
____________

Answer:
The relationship has points (2, 4) and (8, 10).
Since 4 ÷ 2 = 2 and 10 ÷ 8 = 1.25, the relationship is not proportional since the ratios are not equal.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 4 Rates and Proportionality Lesson 3: Proportional Relationships and Graphs img 12
____________

Answer:
The relationship appears to be proportional since the points appear to form a line that goes through the origin. That line would go through points (1,2), (2, 4), (5, 10), and (8, 16).
Since 2 ÷ 1 = 2, 4 ÷ 2 = 2, 10 ÷ 5 = 2, and 16 ÷ 8 = 2, the relationship is proportional since all the ratios are equal.

Write an equation of the form y = kx for the relationship shown in each graph.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 4 Rates and Proportionality Lesson 3: Proportional Relationships and Graphs img 13
y = ____________ x

Answer: y = 3.5x

Explanation:
One of the points is (8, 28) so k = 28/8 = 7/2. The equation is the y = 7/2 = 3.5x

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 4 Rates and Proportionality Lesson 3: Proportional Relationships and Graphs img 14
y = ____________ x

Answer: y = 0.25x

Explanation:
One of the points is (8,2) so k = 2/8 = 1/4.
The equation is the y = 1/4x = 0.25 x.

Essential Question Check-In

Question 7.
How does a graph show a proportional relationship?
Type below:
____________

Answer:
A proportional relationship between two variables, x and y, exists if y = kx.
This equation is a line that passes through the origin and has a slope of k. The slope can be positive or negative. Therefore if the points lie on a line that goes through the origin, the graph shows a proportional relationship. If the points lie on a line that does not go through the origin, that is, has a nonzero y-intercept, then the relationship is not proportional.

Proportional Relationships and Graphs – Guided Practice – Page No. 133

For Exercises 8–12, the graph shows the relationship between time and distance run by two horses.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 4 Rates and Proportionality Lesson 3: Proportional Relationships and Graphs img 15

Question 8.
Explain the meaning of the point (0,0).
Type below:
____________

Answer:
The point (0, 0) represents a distance of 0 miles in 0 min.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 4 Rates and Proportionality Page 133 Q9

Question 10.
Multiple Representations
Write an equation for the relationship between time and distance for each horse.
For Horse A : y = ____________ x
For Horse B : y = ____________ x

Answer: A: y = 1/4x, B: y = 2/5x

Explanation:
The graph has x representing the time in minutes and y representing the distance in miles so the slope of the line has units of miles per minute.
Since horse A runs 4 min per mile, it runs at a rate of 1/4 mi per min.
This gives the equation y = 1/4x.
Since horse B runs at a rate of 2.5 min per mi, it runs at a rate of 1/2.5 = 2/5 miles per min.
The equation is then y = 2/5x.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 4 Rates and Proportionality Page 133 Q11

Question 12.
Analyze Relationships
Draw a line on the graph representing a horse than runs faster than horses A and B.
Type below:
____________

Answer:
To have a line representing the rate of the horse faster than horses A and B, the line should be a little bit steeper than the other two lines. This can be represented in the graph:
Go-Math-Grade-7-Answer-Key-Chapter-4-img-1

Question 13.
A bullet train can travel at 170 miles per hour. Will a graph representing the distance in miles compared to the time in hours show a proportional relationship? Explain.
____________

Answer: Yes
Since the train is traveling at a constant rate, a graph representing the distance in miles compared to the time in hours will show a proportional relationship.

Question 14.
Critical Thinking
When would it be more useful to represent a proportional relationship with a graph rather than an equation?
Type below:
____________

Answer: It is more useful to represent a proportional relationship with a graph when comparing different and various situations.

Question 15.
Multiple Representations
Bargain DVDs cost $5 each at Mega Movie.
a. Graph the proportional relationship that gives the cost y in dollars of buying x bargain DVDs.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 4 Rates and Proportionality Lesson 3: Proportional Relationships and Graphs img 16
Type below:
____________

Answer:
Since each DVD is $5, make sure to graph a line that corresponds to this rate.
Go-Math-Grade-7-Answer-Key-Chapter-4-Rates-and-Proportionality-img-16

Question 15.
b. Give an ordered pair on the graph and explain its meaning in the real-world context.
Type below:
____________

Answer: An ordered pair in the graph is (3, 15) and this means that three DVDs cost $15.

Proportional Relationships and Graphs – Page No. 134

The graph shows the relationship between distance and time as Glenda swims.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 4 Rates and Proportionality Lesson 3: Proportional Relationships and Graphs img 17

Question 16.
How far did Glenda swim in 4 seconds?
______ feet

Answer: 8 ft

Explanation:
The graph goes through the point (4, 8) so she swam 8 ft in 4 sec.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 4 Rates and Proportionality Page 134 Q17

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 4 Rates and Proportionality Page 134 Q18

H.O.T.

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Question 19.
Make a Conjecture
If you know that a relationship is proportional and are given one ordered pair that is not (0,0), how can you find another pair?
Type below:
____________

Answer:
If you are given a point (a, b) that is not (0, 0) and that the relationship is proportional, then you can find k since k = y/x = b/a.
Then you can write the equation as y = b/ax. From there, you can plug in any value for x to find the corresponding y-coordinate.

The tables show the distance traveled by three cars.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 4 Rates and Proportionality Lesson 3: Proportional Relationships and Graphs img 18

Question 20.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas
Which car is not traveling at a constant speed? Explain your reasoning.
____________

Answer:
Since 120 ÷ 2 = 180 ÷ 3 = 300 ÷ 5 = 360 ÷ 6 = 60, Car 1 is traveling at a constant speed.
Since 200 ÷ 5 = 400 ÷ 10 = 600 ÷ 15 = 800 ÷ 20 = 40, Car 2 is traveling at a constant speed.
Since 65 ÷ 1 ≠ 85 ÷ 2, Car 3 is not traveling at a constant speed.

Question 21.
Make a Conjecture
Car 4 is traveling at twice the rate of speed of car 2. How will the table values for car 4 compare to the table values for car 2?
Type below:
____________

Answer:
From problem 20, car 2 is traveling at 40 miles per hour. If car 4 is traveling twice that rate, then it is traveling at 80 miles per hour.
This means all the values for the distances for car 4 will double the values for the distances for car 2.

MODULE QUIZ – 4.1 Unit Rates – Page No. 135

Find each unit rate. Round to the nearest hundredth, if necessary.

Question 1.
$140 for 18 ft2
$ ______

Answer: $7.78 per ft2

Explanation:
Divide the cost of $140 by the number of square feet, 18 sq. ft, using a calculator:
140 ÷ 18 ≈ $7.78 per sq. ft.
If you are required by your teacher to do the division by hand, divide to three decimal points as shown below:
Since the dollar amounts must be rounded to two decimal places, then $7.77.. ≈ $7.78 so the cost per square foot is $7.78 sq. ft.

Question 1.
14 lb for $2.99
$ ______

Answer: $0.21 per lb

Explanation:
Divide the cost by the number of pounds.
2.99 ÷ 14 = $0.21

Circle the better deal in each pair. Then give the unit rate for the better deal.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 4 Rates and Proportionality Page 135 Q3

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 4 Rates and Proportionality Page 135 Q4

4.2 Constant Rates of Change

Question 5.
The table shows the amount of money Tyler earns for mowing lawns. Is the relationship a proportional relationship? Why or why not?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 4 Rates and Proportionality MODULE QUIZ img 19
____________

Answer: not proportional

Explanation:
Since 15 ÷ 1 = 15 but 48 ÷ 3 = 16, the relationship is not proportional.

Question 6.
On a recent day, 8 euros were worth $9 and 24 euros were worth $27. Write an equation of the form y = kx to show the relationship between the number of euros and the value in dollars.
Type below:
____________

Answer: y = \(\frac{9}{8}\)x

Explanation:
k = \(\frac{value in dollars}{number of euros}\) = \(\frac{9}{8}\)
so, the equation is y = \(\frac{9}{8}\)x

4.3 Proportional Relationships and Graphs

Question 7.
The graph shows the number of servings in different amounts of frozen yogurt listed on a carton. Write an equation that gives the number of servings y in x pints.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 4 Rates and Proportionality MODULE QUIZ img 20
Type below:
____________

Answer: y = \(\frac{5}{2}\)x

Explanation:
The graph goes through the point (2, 5) so k = \(\frac{5}{2}\).
This gives an equation of y = \(\frac{5}{2}\)x

Question 8.
A refreshment stand makes 2 large servings of frozen yogurt from 3 pints. Add the line to the graph and write its equation.
Type below:
____________

Answer: y = \(\frac{2}{3}\)x

Explanation:
If the situation states that 2 servings of frozen yogurt can be made from 3 pints, then we can say that k = \(\frac{2}{3}\), and therefore the equation of the line is y = \(\frac{2}{3}\)x. The graph of the line is shown below.
Go-Math-Grade-7-Answer-Key-Chapter-4-img-2

Essential Question

Question 9.
How can you use rates to determine whether a situation is a proportional relationship?
Type below:
____________

Answer: If the rate is constant, then the situation is a proportional relationship. If the rate is not constant, the situation cannot be a proportional relationship.

MIXED REVIEW – Selected Response – Page No. 136

Question 1.
Kori spent $46.20 on 12 gallons of gasoline. What was the price per gallon?
Options:
a. $8.35
b. $3.85
c. $2.59
d. $0.26

Answer: $3.85

Explanation:
Given that,
Kori spent $46.20 on 12 gallons of gasoline.
Divide the cost by the number of gallons to find the price per gallon.
46.20/12 = 3.85
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 2.
A rabbit can run short distances at a rate of 35 miles per hour. A fox can run short distances at a rate of 21 miles per half hour. Which animal is faster, and by how much?
Options:
a. The rabbit; 7 miles per hour
b. The fox; 7 miles per hour
c. The rabbit; 14 miles per hour
d. The fox; 14 miles per hour

Answer: The fox; 7 miles per hour

Explanation:
Given that,
A rabbit can run short distances at a rate of 35 miles per hour. A fox can run short distances at a rate of 21 miles per half hour.
If a fox runs 21 miles for half an hour then it can 42 miles per hour.
42 – 35 = 7 miles per hour
The fox is faster by 7 miles per hour.
Therefore the correct answer is option B.

Question 3.
A pet survey found that the ratio of dogs to cats is 25. Which proportion shows the number of dogs if the number of cats is 140?
Options:
a. \(\frac{2 \mathrm{dogs}}{5 \mathrm{cats}}=\frac{140 \mathrm{dogs}}{350 \mathrm{cats}}\)
b. \(\frac{2 \mathrm{dogs}}{5 \mathrm{cats}}=\frac{140 \mathrm{cats}}{350 \mathrm{dogs}}\)
c. \(\frac{2 \mathrm{dogs}}{5 \mathrm{cats}}=\frac{28 \mathrm{dogs}}{140 \mathrm{cats}}\)
d. \(\frac{2 \mathrm{dogs}}{5 \mathrm{cats}}=\frac{56 \mathrm{dogs}}{140 \mathrm{cats}}\)

Answer: \(\frac{2 \mathrm{dogs}}{5 \mathrm{cats}}=\frac{56 \mathrm{dogs}}{140 \mathrm{cats}}\)

Explanation:
Given,
A pet survey found that the ratio of dogs to cats is 25.
Since 5 × 25 = 140 and
2 × 28 = 56
= 56/140
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 4.
What is the cost of 2 kilograms of flour if 3 kilograms cost $4.86 and the unit price for each package of flour is the same?
Options:
a. $0.81
b. $2.86
c. $3.24
d. $9.72

Answer: $3.24

Explanation:
We need to find the unit price.
4.86/3 = 1.62
multiply the unit price by 2 to find the cost of 2 kg
1.62 × 2 = 3.24
Therefore the correct answer is option C.

Question 5.
One gallon of paint covers about 450 square feet. How many square feet will 1.5 gallons of paint cover?
Options:
a. 300ft2
b. 451.5ft2
c. 675ft2
d. 900ft2

Answer: 675ft2

Explanation:
Given,
One gallon of paint covers about 450 square feet.
We need to find how many square feet will 1.5 gallons of paint cover.
For that, we have to multiply the number of gallons by the number of square feet covered by each gallon.
1.5 × 450 = 675 sq. ft.
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 6.
The graph shows the relationship between the late fines the library charges and the number of days late.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 4 Rates and Proportionality MIXED REVIEW img 21
Options:
a. y = 0.25x
b. y = 0.40x
c. y = 0.50x
d. y = 0.75x

Answer: y = 0.25x

Explanation:
The graph shows the relationship between the late fines the library charges and the number of days late
One of the points is (2, 0.5) so k = 0.5/2 = 0.25.
This gives an equation of y = 0.25x
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Mini-Task

Question 7.
School is 2 miles from home along a straight road. The table shows your distance from home as you walk home at a constant rate.
a. Is the relationship in the table proportional?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 4 Rates and Proportionality MIXED REVIEW img 22
___________

Answer: no
Since 1.5/10 = 0.15 and 1/20 = 0.05, the relationship is not proportional since the ratios are not equal.

Question 7.
b. Find your distance from school for each time in the table.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Since the distance between school and home is 2 mi,
the distance from school when the distance from home is 1.5 mi is 2 – 1.5 = 0.5 mi,
for 1 mi its 2 – 1 = 1 mi, and for 0.5 mi it is 2 – 0.5 = 1.5 mi.

Question 7.
c. Write an equation representing the relationship between the distance from school and time walking.
Type below:
___________

Answer: y = -0.05 x + 2

Explanation:
At time t = 0, you are 2 mi from home since the distance from home to school is 2 mi. This means the y-intercept, b is 2.
To find the slope of the line, find the rate of change:
m = (y2 – y1)/(x2 – x1) = (1 – 1.5)/(20 – 10) = -0.5/10 = -0.05
The line is then y = mx + b
y = 0.5x  + 2.

Module 4 – Page No. 161

EXERCISES

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 4 Rates and Proportionality Page 161 Q1

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 4 Rates and Proportionality Page 161 Q2

Question 3.
The table below shows the proportional relationship between Juan’s pay and the hours he works. Complete the table. Plot the data and connect the points with a line.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 4 Rates and Proportionality img 23
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 4 Rates and Proportionality img 24
Type below:
____________

Answer:
First, find the constant of proportionality.
Let y represent pay and x represents the number of hours worked.
The constant of proportionality = y/x = 40/2 = 20
Hence, for 1 hour of work, he earns $20.
To find how many hours he needs to work $80, we divide 80 by the constant of proportionality.
80/20 = 4
For 1 hour he earns $20, so for 5 hours he earns 5 × 20 = $100.
For 1 hour he earns $20, so for 6 hours he earns 6 × 20 = $120.
Go-Math-Grade-7-Answer-Key-Chapter-4-Rates-and-Proportionality-img-23
Go-Math-Grade-7-Answer-Key-Chapter-4-Rates-and-Proportionality-img-24

Conclusion:

After the preparation of  Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 4 Rates and Proportionality, we suggest the students solve the questions given in the Module Quiz. Test yourself by solving the questions given at the end of this chapter. By this, you can enhance your math skills and secure good marks in the exams. If you have any doubts regarding the solutions you can post your comment in the below comment section.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers

go-math-grade-7-chapter-3-rational-numbers-answer-key

Get expert verified solutions in Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers here. So, the students of the 7th class can Download Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers pdf for free. Our Go Math 7th Grade Chapter 3 Rational Numbers helps the students to complete their homework in time and also score the highest marks in the exams.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers

All concepts are covered in one place along with answers for Go Math Grade 7 Chapter 3 Rational Numbers. Follow the steps to Download HMH Go Math Chapter 3 Grade 7 Answer Key pdf to learn simple methods to solve the problems. The quick way of solving problems will help the students to save time. Hence, check the question and find out the complete answers and explanations for every problem.

Chapter 3 – Rational Numbers and Decimals

Chapter 3 – Adding Rational Numbers

Chapter 3 – Subtracting Rational Numbers

Chapter 3 – Multiply Rational Numbers

Chapter 3 – Divide Rational Numbers

Chapter 3 – Applying Rational Number Operations

Chapter 3 – Module Review

Chapter 3 – Performance Tasks

Chapter 3 – MIXED REVIEW

Rational Numbers and Decimals – Guided Practice – Page No. 64

Write each rational number as a decimal. Then tell whether each decimal is a terminating or a repeating decimal.

Question 1.
\(\frac{3}{5}\) =
___________ decimals

Answer: terminating

Explanation:
To convert fraction decimals, we have to divide the numerator to the denominator. If the quotient goes on and on, then it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits.

\(\frac{3}{5}\) = 3 ÷ 5
3/5 = 0.6
The decimal is not repeating so it is a terminating decimal which is 0.6

Question 2.
\(\frac{89}{100}\) =
___________ decimals

Answer: terminating

Explanation:
To convert fraction decimals, we have to divide the numerator to the denominator. If the quotient goes on and on, then it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits.
\(\frac{89}{100}\) = 0.89
The decimal is not repeating so it is a terminating decimal which is 0.89

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Page 64 Q3

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Page 64 Q4

Question 5.
\(\frac{7}{9}\) =
___________ decimals

Answer: repeating

Explanation:
To convert fraction decimals, we have to divide the numerator by the denominator.
If the quotient goes on and on, then it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits.
\(\frac{7}{9}\) = 0.77…
The quotient is a repeating decimal which is 0.77…

Question 6.
\(\frac{9}{25}\) =
___________ decimals

Answer: terminating

Explanation:
To convert fraction decimals, we have to divide the numerator to the denominator. If the quotient goes on and on, then it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits.
\(\frac{9}{25}\) = 0.36
The decimal is not repeating so it is a terminating decimal which is 0.36

Question 7.
\(\frac{1}{25}\) =
___________ decimals

Answer: terminating

Explanation:
To convert fraction decimals, we have to divide the numerator to the denominator. If the quotient goes on and on, then it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits.
\(\frac{1}{25}\) = 0.04
The decimal is not repeating so it is a terminating decimal which is 0.04

Question 8.
\(\frac{25}{176}\) =
___________ decimals

Answer: repeating

Explanation:
To convert fraction decimals, we have to divide the numerator to the denominator. If the quotient goes on and on, then it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits.
\(\frac{25}{176}\) = 0.14204545454
The quotient is a repeating decimal which is 0.14204545454

Question 9.
\(\frac{12}{1000}\) =
___________ decimals

Answer: terminating

Explanation:
To convert fraction decimals, we have to divide the numerator to the denominator. If the quotient goes on and on, then it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits.
\(\frac{12}{1000}\) =0.012
The decimal is not repeating so it is a terminating decimal which is 0.012

Write each mixed number as a decimal.

Question 10.
11 \(\frac{1}{6}\) =
___________ decimals

Answer: repeating

Explanation:
To convert fraction decimals, we have to divide the numerator to the denominator. If the quotient goes on and on, then it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits.
11 \(\frac{1}{6}\) = 11.1666666667
The quotient is a repeating decimal which is 11.1666666667

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Page 64 Q11

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Page 64 Q12

Question 13.
7 \(\frac{3}{15}\) =
___________ decimals

Answer: terminating

Explanation:
To convert fraction decimals, we have to divide the numerator to the denominator. If the quotient goes on and on, then it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits.
First, convert the mixed fraction to the improper fraction.
7 \(\frac{3}{15}\) = \(\frac{108}{15}\) = 7.2
Thus, the decimal is not repeating so it is a terminating decimal which is 7.2

Question 14.
54 \(\frac{3}{11}\) =
___________ decimals

Answer: repeating

Explanation:
To convert fraction decimals, we have to divide the numerator to the denominator. If the quotient goes on and on, then it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits.
First, convert the mixed fraction to the improper fraction.
54 \(\frac{3}{11}\) = \(\frac{597}{11}\) = 54.2727…
The quotient is a repeating decimal which is 54.2727…

Question 15.
3 \(\frac{1}{18}\) =
___________ decimals

Answer: repeating

Explanation:
To convert fraction decimals, we have to divide the numerator to the denominator. If the quotient goes on and on, then it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits.
First, convert the mixed fraction to the improper fraction.
3 \(\frac{1}{18}\) = \(\frac{55}{18}\) = 3.055..
The quotient is a repeating decimal which is 3.055..

Question 16.
Maggie bought 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\) lb of apples to make some apple pies. What is the weight of the apples written as a decimal?
3 \(\frac{2}{3}\) =
___________ decimal

Answer: repeating

Explanation:
To convert fraction decimals, we have to divide the numerator to the denominator. If the quotient goes on and on, then it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits.
First, convert the mixed fraction to the improper fraction.
3 \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{11}{3}\) = 3.66..
The quotient is a repeating decimal which is 3.66..

Question 17.
Harry’s dog weighs 12 \(\frac{7}{8}\) pounds. What is the weight of Harry’s dog written as a decimal?
12 \(\frac{7}{8}\) =
___________ decimals

Answer: terminating

Explanation:
Given that,
Harry’s dog weighs 12 \(\frac{7}{8}\) pounds.
To convert fraction decimals, we have to divide the numerator to the denominator. If the quotient goes on and on, then it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits.
First, convert the mixed fraction to the improper fraction.
12 \(\frac{7}{8}\) = \(\frac{103}{8}\) = 12.875

Essential Question Check-In

Question 18.
Tom is trying to write \(\frac{3}{47}\) as a decimal. He used long division and divided until he got the quotient 0.0638297872, at which point he stopped. Since the decimal doesn’t seem to terminate or repeat, he concluded that \(\frac{3}{47}\) is not rational. Do you agree or disagree? Why?
___________

Answer: disagree

Explanation:
We are given the number:
{0, 1, 2, 3, ……45, 46}
When dividing a number by 47 the possible remainders at each step are:
This means that after at most 47 steps we get a remainder which repeats. This means that process and which repeats. This means that the process stops and we get a repeating decimal.

Rational Numbers and Decimals – Independent Practice – Page No. 65

Use the table for 19–23. Write each ratio in the form \(\frac{a}{b}\) and then as a decimal. Tell whether each decimal is a terminating or a repeating decimal.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Lesson 1: Rational Numbers and Decimals img 1

Question 19.
Basketball players to football players
___________ decimal

Answer: Repeating

Explanation:
To convert fraction decimals, we have to divide the numerator to the denominator. If the quotient goes on and on, then it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits.
Since the item is asking us to write basketball players to football players, we write the number of basketball players (5) in the numerator and the number of football players (11) in the denominator.
5/11 = 0.4545..
This is a repeating decimal with 45 as the repeating digits.

Question 20.
Hockey players to lacrosse players
___________ decimal

Answer: terminating

Explanation:
To convert fraction decimals, we have to divide the numerator to the denominator. If the quotient goes on and on, then it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits.
Since the item is asking us to write hockey players to lacrosse players, we write the number of hockey players (6) in the numerator and the number of lacrosse players (10) in the denominator.
Now convert the fraction into the decimal
6/10 = 0.6
This is a terminating decimal which is 0.6.

Question 21.
Polo players to football players
___________ decimal

Answer: Repeating

Explanation:
To convert fraction decimals, we have to divide the numerator to the denominator. If the quotient goes on and on, then it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits.
Since the item is asking us to write polo players to football players, we write the number of polo players (4) in the numerator and the number of football players (11) in the denominator.
Now we convert this as a decimal.
4/11 = 0.36..
This is a repeating decimal with 36 as the repeating digits.

Question 22.
Lacrosse players to rugby players
___________ decimal

Answer: Repeating

Explanation:
To convert fraction decimals, we have to divide the numerator to the denominator. If the quotient goes on and on, then it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits.
Since the item is asking us to write lacrosse players to rugby players, we write the number of lacrosse players (10) in the numerator and the number of rugby players (15) in the denominator.
10/15 = 0.66..
This is a repeating decimal with 6 as the repeating digit.

Question 23.
Football players to soccer players
___________ decimal

Answer: terminating

Explanation:
To convert fraction decimals, we have to divide the numerator to the denominator. If the quotient goes on and on, then it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits
Since the item is asking us to write football players to soccer players, we write the number of football players (11) in the numerator and the number of soccer players (11) in the denominator.
11/11 = 1
This is a terminating decimal which is 1.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Page 65 Q24

Question 25.
Yvonne bought 4 \(\frac{7}{8}\) yards of material to make a dress.
a. What is 4 \(\frac{7}{8}\) written as an improper fraction?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
To convert fraction decimals, we have to divide the numerator by the denominator.
If the quotient goes on and on, then it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits.
Convert from mixed fraction to improper fraction.
4 \(\frac{7}{8}\) = (8 × 4) + 7 = 32 + 7 = 39/8

Question 25.
b. What is 4 \(\frac{7}{8}\) written as a decimal?
______

Answer:
Remember that we need to add the whole number and just convert the fraction part to decimal.
7/8 = 0.875
The fraction is a terminating decimal. Combining the whole number and the decimal part we get,
4 + 0.875 = 4.875

Question 25.
c. Communicate Mathematical Ideas If Yvonne wanted to make 3 dresses that use 4 \(\frac{7}{8}\) yd of fabric each, explain how she could use estimation to make sure she has enough fabric for all of them.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Using estimation, we say that 4 \(\frac{7}{8}\) ≈ 5.
We can now multiply 3 by 5, and therefore, she needs 15 yards of fabric.

Rational Numbers and Decimals – Page No. 66

Question 26.
Vocabulary A rational number can be written as the ratio of one _______ to another and can be represented by a repeating or ______ decimal.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
A rational number can be written as the ratio of one integer to another and can be represented by a repeating or terminating decimal.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Page 66 Q27

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Page 66 Q28

Question 29.
Analyze Relationships You are given a fraction in simplest form. The numerator is not zero. When you write the fraction as a decimal, it is a repeating decimal. Which numbers from 1 to 10 could be the denominator?
Type below:
_____________

Answer: {3, 6, 7, 9}

Explanation:
Since the only numbers which can be factors of the denominators lead to a terminating decimal are 1, 2, and 5 and combinations of them, it means that if the denominator has at least one of the other numbers at the denominator, the decimal form will be a repeating decimal.
Among the numbers from 1 to 10, the presence of any of these numbers in the denominator will lead to a repeating decimal:
{3, 6, 7, 9}

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Page 66 Q30

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Page 66 Q31

Adding Rational Numbers – Guided Practice – Page No. 72

Use a number line to find each sum.

Question 1.
−3 + (−1.5) =
______

Answer: -4.5

Explanation:
Remember if the number being added is positive, move the number of units going to the right and if the number being added is negative, move the number of units to the left.
Since we are adding a negative number, starting from -3, we move 1.5 units to the left. This results in -4.5.

Question 2.
1.5 + 3.5 =
______

Answer: 5

Explanation:
Remember if the number being added is positive, move the number of units going to the right and if the number being added is negative, move the number of units to the left.
Since we are adding a positive number, starting from 1.5 we move 3.5 units to the right. This results in 5.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Page 72 Q3

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Page 72 Q4

Question 5.
3 + (−5) =
______

Answer: -2

Explanation:
Remember if the number being added is positive, move the number of units going to the right and if the number being added is negative, move the number of units to the left.
Since we are adding a negative number, starting from 3 we move 5 units to the left. This results in -2.

Question 6.
(−1.5) + 4 =
______

Answer: 2.5

Explanation:
Remember if the number being added is positive, move the number of units going to the right and if the number being added is negative, move the number of units to the left.
Since we are adding a positive number, starting from 1.5 we move 4 units to the left. This results in 2.5

Question 7.
Victor borrowed 21.50 dollars from his mother to go to the theater. A week later, he paid her 21.50 dollars back. How much does he still owe her?
______

Answer: 0

Explanation:
We use positive numbers for the money he receives and negative numbers for the money he returns.
21.50 – 21.50 = 0
The result is zero. This means he doesn’t owe anything to his mother.

Question 8.
Sandra used her debit card to buy lunch for 8.74 on Monday. On Tuesday, she deposited 8.74 back into her account. What is the overall increase or decrease in her bank account?
______

Answer: 0

Explanation:
We use positive numbers for the money she deposits and negative numbers for the money she spends.
-8.74 + 8.74 = 0
The result is zero. This means her bank account didn’t increase or decrease.

Find each sum without using a number line.

Question 9.
2.75 + (−2) + (−5.25) =
______

Answer: -4.50

Explanation:
We are given the expression:
2.75 + (-2) + (-5.25)
We group numbers with the same sign using the associative property.
2.75 – 7.25 = -4.50

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Page 72 Q10

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Page 72 Q11

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Page 72 Q12

Question 13.
4.5 + (−12) + (−4.5) =
______

Answer: -12

Explanation:
We are given the expression
4.5 + (-12) + (-4.5)
We group numbers with the same sign using the associative property.
0 – 12 = -12
The larger number is having a negative sign so the answer is -12.

Question 14.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) + (− \(\frac{3}{4}\)) =
– \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: -0.50

Explanation:
We are given the expression
\(\frac{1}{4}\) + (− \(\frac{3}{4}\))
Convert the fraction to Decimal.
0.25 – 0.75 = -0.50
The larger number is having the negative sign so the sum is -0.50

Question 15.
−4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) + 2 =
– \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: -2.5

Explanation:
We  = are given the expression
−4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) + 2
Convert from fraction to decimal.
-4.5 + 2 = -2.5
The larger number is having the negative sign so the sum is -2.5.

Question 16.
−8 + (−1 \(\frac{1}{8}\)) =
– \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: -9.125

Explanation:
We are given the expression
−8 + (−1 \(\frac{1}{8}\))
Convert from fraction to decimal.
-8 + (-1.125) = – 9.125

Question 17.
How can you use a number line to find the sum of -4 and 6?
Type below:
____________

Answer: 6

Explanation:
Remember if the number being added is positive, move the number of units going to the right and if the number being added is negative, move the number of units to the left.
Since we are adding a positive number, starting from -4 we move 6 units to the right. This results in 2.

Adding Rational Numbers – Independent Practice – Page No. 73

Question 18.
Samuel walks forward 19 steps. He represents this movement with a positive 19. How would he represent the opposite of this number?
_______

Answer: -19
He would represent the opposite of 19 by a negative 19.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Page 73 Q19

Question 20.
A submarine submerged at a depth of -35.25 meters dives an additional 8.5 meters. What is the new depth of the submarine?
_______

Answer: In adding two integers with the same sign add their absolute value and keep the common sign.
When adding two integers with opposite signs subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger one and keep the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
Since the submarine dove 32.25 meters down this can be interrupted as -32.25. And because it dove an additional 8.5 meters down, we can add -8.5 meters to the previous distance.
Add 32.25 and 8.5 meters
32.25 + 8.5 = 43.75 meters
Thus the submarine’s new depth is 43.75 meters deep or -43.75 meters.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Page 73 Q21

Question 22.
Geography
The average elevation of the city of New Orleans, Louisiana, is 0.5 m below sea level. The highest point in Louisiana is Driskill Mountain about 163.5 m higher than New Orleans. How high is Driskill Mountain?
_______

Answer: 163 meters

Explanation:
We use the positive numbers for the elevation above sea level and the negative numbers for the elevation below sea level.
163.5 – 0.5 = 163 meters
Thus the height of Driskill mountain is 163 meters.

Question 23.
Problem-Solving
A contestant on a game show has 30 points. She answers a question correctly to win 15 points. Then she answers a question incorrectly and loses 25 points. What is the contestant’s final score?
_______

Answer: 20

Explanation:
We use positive numbers for won points and negative numbers for lost points.
30 + 15 + (-25) = 20
Thus the final score is 20.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Lesson 2: Adding Rational Numbers img 2

Financial Literacy

Use the table for 24–26. Kameh owns a bakery. He recorded the bakery income and expenses in a table.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Page 73 Q24

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Page 73 Q25

Question 26.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas
If the bakery started with an extra $250 from the profits in December, describe how to use the information in the table to figure out the profit or loss of money at the bakery by the end of August. Then calculate the profit or loss.
Balance: $ _______

Answer: 948.71

Explanation:
If the bakery started with an extra $250 from the profits in December.
We will add this amount to January’s income.
250 + 1205 + 1183 + 1664 + 2413 + 2260 + 2183 = 11,158
We compute the expenses during the 6 months
(-1290) + (-1345.44) + (-1664) + (-2106.24) + (-1958.50) + (-1845.12) = -10209.29
11158 -10209.29 = 948.71
Since the result is a positive number, the bakery has profit.

Adding Rational Numbers – Independent Practice – Page No. 74

Question 27.
Vocabulary
-2 is the ________ of 2.
__________

Answer: additive inverse

Explanation:
When the sum of two numbers with opposite signs is 0, then they are additive inverses of each other.
Therefore, -2 is the additive inverse of 2.

Question 28.
The basketball coach made up a game to play where each player takes 10 shots at the basket. For every basket made, the player gains 10 points. For every basket missed, the player loses 15 points.
a. The player with the highest score sank 7 baskets and missed 3. What was the highest score?
_______ points

Answer: 25

Explanation:
We use the positive numbers for won points and the negative numbers for lost points.
We determine the highest score:
7(10) + 3(-15) = 70 + (-45) = 25

Question 28.
b. The player with the lowest score sank 2 baskets and missed 8. What was the lowest score?
_______ points

Answer: -100

Explanation:
We determine the lowest score:
2(10) + 8(-15) = 20 + (-120) = -100

Question 28.
c. Write an expression using addition to find out what the score would be if a player sank 5 baskets and missed 5 baskets.
Type below:
__________

Answer: -25

Explanation:
We determine the score for 5 baskets and 5 missed baskets:
5(10) + 5(-15) = 50 + (-75)
50 – 75 = -25

H.O.T

FOCUS ON HIGHER ORDER THINKING

Question 29.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas
Explain the different ways it is possible to add two rational numbers and get a negative number.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
The sum of two rational numbers is negative either if both numbers are negative, or they have different signs, but the negative number is the one with the greater absolute value.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Page 74 Q30

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Page 74 Q31

Subtracting Rational Numbers – Guided Practice – Page No. 79

Use a number line to find each difference.

Question 1.
5 − (−8) =
_______

Answer: 13

Explanation:
Remember if the number being subtracted is positive, move the number of units going to the left and if the number being subtracted is negative, move the number of units to the right.
Since we are subtracting a negative number, starting from 5, we move 8 units to the right. This results in 13.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Page 79 Q2

Question 4.
−0.5 − 3.5 =
_______

Answer: -4

Explanation:
Remember if the number being subtracted is positive, move the number of units going to the left and if the number being subtracted is negative, move the number of units to the right.
Since we are subtracting a positive number, starting from -0.5, we move 3.5 units to the left. This results in -4

Find each difference.

Question 5.
−14 − 22 =
_______

Answer: -36

Explanation:
We have to determine the difference
-14 – 22 = (-14) + (-22) = -36
−14 − 22 = -36

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Page 79 Q6

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Page 79 Q7

Question 8.
65 − (−14) =
_______

Answer: 79

Explanation:
We convert subtraction into addition with the opposite number
65 − (−14) = 65 + 14 = 79
The answer is 79.

Question 9.
− \(\frac{2}{9}\) − (−3) =
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{7}{9}\)

Explanation:
We convert subtraction into addition with the opposite number
− \(\frac{2}{9}\) − (−3) = − \(\frac{2}{9}\) + 3 = 2 \(\frac{7}{9}\)
The answer is 2 \(\frac{7}{9}\)

Question 10.
24 \(\frac{3}{8}\) − (−54 \(\frac{1}{8}\)) =
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 78 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
We convert subtraction into addition with the opposite number.
24 \(\frac{3}{8}\) − (−54 \(\frac{1}{8}\)) = 24 \(\frac{3}{8}\) + 54 \(\frac{1}{8}\) = 78 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Thus the result is 78 \(\frac{1}{2}\).

Question 11.
A girl is snorkeling 1 meter below sea level and then dives down another 0.5 meter. How far below sea level is the girl?
_______

Answer: 1.5 meter

Explanation:
1 m below sea level is represented by the number -14. Since she is diving down 0.5 m, you must subtract -1 – 0.5 = -1.5 m
Thus the girl is 1.5 m long.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Page 79 Q12

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Page 79 Q13

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Page 79 Q14

Question 15.
Mandy is trying to subtract 4 – 12, and she has asked you for help. How would you explain the process of solving the problem to Mandy, using a number line?
Type below:
____________

Answer: Start at 4 on the number line. Then move 12 places to the left since you are subtracting. This gives -8.

Subtracting Rational Numbers – Independent Practice – Page No. 80

Question 16.
Science
At the beginning of a laboratory experiment, the temperature of a substance is -12.6 °C. During the experiment, the temperature of the substance decreases by 7.5 °C. What is the final temperature of the substance?
_______

Answer: -20.1°C

Explanation:
Remember if the number being subtracted is positive, move the number of units going to the left and if the number being subtracted is negative, move the number of units to the right.
Since the temperature of the substance is -12.6 and it decreases further by 7.5, we can create the expression -12.6 – 7.5.
-12.6 – 7.5 = -20.1
Thus the final temperature is -20.1°C

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Page 80 Q17

Question 18.
A city known for its temperature extremes started the day at -5 degrees Fahrenheit. The temperature increased by 78 degrees Fahrenheit by midday and then dropped 32 degrees by nightfall.
a. What expression can you write to find the temperature at nightfall?
Type below:
____________

Answer:
The temperature started at -5 degrees then increased to 78 degrees and then dropped to 32 degrees.
The expression is -5 + 78 – 32

Question 18.
b. What expression can you write to describe the overall change in temperature? Hint: Do not include the temperature at the beginning of the day since you only
Type below:
____________

Answer: The overall change is the increase and decrease combined.
The expression is 78 – 32

Question 18.
c. What is the final temperature at nightfall? What is the overall change in temperature?
Type below:
____________

Answer:
Use the first expression -5 + 78 – 32 = 73 – 32 = 41 degrees
78 – 32 = 46 degrees

Question 19.
Financial Literacy
On Monday, your bank account balance was -$12.58. Because you didn’t realize this, you wrote a check for $30.72 for groceries.
a. What is the new balance in your checking account?
$ _______

Answer:
Subtract the check amount from the initial balance.
-$12.58 – $30.72 = -$43.30

Question 19.
b. The bank charges a $25 fee for paying a check on a negative balance. What is the balance in your checking account after this fee?
$ _______

Answer:
Subtract 25 from the balance from part a.
-$43.30 – $25 = -$68.30

Question 19.
c. How much money do you need to deposit to bring your account balance back up to $0 after the fee?
$ _______

Answer:
Since the account balance is -$68.30, a deposit of $68.30 is required to make the balance $0.

Astronomy

Use the table for problems 20–21.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Lesson 3: Subtracting Rational Numbers img 3

Question 20.
How much deeper is the deepest canyon on Mars than the deepest canyon on Venus?
_______

Answer: -16,500 feet deeper

Explanation:
Subtract the lowest elevations of Mars and Venus.
-26,000 – (-9500) = -16,500

Question 21.
Persevere in Problem-Solving
What is the difference between Earth’s highest mountain and its deepest ocean canyon? What is the difference between Mars’ highest mountain and its deepest canyon? Which difference is greater? How much greater is it?
Type below:
____________

Answer:
Subtract the highest elevation and the lowest elevation on Earth.
29,035 – (-36,198) = 65,233
Subtract the highest elevation and the lowest elevation on Mars.
96,000 – 65,233 = 30,767
96,000 is greater than 65,233 so the difference for Mars is greater. subtract these two numbers to get how much greater.

Subtracting Rational Numbers – Page No. 81

Question 22.
Pamela wants to make some friendship bracelets for her friends. Each friendship bracelet needs 5.2 inches of string.
a. If Pamela has 20 inches of string, does she have enough to make bracelets for 4 of her friends?
a. _______

Answer: no

Explanation:
Each bracelet needs 5.2 inches so multiply 4 and 5.2 inches to see how many total inches she needs this is greater than 20 so she does not have enough.
4 × 5.2 = 20.8 inches

Question 22.
b. If so, how much string would she have left over? If not, how much more string would she need?
_______ in.

Answer: She needs 0.8 inches more

Question 23.
Jeremy is practicing some tricks on his skateboard. One trick takes him forward 5 feet, then he flips around and moves backward 7.2 feet, then he moves forward again for 2.2 feet.
a. What expression could be used to find how far Jeremy is from his starting position when he finishes the trick?
Type below:
___________

Answer: 5 – 7.2 + 2.2

Explanation:
He moves 5 feet forward, back 7.2 feet, and then forward 2.2 feet.

Question 23.
b. How far from his starting point is he when he finishes the trick? Explain
_______ ft.

Answer: 0 ft

Explanation:
Since the distance just pulls hi back and forth at the same amount of distance.
5 – 7.2 + 2.2 = 0 ft

Question 24.
Esteban has $20 from his allowance. There is a comic book he wishes to buy that costs $4.25, a cereal bar that costs $0.89, and a small remote control car that costs $10.99.
a. Does Esteban have enough to buy everything?
a. _______

Answer:
Find the total amount of money he wants to spend this is less than 20 so he has enough
4.25 + 0.89 + 10.99 = 16.13
Thus Esteban had enough money.

Question 24.
b. If so, how much will he have left over? If not, how much does he still need?
$ _______

Answer:
Subtract the amount he wants to spend from the amount he has to find how much he has left.
20 – 16.13 = 3.87
Thus $3.87 left.

Subtracting Rational Numbers – H.O.T – Page No. 82

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Page 82 Q25

Question 26.
Problem-Solving
The temperatures for five days in Kaktovik, Alaska, are given below.
-19.6 °F, -22.5 °F, -20.9 °F, -19.5 °F, -22.4 °F
Temperatures for the following week are expected to be twelve degrees lower every day. What are the highest and lowest temperatures expected for the corresponding 5 days next week?
Type below:
____________

Answer:
The highest temperature for the first five days was -19.5 degrees so the highest temperature the following week is 12 degrees less than that the lowest temperature the first week was -22.9 degrees so the lowest temperature the second week is 12 degrees below that
high: -19.5 – 12 = -31.5°F
low: -22.5 – 12 = -34.5°F

Question 27.
Make a Conjecture
Must the difference between two rational numbers be a rational number? Explain.
_______

Answer:
Yes, the difference between two rational numbers must be rational. Subtracting two fractions equals a fraction of an integer. Integers are rational numbers so even if the answer isn’t a fraction, it is still a rational number.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Page 82 Q28

Multiply Rational Numbers – Guided Practice – Page No. 86

Use a number line to find each product.

Question 1.
5(−\(\frac{2}{3}\)) =
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: -3 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
Remember if the number being multiplied is positive, starting from zero moves the number of units by how many times it is multiplied going to the right, and if the number being multiplied is negative, starting from zero, move the number of units by how many times it is multiplied going to the left.
Since we are multiplying −\(\frac{2}{3}\) by 5, starting from 0, we move \(\frac{2}{3}\) units to the left five times. This results in -3 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 2.
3(−\(\frac{1}{4}\)) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: –\(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
Remember if the number being multiplied is positive, starting from zero move the number of units by how many times it is multiplied going to the right and if the number being multiplied is negative, starting from zero, move the number of units by how many times it is multiplied going to the left.
Since we are multiplying −\(\frac{1}{4}\) by 3, starting from 0, we move −\(\frac{1}{4}\) units to the left three times. This results in –\(\frac{3}{4}\).

Question 3.
−3(−\(\frac{4}{7}\)) =
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{5}{7}\)

Explanation:
Remember if the number being multiplied is positive, starting from zero move the number of units by how many times it is multiplied going to the right and if the number being multiplied is negative, starting from zero, move the number of units by how many times it is multiplied going to the left.
Since we are multiplying −\(\frac{4}{7}\) by -3, let us first multiply −\(\frac{4}{7}\) by 3. Starting from 0, we move \(\frac{4}{7}\) units to the left three times.
This results in -1 \(\frac{5}{7}\)
Therefore the opposite of this is 1 \(\frac{5}{7}\).

Question 4.
−\(\frac{3}{4}\)(−4) =
______

Answer: 3

Explanation:
Remember if the number being multiplied is positive, starting from zero move the number of units by how many times it is multiplied going to the right and if the number being multiplied is negative, starting from zero, move the number of units by how many times it is multiplied going to the left.
Since we are multiplying −\(\frac{3}{4}\) by -4, let us first multiply −\(\frac{3}{4}\) by 4. Starting from 0, we move \(\frac{3}{4}\) units to the left three times. This results in -3. Therefore the opposite of this is 3.

Question 5.
4(−3) =
______

Answer: -12

Explanation:
Remember if the number being multiplied is positive, starting from zero move the number of units by how many times it is multiplied going to the right and if the number being multiplied is negative, starting from zero, move the number of units by how many times it is multiplied going to the left.
Since we are multiplying -3 by 4, starting from 0, we move 3 units to the left four times. This results in -12.

Question 6.
(−1.8)5 =
______

Answer: -9

Explanation:
Remember if the number being multiplied is positive, starting from zero move the number of units by how many times it is multiplied going to the right and if the number being multiplied is negative, starting from zero, move the number of units by how many times it is multiplied going to the left.
Since we are multiplying -1.8 by 5, starting from 0, we move 1.8 units to the left five times. This results in -9.

Question 7.
−2(−3.4) =
______

Answer: 6.8

Explanation:
Remember if the number being multiplied is positive, starting from zero move the number of units by how many times it is multiplied going to the right and if the number being multiplied is negative, starting from zero, move the number of units by how many times it is multiplied going to the left.
Since we are multiplying -2 by -3.4, starting from 0, starting from 0, we move 3.4 units to the left two times. This results in -6.8. Therefore, the opposite of this is 6.8.

Question 8.
0.54(8) =
______

Answer: 4.32

Explanation:
Remember if the number being multiplied is positive, starting from zero move the number of units by how many times it is multiplied going to the right and if the number being multiplied is negative, starting from zero, move the number of units by how many times it is multiplied going to the left.
Since we are multiplying 0.54 by 8, starting from 0, we move 0.54 units to the right eight times. This results in 4.32.

Question 9.
−5(−1.2) =
______

Answer: 6

Explanation:
Remember if the number being multiplied is positive, starting from zero move the number of units by how many times it is multiplied going to the right and if the number being multiplied is negative, starting from zero, move the number of units by how many times it is multiplied going to the left.
Since we are multiplying -1.2 by -5, Starting from 0, we move 1.2 units to the left five times. This results in -6. Therefore the opposite of this is 6.

Question 10.
−2.4(3) =
______

Answer: -7.2

Explanation:
Remember if the number being multiplied is positive, starting from zero moves the number of units by how many times it is multiplied going to the right, and if the number being multiplied is negative, starting from zero, move the number of units by how many times it is multiplied going to the left.
Since we are multiplying -2.4 by 3, starting from 0, we move 2.4 units to the left three times. This results in -7.2

Multiply.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Page 86 Q11

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Page 86 Q12

Question 13.
\(-\frac{1}{8} \times 5 \times \frac{2}{3}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: –\(\frac{5}{12}\)

Explanation:
Use the commutative property to switch the order of the first two fractions.
\(-\frac{1}{8} \times 5 \times \frac{2}{3}\) = –\(\frac{1}{8}\) × \(\frac{2}{3}\) × 5
–\(\frac{1}{12}\) × 5 = –\(\frac{5}{12}\)

Question 14.
\(-\frac{2}{3}\left(\frac{1}{2}\right)\left(-\frac{6}{7}\right)\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{2}{7}\)

Explanation:
Multiply the first two fractions by canceling the 2s.
\(-\frac{2}{3}\left(\frac{1}{2}\right)\left(-\frac{6}{7}\right)\) = –\(\frac{1}{3}\)(-\(\frac{6}{7}\))
Multiply by canceling the 3 and 6 to get a 2 in the numerator two negatives make a positive.
So the answer is \(\frac{2}{7}\)

Question 15.
The price of one share of Acme Company declined $3.50 per day for 4 days in a row. What is the overall change in the price of one share?
$ _______

Answer: -$14

Explanation:
Given that,
The price of one share of Acme Company declined $3.50 per day for 4 days in a row.
-$3.50 × 4 = -$14.00
Thus the overall change in the price of one share is -$14.

Question 16.
In one day, 18 people each withdrew $100 from an ATM machine. What is the overall change in the amount of money in the ATM machine?
$ _______

Answer: The overall change in the amount of money in the ATM machine is the product of the amount people withdrew times the number of people. This gives -100(18) = -1800.
Therefore the overall change in the amount of money in the ATM machine is -$1800.

Question 17.
Explain how you can find the sign of the product of two or more rational numbers.
Type below:
____________

Answer: If the product has an even number of negative signs, then the product is positive. If the product has an odd number of negative signs, then the product is negative.

Multiply Rational Numbers – Independent Practice – Page No. 87

Question 18.
Financial Literacy
Sandy has $200 in her bank account.
a. If she writes 6 checks for exactly $19.98, what expression describes the change in her bank account?
_______

Answer: The change in her bank account is equal to the product of the check amounts and the number of checks.
This gives the expression 6(-19.98)

Question 18.
b. What is her account balance after the checks are cashed?
$ _______

Answer: She started with $200 and her account balance changes by 6(-19.98) dollars so her account balance is 200 – 6(-19.98) = 200 – 119.88 = 80.12

Question 19.
Communicating Mathematical Ideas
Explain, in words, how to find the product of -4(-1.5) using a number line. Where do you end up?
Type below:
____________

Answer:
First, find the value of -4(-1.5) by starting at 0 on the number line and moving 1.5 units left four times.
This gives a value of 4(-1.5) = -6
Since -4(-1.5) is the opposite of 4(-1.5), the answer is 6.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Page 87 Q20

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Page 87 Q21

Question 22.
Multistep
For Home Economics class, Sandra has 5 cups of flour. She made 3 batches of cookies that each used 1.5 cups of flour. Write and solve an expression to find the amount of flour Sandra has left after making the 3 batches of cookies.
_______ cups

Answer: 0.5 cups

Explanation:
Sandra has a total of 5 cups of flour. Since she used 1.5 cups per batch of the cookie, and there are 3 batches, we can subtract the product of the cups and the number of batches
1.5 × 3 = 4.5
Therefore the expression should be 5 – 4.5 = 0.5
Thus Sandra has 0.5 cups of flour left.

Question 23.
Critique Reasoning
In class, Matthew stated,“I think that a negative is like the opposite. That is why multiplying a negative times a negative equals a positive. The opposite of negative is positive, so it is just like multiplying the opposite of a negative twice, which is two positives.”
Do you agree or disagree with his reasoning? What would you say in response to him?
_______

Answer: I agree with him. The product of two negatives is positive because the product of two positives is positive and negatives are opposites of positives.

Question 24.
Kaitlin is on a long car trip. Every time she stops to buy gas, she loses 15 minutes of travel time. If she has to stop 5 times, how late will she be getting to her destination?
_______ minutes

Answer: 75 minutes

Explanation:
Multiply the number of stops by the length of each stop to find the time she will be late.
5 × 15 = 75
Thus Kaitlin will be 75 minutes late to reach her destination.

Multiply Rational Numbers – Page No. 88

Question 25.
The table shows the scoring system for quarterbacks in Jeremy’s fantasy football league. In one game, Jeremy’s quarterback had 2 touchdown passes, 16 complete passes, 7 incomplete passes, and 2 interceptions. How many total points did Jeremy’s quarterback score?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Lesson 4: Multiply Rational Numbers img 4
_______ pts

Answer: 13.5 points

Explanation:
Write the expression for the total number of points
2(6) + 16(0.5) + 7(-0.5) + 2(-1.5)
= 12 + 8 – 3.5 – 3
= 20 – 6.5
= 13.5
Thus Jeremy’s quarterback scored 13.5 points.

H.O.T

Focus On Higher Order Thinking

Question 26.
Represent Real-World Problems
The ground temperature at Brigham Airport is 12 °C. The temperature decreases by 6.8 °C for every increase of 1 kilometer above the ground. What is the overall change in temperature outside a plane flying at an altitude of 5 kilometers above Brigham Airport?
_______ °C

Answer: -22°C

Explanation:
Remember if the number being multiplied is positive, starting from zero moves the number of units by how many times it is multiplied going to the right and if the number being multiplied is negative, starting from zero, move the number of units by how many times it is multiplied going to the left.
Note that the ground temperature is 12°C. Since the temperature decreases by 6.8°C for every kilometer above ground, and the given height of the plane is 5 kilometers,
We can subtract the product of the temperature and the distance 5(6.8) from the ground temperature.
Therefore the expression should be 12 – 5(6.8)
= 12 – 34
= -22
Thus the temperature outside a plane flying at an altitude of 5 kilometers above Brigham Airport is -22°C

Question 27.
Identify Patterns
The product of four numbers, a, b, c, and d, is a negative number. The table shows one combination of positive and negative signs of the four numbers that could produce a negative product. Complete the table to show the seven other possible combinations.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Lesson 4: Multiply Rational Numbers img 5
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
In multiplying numbers, an odd number of negative signs produces a negative product.
Go-Math-Grade-7-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Rational-Numbers-img-5

Question 28.
Reason Abstractly
Find two integers whose sum is -7 and whose product is 12. Explain how you found the numbers.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: -3 and -4

Explanation:
Let x and y be the two numbers. Write the equations using the given information
x + y = -7
xy = 12
Since the two numbers multiply to a positive and add to a negative the two numbers must be negative. Find the pairs of negative numbers that multiply by 12.
-1 and -12, -2 and -6, and -3 and -4.
Thus the pairs that have a sum of -7 and a product of 12 are -3 and -4.

Divide Rational Numbers – Guided Practice – Page No. 92

Find each quotient.

Question 1.
\(\frac{0.72}{-0.9}\) =
_______

Answer: -0.8

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
\(\frac{0.72}{-0.9}\)
We determine the sign of the quotient.
The quotient will be negative because the numbers have different signs.
\(\frac{0.72}{-0.9}\) = -0.8

Question 2.
\(\left(-\frac{\frac{1}{5}}{\frac{7}{5}}\right)\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: – \(\frac{1}{7}\)

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
\(\left(-\frac{\frac{1}{5}}{\frac{7}{5}}\right)\)
We determine the sign of the quotient.
The quotient will be negative because the numbers have different signs.
\(\left(-\frac{\frac{1}{5}}{\frac{7}{5}}\right)\) = – \(\frac{5}{35}\) = – \(\frac{1}{7}\)

Question 3.
\(\frac{56}{-7}\) =
_______

Answer: -8

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
\(\frac{56}{-7}\)
We determine the sign of the quotient.
The quotient will be negative because the numbers have different signs.
7 divides 56 eight times.
Thus the quotient of \(\frac{56}{-7}\) = -8

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Page 92 Q4

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Page 92 Q5

Question 6.
\(\frac{-91}{-13}\) =
_______

Answer: 7

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
\(\frac{-91}{-13}\)
We determine the sign of the quotient.
The quotient will be positive because the numbers have the same signs.
13 divides 91 seven times.
\(\frac{-91}{-13}\) = 7
Thus the quotient is 7.

Question 7.
\(\frac{-\frac{3}{7}}{\frac{9}{4}}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: –\(\frac{4}{21}\)

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
\(\frac{-\frac{3}{7}}{\frac{9}{4}}\)
We determine the sign of the quotient.
The quotient will be negative because the numbers have different signs.
\(\frac{-\frac{3}{7}}{\frac{9}{4}}\) = -3/7 × 4/9 = -12/63
-12/63 = -4/21
\(\frac{-\frac{3}{7}}{\frac{9}{4}}\) = –\(\frac{4}{21}\)

Question 8.
– \(\frac{12}{0.03}\) =
_______

Answer: -400

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
– \(\frac{12}{0.03}\)
We determine the sign of the quotient.
The quotient will be negative because the numbers have different signs.
– \(\frac{12}{0.03}\) = -400
So the quotient is -400.

Question 9.
A water pail in your backyard has a small hole in it. You notice that it has drained a total of 3.5 liters in 4 days. What is the average change in water volume each day?
_______ liters per day

Answer: -0.875 litres/day

Explanation:
Given that,
A water pail in your backyard has a small hole in it. You notice that it has drained a total of 3.5 liters in 4 days.
The average change of water volume each day is the quotient.
So, divide -3.5 by 4.
The quotient will be negative because the numbers have different signs.
-3.5/4 = -0.875
Thus the water volume diminishes by 0.875 liters each day.

Question 10.
The price of one share of ABC Company declined a total of $45.75 in 5 days. What was the average change in the price of one share per day?
$ _______

Answer: -$9.15

Explanation:
The price of one share of ABC Company declined a total of $45.75 in 5 days.
We use negative numbers for the price going down.
The average change in the price of one share per day is the quotient.
-45.75/5
We determine the sign of the quotient.
The quotient will be negative because the numbers have different signs.
-45.75/5 = -9.15
Thus the price of one share diminishes by $9.15 per day.

Question 11.
To avoid a storm, a passenger-jet pilot descended 0.44 miles in 0.8 minutes. What was the plane’s average change of altitude per minute?
_______

Answer: -0.55 miles/min

Explanation:
We use negative numbers for the altitude going down.
The plane’s average change of altitude per minute is the quotient:
-0.44/0.8
We determine the sign of the quotient
The quotient will be negative because the numbers have different signs.
-0.44/0.8 = -0.55
Therefore the plane descends by 0.55 miles per minute.

Essential Question Check-In

Question 12.
Explain how you would find the sign of the quotient \(\frac{32 \div(-2)}{-16 \div 4}\).
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Positive

Explanation:
Given,
\(\frac{32 \div(-2)}{-16 \div 4}\)
Since all the operations are of multiplication and division, the sign is given by the number of negative signs.
If the number of negative signs is even, the quotient is positive while if the number of negative signs is odd, the quotient is negative.
In this case, the number of negative signs is 2, therefore even, so the quotient is positive.
\(\frac{32 \div(-2)}{-16 \div 4}\) = -16/-4 = 4
Thus the solution is positive.

Divide Rational Numbers – Independent Practice – Page No. 93

Question 13.
\(\frac{5}{-\frac{2}{8}}\) =
_______

Answer: -20

Explanation:
We are given the expression:
\(\frac{5}{-\frac{2}{8}}\)
The quotient will be negative because the numbers have different signs.
\(\frac{5}{-\frac{2}{8}}\) = 5 ÷ (-2/8)
We rewrite using the multiplication by multiplying with the reciprocal:
5 × -8/2 = 5 × -4 = -20
Thus the quotient for \(\frac{5}{-\frac{2}{8}}\) is -20.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Page 93 Q14

Question 15.
\(\frac{(-120)}{(-6)}\) =
_______

Answer: 20

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
\(\frac{(-120)}{(-6)}\)
We determine the sign of the quotient.
The quotient will be positive because the numbers have the same signs.
6 divides 120 twenty times.
\(\frac{(-120)}{(-6)}\) = 20
Thus the quotient for \(\frac{(-120)}{(-6)}\) is 20.

Question 16.
\(\frac{-\frac{4}{5}}{-\frac{2}{3}}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{6}{5}\)

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
\(\frac{-\frac{4}{5}}{-\frac{2}{3}}\)
We determine the sign of the quotient.
The quotient will be positive because the numbers have the same signs.
(-4/5) × (-3/2) = 12/10 = 6/5
Thus the quotient for \(\frac{-\frac{4}{5}}{-\frac{2}{3}}\) is \(\frac{6}{5}\)

Question 17.
1.03 ÷ (−10.3) =
_______

Answer: -0.1

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
1.03 ÷ (−10.3)
We determine the sign of the quotient.
The quotient will be negative because the numbers have different signs.
1.03 ÷ (-10.3) = -0.1

Question 18.
\(\frac{(-0.4)}{80}\) =
_______

Answer: -0.005

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
\(\frac{(-0.4)}{80}\)
We determine the sign of the quotient.
The quotient will be negative because the numbers have different signs.
\(\frac{(-0.4)}{80}\) = -0.005
Thus the quotient for \(\frac{(-0.4)}{80}\) is -0.005.

Question 19.
\(1 \div \frac{9}{5}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{5}{9}\)

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
\(1 \div \frac{9}{5}\)
We determine the sign of the quotient.
The quotient will be positive because the numbers have the same signs
\(1 \div \frac{9}{5}\) = 1 × 5/9 = 5/9
Thus the quotient for \(1 \div \frac{9}{5}\) is \(\frac{5}{9}\)

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Page 93 Q20

Question 21.
\(\frac{-10.35}{-2.3}\) =
_______

Answer: 4.5

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
\(\frac{-10.35}{-2.3}\)
We determine the sign of the quotient.
The quotient will be positive because the numbers have the same signs
\(\frac{-10.35}{-2.3}\) = 4.5
So, the quotient for \(\frac{-10.35}{-2.3}\) is 4.5

Question 22.
Alex usually runs for 21 hours a week, training for a marathon. If he is unable to run for 3 days, describe how to find out how many hours of training time he loses, and write the appropriate integer to describe how it affects his time.
_______ hours

Answer: -9

Explanation:
Alex usually runs for 21 hours a week, training for a marathon.
If he runs 21 hours a week, he runs 21/3 = 3 hours.
If he doesn’t run for 3 days, then he is losing 3(3) = 9 hours of training time.
Since he is losing hours, the integer is negative so the answer is -9.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Page 93 Q23

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Page 93 Q24

Question 25.
Multistep
A seafood restaurant claims an increase of $1,750.00 over its average profit during a week where it introduced a special of baked clams.
a. If this is true, how much extra profit did it receive per day?
$ _______ per day

Answer:
There are 7 days in a week so divide the total profit of $1750 by 7 to find the extra profit per day.
1750/7 = 250
Thus he receives $250 extra profit per day.

Question 25.
b. If it had, instead, lost $150 per day, how much money would it have lost for the week?
$ _______

Answer:
Multiply the daily loss of $150 by 7 to get the weekly loss.
150 × 7 = $1050

Question 25.
c. If its total loss was $490 for the week, what was its average daily change?
$ _______ per day

Answer:
Since the company lost $490, its income changed by -$490.
Divide the change in income by 7 to find the average daily change.
-$490/7 = -$70
Thus the average daily change is -$70 per day.

Question 26.
A hot air balloon descended 99.6 meters in 12 seconds. What was the balloon’s average rate of descent in meters per second?
_______ m/s

Answer: 8.3 meters per second

Explanation:
Given that,
A hot air balloon descended 99.6 meters in 12 seconds.
99.6/12 = 8.3 meters per second.
Thus the balloon’s average rate of descent is 8.3 meters per second.

Divide Rational Numbers – Page No. 94

Question 27.
Sanderson is having trouble with his assignment. His shown work is as follows:
\(\frac{-\frac{3}{4}}{\frac{4}{3}}=-\frac{3}{4} \times \frac{4}{3}=-\frac{12}{12}=-1\)
However, his answer does not match the answer that his teacher gives him. What is Sanderson’s mistake? Find the correct answer.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: – \(\frac{9}{16}\)

Explanation:
Sanderson made the mistake of not flipping the bottom fraction when he rewrote the problem as multiplication. The correct work is
\(\frac{-\frac{3}{4}}{\frac{4}{3}}\) = -3/4 × 4/3 = – \(\frac{9}{16}\)

Question 28.
Science
Beginning in 1996, a glacier lost an average of 3.7 meters of thickness each year. Find the total change in its thickness by the end of 2012.
_______ meters

Answer: 59.2 meters

Explanation:
Beginning in 1996, a glacier lost an average of 3.7 meters of thickness each year.
1996 to 2012 is 16 years so the total change in thickness is 16(3.7) = 59.2 meters.

H.O.T

Focus On Higher Order Thinking

Question 29.
Represent Real-World Problems
Describe a real-world situation that can be represented by the quotient -85 ÷ 15. Then find the quotient and explain what the quotient means in terms of the real-world situation.
Quotient: _______

Answer: -5.67

Explanation:
A possible real-world situation could be:
Sam has withdrawn $85 from his bank account over a period of 15 days. Find the average change in his account balance per day.
Answer: -85/15 = -5.67
So, the average rate of change in his account balance is -$5.67 per day.

Question 30.
Construct an Argument
Divide 5 by 4. Is your answer a rational number? Explain.
_______

Answer: A quotient is a rational number because it is a fraction.

Question 31.
Critical Thinking
Should the quotient of an integer divided by a nonzero integer always be a rational number? Why or why not?
_______

Answer:
Remember that in dividing and simplifying rational numbers, the quotient is positive if the signs of the numbers are the same, and negative if the signs of the numbers are different.
The quotient should be a rational number. This is because since the integers can be expressed as a quotient of two integers, then it is a rational number.

Applying Rational Number Operations – Guided Practice – Page No. 98

Question 1.
Mike hiked to Big Bear Lake in 4.5 hours at an average rate of 3 \(\frac{1}{5}\) miles per hour. Pedro hiked the same distance at a rate of 3 \(\frac{3}{5}\) miles per hour. How long did it take Pedro to reach the lake?
_______ hours

Answer: 4 hours

Explanation:
Given that,
Mike hiked to Big Bear Lake in 4.5 hours at an average rate of 3 \(\frac{1}{5}\) miles per hour. Pedro hiked the same distance at a rate of 3 \(\frac{3}{5}\) miles per hour.
4.5h × 3 \(\frac{3}{5}\) miles per hour = 4.5 × 3.2 miles = 14.4 miles
Plug in the distance you found in step 1 and the given rate in the problem to find the number of hours for Pedro.
14.4 miles ÷ 3 \(\frac{3}{5}\) miles per hour = 14.4 ÷ 3.6 hours = 4 hours

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Page 98 Q2

Essential Question Check-In

Question 3.
Why is it important to consider using tools when you are solving a problem?
Type below:
___________

Answer: It is important to consider using tools, such as a calculator, when solving problems because some problems involve multiplying and dividing decimals that are too time-consuming to do by hand.

Applying Rational Number Operations – Independent Practice – Page No. 99

Solve, using appropriate tools.

Question 4.
Three rock climbers started a climb with each person carrying 7.8 kilograms of climbing equipment. A fourth climber with no equipment joined the group. The group divided the total weight of climbing equipment equally among the four climbers. How much did each climber carry?
_______ kilograms

Answer: 5.85 kilograms

Explanation:
Given,
Three rock climbers started a climb with each person carrying 7.8 kilograms of climbing equipment.
A fourth climber with no equipment joined the group.
3 × 7.8 = 23.4
The group divided the total weight of climbing equipment equally among the four climbers.
23.4/4 = 5.85 kilograms
Thus each climber carries 5.85 kilograms

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Page 99 Q5

Question 6.
Diane serves breakfast to two groups of children at a daycare center. One box of Oaties contains 12 cups of cereal. She needs \(\frac{1}{3}\) cup for each younger child and \(\frac{3}{4}\) cup for each older child. Today’s group includes 11 younger children and 10 older children. Is one box of Oaties enough for everyone? Explain.
________

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
11 × \(\frac{1}{3}\) + 10 × \(\frac{3}{4}\)
\(\frac{11}{3}\) + \(\frac{15}{2}\)
\(\frac{22}{6}\) + \(\frac{45}{6}\) = \(\frac{67}{6}\)
= 11 \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Question 7.
The figure shows how the yard lines on a football field are numbered. The goal lines are labeled G. A referee was standing on a certain yard line as the first quarter ended. He walked 41 \(\frac{3}{4}\) yards to a yard line with the same number as the one he had just left. How far was the referee from the nearest goal line?
1Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Lesson 6: Applying Rational Number Operations img 6
________ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 29 \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Explanation:
The American football field is 100 yds long, 53 1/3 yards wide, and has 10-yard touchdown zones at each end of the field.
Let x = distance of the referee at the end of the quarter from the nearest goal.
The distance between the same yard lines on either side of the centerline is
100 – 2x
This distance is the 41 3/4 yards that the referee walked. Therefore
100 – 2x = 41.75
-2x = 41.75 – 100 = -58.25
x = 29.125 yd
Convert from decimal to fraction.
x = 29 \(\frac{1}{8}\) yards

In 8–10, a teacher gave a test with 50 questions, each worth the same number of points. Donovan got 39 out of 50 questions right. Marci’s score was 10 percentage points higher than Donovan’s.

Question 8.
What was Marci’s score? Explain.
________ %

Answer: 88 %

Explanation:
39/50 = 78/100
78/100 + 10/100 = 88/100 = 44/50
88/100 = 88%

Question 9.
How many more questions did Marci answer correctly? Explain.
________ questions

Answer: 5 questions

Explanation:
Marci got 44 correct and Donovan got 39 correct so she got 44 – 39 = 5 more questions correct.

Question 10.
Explain how you can check your answers for reasonableness.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
You can check your answers for reasonableness by using estimates.
Donovan scored 39/50 which is about 40/50 = 80/100 = 80%
Ten percentage points higher is than 80% + 10% = 90% = 90/100 = 45/50.
Since Marci’s score was 44/50, it is a reasonable answer.

Applying Rational Number Operations – Page No. 100

For 11–13, use the expression 1.43 × \(\left(-\frac{19}{37}\right)\)

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Page 100 Q11

Question 12.
Find the product. Explain your method.
_______

Answer:
Using a calculator, you get that 1.43 × (-19/37) ≈ -0.734

Question 13.
Does your answer to Exercise 12 justify your answer to Exercise 11?
_______

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
-0.734 is close to the estimate of -0.75 so the answer to Exercise 12 justifies the answer to Exercise 11.

H.O.T

Focus On Higher Order Thinking

Question 14.
Persevere in Problem-Solving
A scuba diver dove from the surface of the ocean to an elevation of −79 \(\frac{9}{10}\) feet at a rate of -18.8 feet per minute. After spending 12.75 minutes at that elevation, the diver ascended to an elevation of −28 \(\frac{9}{10}\) feet. The total time for the dive so far was 19 \(\frac{1}{8}\) minutes. What was the rate of change in the diver’s elevation during the ascent?
_______ ft/min

Answer: 24 ft/min

Explanation:
Given that,
A scuba diver dove from the surface of the ocean to an elevation of −79 \(\frac{9}{10}\) feet at a rate of -18.8 feet per minute.
After spending 12.75 minutes at that elevation, the diver ascended to an elevation of −28 \(\frac{9}{10}\) feet.
The total time for the dive so far was 19 \(\frac{1}{8}\) minutes.
−79 \(\frac{9}{10}\) ÷ -18.8 = 4.25 minutes
Find the time it took to ascend by subtracting the descent time and time spent at the descent elevation from the total dive time.
19 \(\frac{1}{8}\) – 4.25 – 12.75 = 2 1/8 minutes
-28 \(\frac{9}{10}\) – (-−79 \(\frac{9}{10}\)) = 51 feet
Find the rate of change by dividing the distance in feet divided by the time.
51/2 1/8 = 24 feet per minute

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Page 100 Q15

Question 16.
Represent Real-World Problems
Describe a real-world problem you could solve with the help of a yardstick and a calculator.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Finding the perimeter of the table. Using the yardstick you can get the side length of the table and add these measurements to get the perimeter.

Module Quiz – 3.1 Rational Numbers and Decimals – Page No. 101

Write each mixed number as a decimal.

Question 1.
4 \(\frac{1}{5}\) =
_______

Answer: 4.2

Explanation:
To convert fractions to decimals, simply divide the numerator to the denominator. If the quotient goes on and on, it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits.
\(\frac{1}{5}\) = 0.2
4 + 0.2 = 4.2
4 \(\frac{1}{5}\) = 4.2

Question 2.
12 \(\frac{14}{15}\) =
_______

Answer: 12.933..

Explanation:
To convert fractions to decimals, simply divide the numerator to the denominator. If the quotient goes on and on, it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits.
\(\frac{14}{15}\) = 0.933..
12 + 0.933 = 12.933..
12 \(\frac{14}{15}\) = 12.933..

Question 3.
5 \(\frac{5}{32}\) =
_______

Answer: 5.15625

Explanation:
To convert fractions to decimals, simply divide the numerator to the denominator. If the quotient goes on and on, it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits.
\(\frac{5}{32}\) = 0.15625
5 + 0.15625 = 5.15625
5 \(\frac{5}{32}\) = 5.15625

3.2 Adding Rational Numbers

Find each sum.

Question 4.
4.5 + 7.1 =
_______

Answer: 11.6

Explanation:
To add or subtract numbers, make sure to align the digits vertically before doing the operation.
Make sure to align ones, tens, hundreds, and thousands of digits before adding
4.5
+7.1
 11.6

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Page 101 Q5

3.3 Subtracting Rational Numbers

Find each difference.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Page 101 Q6

Question 7.
14.2 − (−4.9) =
_______

Answer: 19.1

Explanation:
14.2 − (−4.9)
= 14.2 + 4.9 = 19.1

3.4 Multiplying Rational Numbers

Multiply.

Question 8.
\(-4\left(\frac{7}{10}\right)\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: –\(\frac{14}{5}\)

Explanation:
Multiply the whole number with the numerator. write this product in the numerator and keep the same denominator.
\(-4\left(\frac{7}{10}\right)\) = –\(\frac{14}{5}\)

Question 9.
−3.2(−5.6)(4) =
_______

Answer: 71.68

Explanation:
Multiply the first two numbers. There are two negative signs so the answer will be positive.
−3.2(−5.6)(4) = 17.92 × 4 = 71.68

3.5 Dividing Rational Numbers

Find each quotient.

Question 10.
\(-\frac{19}{2} \div \frac{38}{7}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: –\(\frac{7}{4}\)

Explanation:
\(-\frac{19}{2} \div \frac{38}{7}\)
-19/2 × 7/38 = -7/2 × 1/2
= –\(\frac{7}{4}\)

Question 11.
\(\frac{-32.01}{-3.3}\) =
_______

Answer: 9.7

Explanation:
Given,
\(\frac{-32.01}{-3.3}\)
Remember that dividing two negatives gives a positive answer.
-32.01 ÷ -3.3 = 9.7

3.6 Applying Rational Number Operations

Question 12.
Luis bought stock at $83.60. The next day, the price increased by 15.35 dollars. This new price changed by −4 \(\frac{3}{4}\)% the following day. What was the final stock price? Is your answer reasonable? Explain.
$ _______

Answer: $94.25

Explanation:
83.60 + 15.35 = 98.95
98.95 × −4 \(\frac{3}{4}\)% = 98.95 × -0.0475 = 4.70
98.95 – 4.70 = $94.25

Essential Question

Question 13.
How can you use negative numbers to represent real-world problems?
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Negative numbers can be used in real-world problems to represent decreases or values that are below a level considered to be 0.

MODULE 3 MIXED REVIEW – Selected Response – Page No. 102

Question 1.
What is −7 \(\frac{5}{12}\) written as a decimal?
Options:
a. -7.25
b. -7.333…
c. -7.41666…
d. -7.512

Answer: -7.41666…

Explanation:
Given,
−7 \(\frac{5}{12}\)
Convert from fraction to decimal.
5 ÷ 12 = 0.4166..
−7 \(\frac{5}{12}\) = -7.4166….
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 2.
Glenda began the day with a golf score of -6 and ended with a score of -10. Which statement represents her golf score for that day?
Options:
a. -6 – (-10) = 4
b. -10 – (-6) = -4
c. -6 + (-10) = -16
d. -10 + (-6) = -16

Answer: -10 – (-6) = -4

Explanation:
Given,
Her golf score for the day can be found by subtracting her ending score and her beginning score which gives
-10 – (-6) = -10 + 6 = -4
So, the correct answer is option B.

Question 3.
A submersible vessel at an elevation of -95 feet descends to 5 times that elevation. What is the vessel’s new elevation?
Options:
a. -475 ft
b. -19 ft
c. 19 ft
d. 475 ft

Answer: -475 ft

Explanation:
Given,
A submersible vessel at an elevation of -95 feet descends to 5 times that elevation.
-95 feet × 5 = -475 feet
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 4.
The temperature at 7 P.M. at a weather station in Minnesota was -5 °F. The temperature began changing at the rate of -2.5 °F per hour. What was the temperature at 10 P.M.?
Options:
a. -15 °F
b. -12.5 °F
c. 2.5 °F
d. 5 °F

Answer: -12.5 °F

Explanation:
Find the total change in temperature by multiplying the rate of change per hour times the number of hours from 7 pm to 10 pm.
-5 + (-7.5) = -12.5°F
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 5.
What is the sum of -2.16 and -1.75?
Options:
a. 0.41
b. 3.91
c. -0.41
d. -3.91

Answer: -3.91

Explanation:
Both numbers are negative so add their opposites and make the answer negative.
-2.16 + (-1.75) = -(2.16 + 1.75) = -3.91
So, the correct answer is option D.

Question 6.
On Sunday, the wind chill temperature reached -36 °F. On Monday, the wind chill temperature only reached \(\frac{1}{4}\) of Sunday’s wind chill temperature. What was the lowest wind chill temperature on Monday?
Options:
a. -9 °F
b. -36 \(\frac{1}{4}\) °F
c. -40 °F
d. -144 °F

Answer: -9 °F

Explanation:
Given that,
On Sunday, the wind chill temperature reached -36 °F.
On Monday, the wind chill temperature only reached \(\frac{1}{4}\) of Sunday’s wind chill temperature.
-36 × \(\frac{1}{4}\) = -9°F
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 7.
The level of a lake was 8 inches below normal. It decreased 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) inches in June and 2 \(\frac{3}{8}\) inches more in July. What was the new level with respect to the normal level?
Options:
a. -11 \(\frac{5}{8}\) in.
b. -10 \(\frac{5}{8}\) in.
c. -9 \(\frac{1}{8}\) in.
d. -5 \(\frac{3}{8}\) in.

Answer: -11 \(\frac{5}{8}\) in.

Explanation:
The level of a lake was 8 inches below normal. It decreased 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) inches in June and 2 \(\frac{3}{8}\) inches more in July.
The initial level is below normal so it is represented by a negative number. The level continued to decrease in June and July so those changes are also represented by negative numbers.
Find the sum of these values to find what the new level was with respect to the normal level.
-8 – 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) – 2 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
= -8 – \(\frac{5}{4}\) – \(\frac{19}{8}\)
= – \(\frac{93}{8}\)
= – 11 \(\frac{5}{8}\)
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Mini-Task

Question 8.
The average annual rainfall for a town is 43.2 inches.
a. What is the average monthly rainfall?
________

Answer:
If the average rainfall us 43.2 inches then the monthly rainfall is 43.2/12 = 3.6 inches since there are 12 months in a year.

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers MODULE 3 MIXED REVIEW img 7
b. The difference of a given month’s rainfall from the average monthly rainfall is called the deviation. What is the deviation for each month shown?
May: ___________ inch
June: ___________ inches
July: ___________ inches

Answer:
The deviation for May is 2 3/5 – 3.6 = 2.6 – 3.6 = -1 inches.
The deviation for June is 7/8 – 3.6 = -2.725 inches.
The deviation for July 4 1/4 – 3.6 = 0.65 inches.

Question 8.
c. The average monthly rainfall for the previous 9 months was 4 inches. Did the town exceed its average annual rainfall? If so, by how much?
________

Answer:
If is rained 4 inches for 9 months, the total amount of rain over the 12 month period is than 9(4) + 2 3/5 + 7/8 + 4 1/4
= 36 + 2.6 + 0.875 + 4.25 = 43.725.
Since this is greater than the average annual rainfall of 43.2, the town did exceed is average annual rainfall.
the difference of 43.725 and 43.2 is
43.725 – 43.2 = 0.525
so, it exceeded it by 0.525 inches.

Module 3 Review – Rational Numbers – Page No. 106

EXERCISES

Write each mixed number as a whole number or decimal. Classify each number according to the group(s) to which it belongs: rational numbers, integers, or whole numbers.

Question 1.
\(\frac{3}{4}\)
________

Answer: 0.75, rational

Explanation:
Write as a decimal by dividing 3 by 4. A shortcut with fourths is to think of the fractions in terms of money. 4 quarters make a dollar and 3 quarters is $0.75 so three-fourths is 0.75 in decimal form.
Since \(\frac{3}{4}\) could not be written as a whole number or integer, it is a rational number.

Question 2.
\(\frac{8}{2}\)
________

Answer: 4

Explanation:
\(\frac{8}{2}\) = 4
Since 4 doesn’t have a decimal and is positive, it is a whole number. All whole numbers are also integers and rational numbers so 4 is a rational number, integer, and a whole number.

Question 3.
\(\frac{11}{3}\)
________

Answer: 3.66

Explanation:
Rewrite as a mixed number and then divide 2 by 3 to get the decimal part of the number.
\(\frac{11}{3}\) = 3 2/3 = 3.666…
Since 3.66.. has a decimal, it is not an integer or whole number. Therefore it is a rational number only.

Question 4.
\(\frac{5}{2}\)
________

Answer: 2.5

Explanation:
Write as a mixed number and then divide 1 by 2 to get the decimal part of the number a shortcut is to think of the fraction in terms of money. Half a dollar is $0.50 so one half equals 0.50 = 0.50
Since 2.5 has a decimal, it is not an integer or whole number. Therefore 2.5 is a rational number only.

Find each sum or difference.

Question 5.
−5 + 9.5
________

Answer: 4.5

Explanation:
Rewrite as subtraction and then subtract.
-5 + 9.5 = 4.5

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Page 106 Q6

Question 7.
−0.5 + (−8.5)
________

Answer: -9

Explanation:
Both numbers are negative so add their opposites and write the answers as negative.
−0.5 + (−8.5) = -(0.5 + 8.5) = -9

Question 8.
−3 − (−8)
________

Answer: 5

Explanation:
Rewrite as addition since subtracting a negative is the same as adding a positive.
−3 − (−8) = -3 + 8 = 5

Question 9.
5.6 − (−3.1)
________

Answer: 8.7

Explanation:
Rewrite as addition since subtracting a negative is the same as adding a positive.
5.6 − (−3.1) = 5.6 + 3.1 = 8.7

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Page 106 Q10

Find each product or quotient

Question 11.
−9 × (−5)
________

Answer: 45

Explanation:
Multiply two negative numbers to make a positive number.
−9 × (−5) = 45

Question 12.
0 × (−7)
________

Answer: 0

Explanation:
Any number multiplied by 0 will be zero.
So, the product is 0.

Question 13.
−8 × 8
________

Answer: -64

Explanation:
Multiply since there is only one negative the answer is negative.
-8 × 8 = -64

Question 14.
\(\frac{-56}{8}\)
________

Answer: -7

Explanation:
Divide since there is only one negative the answer is negative.
8 divides 56 seven times.
\(\frac{-56}{8}\) = -7

Question 15.
\(\frac{-130}{-5}\)

Answer: 26

Explanation:
Divide since there are two negative signs the answer is positive.
\(\frac{-130}{-5}\) = 26

Question 16.
\(\frac{34.5}{1.5}\)
________

Answer: 23

Explanation:
Divide since both the numbers are positive the answer will be positive.
\(\frac{34.5}{1.5}\) = 23
1.5 divides 34.5 23 times.
So, the quotient is 23.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Page 106 Q17

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Page 106 Q18

Question 19.
Lei withdrew $50 from her bank account every day for a week. What was the change in her account in that week?
$ ________

Answer: -$350

Explanation:
Lei withdrew $50 from her bank account every day for a week.
Convert from week to days
1 week = 7 days
7 × -50 = -350
The change in her account is -$350.

Question 20.
Dan is cutting 4.75-foot lengths of twine from a 240-foot spool of twine. He needs to cut 42 lengths and says that 40.5 feet of twine will remain. Show that this is reasonable.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
The estimation of 4.75 is 5 and 42 is 40.
5 × 40 = 200
So he will be using about 200 feet.
He has 240 feet so he will have about 240-200 = 40 feet remaining.
Since 40 ≈ 40.5
The answer is reasonable.

Unit 1 Performance Tasks – Page No. 107

Question 1.
Armand is an urban planner, and he has proposed a site for a new town library. The site is between City Hall and the post office on Main Street.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Unit 1 Performance Tasks img 8
The distance between City Hall and the post office is 612 miles. City Hall is 114 miles closer to the library site than it is to the post office.
a. Write 6 \(\frac{1}{2}\) miles and 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) miles as decimals
6 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = __________
1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) = __________

Answer:
Write as decimal by dividing 1 by 2 and dividing 1 by 4 a shortcut is to think about ur in terms of money. Half of a dollar is $0.50 and a quarter is $0.25
So 1/2 = 0.50 = 0.5
1/4 = 0.25
6 1/2 = 6.5 and 1 1/4 = 1.25

Question 1.
b. Let d represent the distance from City Hall to the library site. Write an expression for the distance from the library site to the post office.
__________

Answer:
The library is closer to City Hall than the post office is so d is the difference between the distance from City Hall to the Post Office and the distance between City Hall and the Library Site.
d = 6 1/2 – 1 1/4

Question 1.
c. Write an equation that represents the following statement: The distance from City Hall to the library site plus the distance from the library site to the post office is equal to the distance from City Hall to the post office.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
The distance from the City Hall to the library is d, the distance from the library to the post office is 1 1/4 since the library is 1 1/4 miles closer to City Hall than the post office is, the distance from City Hall to the Post Office is 6 1/4
d + 1 1/4 = 6 1/4

Question 1.
d. Solve your equation from part c to determine the distance from City Hall to the library site, and the distance from the post office to the library site.
City Hall to library site: __________ miles
Library site to post office: __________ miles

Answer:
d = 6 1/2 – 1 1/4
d = 6 2/4 – 1 1/4
d = 5 1/4
Thus the distance is 5 1/4 miles.

Question 2.
Sumaya is reading a book with 288 pages. She has already read 90 pages. She plans to read 20 more pages each day until she finishes the book.
a. Sumaya writes the equation 378 = -20d to find the number of days she will need to finish the book. Identify the errors that Sumaya made.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
She made the mistake of using -20 in the equation instead of a positive 20. The negative can’t be used since she is not reading a negative number of pages per day.
She also made the mistake of adding 90 to 288 instead of subtracting.
Since she has already read 90 pages she has less than 288 pages left to read, not more.
288 – 90 = 198
The correct equation is 198 = 20d

Question 2.
b. Write and solve an equation to determine how many days Sumaya will need to finish the book. In your answer, count part of a day as a full day. Show that your answer is reasonable.
______ days

Answer:

198 = 20d is dividing both sides by 20 gives d = 198/20 = 9.9
Rounding this up gives 10 days.
This answer is reasonable since the book is about 300 pages and she has read about 100 pages of the book leaving about 200 pages left to read.
She is reading 20 pages per day and 20 × 10 = 200
So it would take 10 days to read about 200 pages.

Question 2.
c. Estimate how many days you would need to read a book about the same length as Sumaya’s book. What information did you use to find the estimate?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Sumaya’s book is about 300 pages. Reading 20 pages a day would mean it would take about 300/20 = 15 days to read the book.

Unit 1 Performance Tasks – Page No. 108

Question 3.
Jackson works as a veterinary technician and earns $12.20 per hour.
a. Jackson normally works 40 hours a week. In a normal week, what is his total pay before taxes and other deductions?
$ ______

Answer: $488

Explanation:
Jackson works as a veterinary technician and earns $12.20 per hour.
Jackson normally works 40 hours a week.
40 × $12.20 = $488
Thus the total pay before taxes and other deductions is $488.

Question 3.
b. Last week, Jackson was ill and missed some work. His total pay before deductions was $372.10. Write and solve an equation to find the number of hours Jackson worked.
______ hours

Answer: 30.5 hours

Explanation:
Jackson works as a veterinary technician and earns $12.20 per hour.
His total pay before deductions was $372.10.
$12.20h = $372.10
h = 372.10/12.20
h = 30.5 hours

Question 3.
c. Jackson records his hours each day on a time sheet. Last week when he was ill, his time sheet was incomplete. How many hours are missing? Show your work. Then show that your answer is reasonable.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Unit 1 MIXED REVIEW img 9
______ hours

Answer: 6.75 hours

Explanation:
8 + 7.25 + 8.5 = 23.75
30.5 – 23.75 = 6.75 hours

Question 3.
d. When Jackson works more than 40 hours in a week, he earns 1.5 times his normal hourly rate for each of the extra hours. Jackson worked 43 hours one week. What was his total pay before deductions? Justify your answer.
$ __________________

Answer: $542.90

Explanation:
When Jackson works more than 40 hours in a week, he earns 1.5 times his normal hourly rate for each of the extra hours.
Jackson worked 43 hours one week.
40 × 12.20 + 3 × 1.5 × 12.20 = $488 + $54.90 = $542.90

Question 3.
e. What is a reasonable range for Jackson’s expected yearly pay before deductions? Describe any assumptions you made in finding your answer.
$ __________________

Answer:

Assuming he works between 40 and 45 hours per week, his weekly pay range is between 40 × 12.20 = $488
40 × 12.20 + 5 × 1.5 × 12.20 = 488 + 91.50 = $579.50
Since there are 52 weeks in a year, his yearly pay is between 52 × 488 ≈ $25,000
and 52 × $579.50 ≈ $30,000.

Unit 1 MIXED REVIEW – Selected Response – Page No. 109

Question 1.
What is −6 \(\frac{9}{16}\) written as a decimal?
Options:
a. -6.625
b. -6.5625
c. -6.4375
d. -6.125

Answer: -6.5625

Explanation:
−6 \(\frac{9}{16}\)
Divide 9 by 16 to get 9/16 = 0.5625.
6 \(\frac{9}{16}\) = 6 + 0.5625 = 6.5625
−6 \(\frac{9}{16}\) = -6.5625
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 2.
Working together, 6 friends pick 14 \(\frac{2}{5}\) pounds of pecans at a pecan farm. They divide the pecans equally among themselves. How many pounds does each friend get?
Options:
a. 20 \(\frac{2}{5}\) pounds
b. 8 \(\frac{2}{5}\) pounds
c. 2 \(\frac{3}{5}\) pounds
d. 2 \(\frac{2}{5}\) pounds

Answer: \(\frac{2}{5}\) pounds

Explanation:
Divide the number of pounds by the number of friends to get the number of pounds each friend gets.
14 \(\frac{2}{5}\)/6 = 14.4/6 = 2.4 pounds.
2.4 = 2 \(\frac{2}{5}\) pounds
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 3.
What is the value of (−3.25)(−1.56)?
Options:
a. -5.85
b. -5.07
c. 5.07
d. 5.85

Answer: 5.07

Explanation:
Multiply two negatives make a positive.
So the answer is positive.
(−3.25)(−1.56) = 5.07
The answer is option C.

Question 4.
Mrs. Rodriguez is going to use 6 \(\frac{1}{3}\) yards of material to make two dresses. The larger dress requires 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\) yards of material. How much material will Mrs. Rodriguez have left to use on the smaller dress?
Options:
a. 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\) yards
b. 2 \(\frac{1}{3}\) yards
c. 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\) yards
d. 3 \(\frac{1}{3}\) yards

Answer: 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\) yards

Explanation:
Subtract the yards of material for the larger dress from the total yards of material.
6 \(\frac{1}{3}\) yards – 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\) yards = 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\) yards
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 5.
Jaime had $37 in his bank account on Sunday. The table shows his account activity for the next four days. What was the balance in Jaime’s account after his deposit on Thursday?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Unit 1 MIXED REVIEW img 10
Options:
a. $57.49
b. $59.65
c. $94.49
d. $138.93

Answer: $94.49

Explanation:
Add up all the deposits and withdrawals to his original balance make sure deposits are represented by positive numbers and withdrawals are represented by negative numbers.
37 + 17.42 – 12.60 – 9.62 + 62.29 = 94.49
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 6.
A used motorcycle is on sale for $3,600. Erik makes an offer equal to \(\frac{3}{4}\) of this price. How much does Erik offer for the motorcycle?
Options:
a. $4800
b. $2700
c. $2400
d. $900

Answer: $2700

Explanation:
Given that,
A used motorcycle is on sale for $3,600. Erik makes an offer equal to \(\frac{3}{4}\) of this price.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) × 3600 = 2700
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 7.
Ruby ate \(\frac{1}{3}\) of a pizza, and Angie ate \(\frac{1}{5}\) of the pizza. How much of the pizza did they eat in all?
Options:
a. 1 \(\frac{1}{5}\) of the pizza
b. \(\frac{1}{8}\) of the pizza
c. \(\frac{3}{8}\) of the pizza
d. \(\frac{8}{15}\) of the pizza

Answer: \(\frac{8}{15}\) of the pizza

Explanation:
Ruby ate \(\frac{1}{3}\) of a pizza, and Angie ate \(\frac{1}{5}\) of the pizza.
\(\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{1}{5}\) = \(\frac{5}{15}\) + \(\frac{3}{15}\) = \(\frac{8}{15}\)
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Unit 1 MIXED REVIEW – Page No. 110

Question 8.
Winslow buys 1.2 pounds of bananas. The bananas cost $1.29 per pound. To the nearest cent, how much does Winslow pay for the bananas?
Options:
a. $1.08
b. $1.20
c. $1.55
d. $2.49

Answer: $1.55

Explanation:
Winslow buys 1.2 pounds of bananas. The bananas cost $1.29 per pound.
1.2 × $1.29 = $1.548 ≈ $1.55
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 9.
The temperature was -10 °F and dropped by 16 °F. Which statement represents the resulting temperature in degrees Fahrenheit?
Options:
a. -10 – (-16) = -6
b. -10 – 16 = -26
c. 10 – (-16) = 26
d. -10 + 16 = 6

Answer: -10 – 16 = -26

Explanation:
The temperature was -10 °F and dropped by 16 °F.
-10 + (-16) = -26°F.
So, the correct answer is option B.

Question 10.
A scuba diver at a depth of -12 ft (12 ft below sea level), dives down to a coral reef that is 3.5 times the diver’s original depth. What is the diver’s new depth?
Options:
a. -420 ft
b. -42 ft
c. 42 ft
d. about 3.4 ft

Answer: -42 ft

A scuba diver at a depth of -12 ft, dives down to a coral reef that is 3.5 times the diver’s original depth.
-12 × 3.5 = -42 ft
So, the correct answer is option B.

Question 11.
The school Spirit Club spent $320.82 on food and took in 643.59 selling the food. How much did the Spirit Club make?
Options:
a. -$322.77
b. -$964.41
c. $322.77
d. $964.41

Answer: $322.77

Explanation:
The school Spirit Club spent $320.82 on food and took in 643.59 selling the food.
$643.59 – $320.82 = $322.77
So, the answer is option C.

Question 12.
Lila graphed the points -2 and 2 on a number line. What does the distance between these two points represent?
Options:
a. the sum of -2 and 2
b. the difference of 2 and -2
c. the difference of -2 and 2
d. the product of -2 and 2

Answer: the difference of 2 and -2

Explanation:
Distance is found by subtracting the larger number and the smaller number so it is the difference of 2 and -2.
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 13.
What is a reasonable estimate of −3 \(\frac{4}{5}\) + (−5.25) and the actual value?
Options:
a. -4 + (-5) = -9; −9 \(\frac{1}{20}\)
b. -3 + (-5) = -8; −8 \(\frac{1}{20}\)
c. -4 + (-5) = -1; −8 \(\frac{9}{20}\)
d. -3 + (-5) = 8; 8 \(\frac{1}{20}\)

Answer: -4 + (-5) = -9; −9 \(\frac{1}{20}\)

Explanation:
−3 \(\frac{4}{5}\) + (−5.25)
−3 \(\frac{4}{5}\) ≈ -4
−5.25 ≈ -5
So the sum is about -4 + -5 = -9.
The estimated answer is -9.

Mini-Task

Question 14.
Juanita is watering her lawn using the water stored in her rainwater tank. The water level in the tank drops \(\frac{1}{3}\) inch every 10 minutes she waters.
a. What is the change in the tank’s water level after 1 hour?
______ inches

Answer: -2 inches

Explanation:
Juanita is watering her lawn using the water stored in her rainwater tank.
There are six 10 minute intervals in 1 hour so change is
6 × –\(\frac{1}{3}\) = -2 inches
Therefore, the tank’s water level after 1 hour is -2 inches.

Question 14.
b. What is the expected change in the tank’s water level after 2.25 hours?
______ inches

Answer: -4.5 inches

Explanation:
Since the water level drops 2 inches every hour, in 2.25 hours the water level change will be -2 × 2.25 = -4.5 inches
Thus the expected change in the tank’s water level after 2.25 hours is -4.5 inches.

Question 14.
c. If the tank’s water level is 4 feet, how many days can Juanita water if she waters for 15 minutes each day?
______ days

Answer: 96 days

Explanation:
15 minutes is 1/4 of an hour so in 15 minutes the water level will have dropped by 2 × 1/4 = 1/2 inches.
Since the water level is initially 4 feet = 48 inches
She can water for 48/1/2 = 48 × 2 = 96 days
It takes 96 days if she waters for 15 minutes.

Conclusion:

Hope the info prevailed in this article is beneficial for all the students. Keep in touch with us to get the latest updates regarding Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers. Also, the students of 4th grade can get the solutions for all the chapters on Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key page.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers

go-math-grade-7-chapter-2-multiplying-and-dividing-integers-answer-key

Are you browsing the net to get the best material to score well in the exams? Then you are on the right page. Here you can get the best Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key for Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers. Refer to Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key to enhance your math skills.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers

Go through the topics covered in Multiplying and Dividing Integers before you start your preparation. Just tap the link and start preparing now. In addition to the exercise problems, you can also get a detailed explanation for all the questions in Module Review. So, first, practice the exercise problems and then try to solve the questions given in the module review. With the help of this Go Math 7th Grade Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers, you can improve the knowledge in the following topics.

Chapter 2 – Multiplying Integers

Chapter 2 – Dividing Integers

Chapter 2- Applying Integer Operations

Chapter 2 – Module Review

Multiplying Integers – Guided Practice – Page No. 40

Find each product.

Question 1.
-1(9)
_______

Answer: -9

Explanation:
We have to find the product:
-1(9)
1. Determine the sign of the product
-1 < 0 and 9 > 0
Since the numbers have opposite signs, the product will be negative.
2. We find the absolute value of the numbers and multiply them:
|-1| = 1
|9| = 9
1 × 9 =9
3. We assign the correct sign to the product:
-1 × 9 = -9

Question 2.
14(-2)
_______

Answer: -28

Explanation:
We have to find the product:
14(-2)
1. Determine the sign of the product
-2 < 0 and 14 > 0
Since the numbers have opposite signs, the product will be negative.
2. We find the absolute value of the numbers and multiply them:
|-2| = 2
|14| = 14
2 × 14 = 28
3. We assign the correct sign to the product:
-2 × 14 = -28

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers Page 40 Q3

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers Page 40 Q4

Question 5.
(-4)(15)
_______

Answer: -60

Explanation:
We have to find the product:
(-4)(15)
1. Determine the sign of the product
-4 < 0 and 15 > 0
Since the numbers have opposite signs, the product will be negative.
2. We find the absolute value of the numbers and multiply them:
|-4| = 4
|15| = 15
3. We assign the correct sign to the product:
-4 × 15 = -60

Question 6.
-18(0)
_______

Answer: 0

Explanation:
We have to find the product:
-18(0)
Since one of the factors is zero, the product is zero.
-18 × 0 = 0

Question 7.
(-7)(-7)
_______

Answer: 49

Explanation:
We have to find the product:
(-7)(-7)
1. Determine the sign of the product
-7 < 0
Since the numbers have the same signs, the product will be positive.
2. We find the absolute value of the numbers and multiply them:
|-7| = 7
|-7| = 7
3. We assign the correct sign to the product:
-7 × -7 = 49

Question 8.
-15(9)
_______

Answer: -125

Explanation:
We have to find the product:
-15(9)
1. Determine the sign of the product
-15 < 0  and 9 > 0
Since the numbers have opposite signs, the product will be negative.
2. We find the absolute value of the numbers and multiply them:
|-15| = 15
|9| = 9
3. We assign the correct sign to the product:
-15 × 9 = -125

Question 9.
(8)(-12)
_______

Answer: -96

Explanation:
We have to find the product:
(8)(-12)
1. Determine the sign of the product
8 > 0 and -12 < 0
Since the numbers have opposite signs, the product will be negative.
2. We find the absolute value of the numbers and multiply them:
|8| = 8
|-15| = 15
3. We assign the correct sign to the product:
8 × -15 = -96

Question 10.
-3(-100)
_______

Answer: 300

Explanation:
We have to find the product:
-3 < 0 and -100 < 0
Since the numbers have the same signs, the product will be positive.
2. We find the absolute value of the numbers and multiply them:
|-3| = 3
|-100| = 100
3. We assign the correct sign to the product:
-3 × -100 = 300

Question 11.
0(-153)
_______

Answer: 0

Explanation:
We have to find the product:
0(-153)
Since one of the factors is zero, the product is zero.
0 × -153 = 0

Question 12.
-6(32)
_______

Answer: -192

Explanation:
We have to find the product:
-6(32)
1. Determine the sign of the product
-6 < 0  and 32 > 0
Since the numbers have opposite signs, the product will be negative.
2. We find the absolute value of the numbers and multiply them:
|-6| = 6
|32| = 32
3. We assign the correct sign to the product:
-6 × 32 = -192

Question 13.
Flora made 7 withdrawals of $75 each from her bank account. What was the overall change in her account?
$ _______

Answer: -525

Explanation:
Flora made 7 withdrawals of $75 each from her bank account.
Since she withdrew 7 amounts of money, the overall change in the account will be:
(-7)(75)
-7 < 0 and 75 > 0
The numbers have opposite signs, so the product will be negative.
7 × 75 = 525
We assign the correct sign to the product:
-7 × 75 = -525

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers Page 40 Q14

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers Page 40 Q15

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers Page 40 Q16

Question 17.
A mountain climber climbed down a cliff 50 feet at a time. He did this 5 times in one day. What was the overall change in his elevation?
_______ feet

Answer: -250 feet

Explanation:
A mountain climber climbed down a cliff 50 feet at a time. He did this 5 times in one day.
5(-50)
5(-50) = (-50) + (-50) + (-50) + (-50) + (-50)
To graph 5(-50) we start at 0 and move 50 units to the left 5 times:
5 × -50 = -250 feet
Thus the overall change in his elevation is -250 feet.

Question 18.
Explain the process for finding the product of two integers.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Determine the sign of the product, multiply the absolute value of the numbers then attach the sign to the product. If one of the numbers is zero then the product is zero.

Multiplying Integers – Independent Practice – Page No. 41

Question 19.
Critique Reasoning Lisa used a number line to model –2(3). Does her number line make sense? Explain why or why not.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers Lesson 1: Multiplying Integers img 1
_______

Answer:
Lisa used the number line incorrectly since in her number line she multiplied -3 twice.
The number line should show 2 movements to the left three times.

Question 20.
Represent Real-World Problems Mike got on an elevator and went down 3 floors. He meant to go to a lower level, so he stayed on the elevator and went down 3 more floors. How many floors did Mike go down altogether?
_______ floors

Answer: 6 floors

Explanation:
Mike got on an elevator and went down 3 floors. He meant to go to a lower level, so he stayed on the elevator and went down 3 more floors.
2(-3) = -6
This means he went down 6 floors.

Solve. Show your work.

Question 21.
When Brooke buys lunch at the cafeteria, money is withdrawn from a lunch account. The table shows amounts withdrawn in one week. By how much did the amount in Brooke’s lunch account change by the end of that week?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers Lesson 1: Multiplying Integers img 2
$ _______ decrease

Answer: $-20 decrease

Explanation:
He withdrew $4 each day, which means 5 times $4 each time. By the end of the week, his account will mark a decrease of: -$20

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers Page 41 Q22

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers Page 41 Q23

Question 24.
Casey uses some of his savings on batting practice. The cost of renting a batting cage for 1 hour is $6. He rents a cage for 9 hours in each of two months. What is the change in Casey’s savings after two months?
$ _______

Answer: $108

Explanation:
Given,
Casey uses some of his savings on batting practice.
The cost of renting a batting cage for 1 hour is $6.
He rents a cage for 9 hours in each of two months.
9(-6) = -54
For 2 months = -54 × 2 = -108

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers Page 41 Q25

Multiplying Integers – Page No. 42

Question 26.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas Describe a real-world situation that can be represented by the product 8(–20). Then find the product and explain what the product means in terms of the real-world situation.
_______ points

Answer: -160

Example:
Irene has some savings in an account. Each of 8 months she uses $20 to pay a rate for a bicycle. What is the change in her account after the 8 months?
8(-20) = -160
The change in the account consists of 8 times $20:
Her account diminished by $160.

Question 27.
What If? The rules for multiplying two integers can be extended to a product of 3 or more integers. Find the following products by using the Associative Property to multiply 2 numbers at a time.
a. 3(3)(–3)
_______

Answer: -27

Explanation:
3 × 3 × (-3) = 9(-3) = -27

Question 27.
b. 3(–3)(–3)
_______

Answer: 27
3((-3)(-3))
3 × 9 = 27

Question 27.
c. –3(–3)(–3)
_______

Answer: -27
(-3)(–3)(–3)
(-3)(9)
9 × -3 = -27

Question 27.
d. 3(3)(3)(–3)
_______

Answer: -81
(3 × 3)(3 × -3)
9 × -9 = -81

Question 27.
e. 3(3)(–3)(–3)
_______

Answer: 81
(3 × 3)(-3 × -3)
9 × 9 = 81

Question 27.
f. 3(–3)(–3)(–3)
_______

Answer: -81
3(-3)(-3 × -3)
-9 × 9 = -81

Question 27.
g. Make a Conjecture Based on your results, complete the following statements:
When a product of integers has an odd number of negative factors, then the sign of the product is ____________.
____________

Answer: Negative

Explanation:
When a product of integers has an odd number of negative factors, then the sign of the product is negative.

Question 27.
When a product of integers has an even number of negative factors, then the sign of the product is ___________ .
____________

Answer: Positive

Explanation:
When a product of integers has an even number of negative factors, then the sign of the product is positive.

FOCUS ON HIGHER ORDER THINKING

Question 28.
Multiple Representations The product of three integers is –3. Determine all of the possible values for the three factors.
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
We are given the product:
a . b . c = -3
a, b, c integers
a = -1, b = 1, c = 3
a = -3, b = c = 1
a = -1, b = -1, c = -3
The elements of the product can be 1, -1, 3, -3. Since the result is negative, the number of negative factors is odd. Thus we can have either one negative number or three. The possibilities are:
-1, 1, 3
-3, 1 , 1
-1, -1, -3

Question 29.
Analyze Relationships When is the product of two nonzero integers less than or equal to both of the two factors?
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
Let a, b be the two integers.
We are given the data:
a.b ≤ a
a.b ≤ b
a > 0, b> 0
Case 1: both are positive numbers
a = 1, b = 1
= a.b = 1.1 = a = b
The product is greater than any of the two numbers except for the case in which both numbers are 1:
Case 2: both numbers are negative.
a < 0, b< 0
a.b > 0
a . b > a
a . b > b
The product is positive, thus it cannot be smaller than any of the numbers.
Case 3: the numbers have different signs
a . b < 0
a. b < a
a . b ≤ b
The product is negative, therefore smaller than the positive number. The product is also smaller than the negative number as it represents a times the number b:
a = b = 1
a > 0, b < 0

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers Page 42 Q30

Dividing Integers – Guided Practice – Page No. 46

Find each quotient.

Question 1.
\(\frac{-14}{2}\) = _______

Answer: -7

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
-14 < 0
2 > 0
Since the numbers have opposite signs, the quotient will be negative.
-14/2 = -7

Question 2.
21 ÷ (−3) = _______

Answer: -7

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
21 ÷ (−3)
21 > 0
-3 < 0
Since the numbers have opposite signs, the quotient will be negative.
21/(-3) = -7

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers Page 46 Q3

Question 4.
0 ÷ (−4) = _______

Answer: 0

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
0 ÷ (−4)
If one of the numbers is zero answers will be zero.
0 ÷ (−4) = 0

Question 5.
\(\frac{-45}{-5}\) = _______

Answer: 9

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
\(\frac{-45}{-5}\)
Since the numbers have the same sign, the quotient will be positive.
\(\frac{-45}{-5}\) = 9

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers Page 46 Q6

Question 7.
\(\frac{-11}{-1}\) = _______

Answer: 11

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
\(\frac{-11}{-1}\)
Since the numbers have the same sign, the quotient will be positive.
\(\frac{-11}{-1}\) = 11

Question 8.
-31 ÷ (-31) = _______

Answer: 1

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
-31 ÷ (-31)
Since the numbers have the same sign, the quotient will be positive.
-31 ÷ (-31) = 1

Question 9.
\(\frac{0}{-7}\) = _______

Answer: 0

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
\(\frac{0}{-7}\)
If one of the numbers is zero answers will be zero.
0/-7 = 0

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers Page 46 Q10

Question 11.
84 ÷ (-7) = _______

Answer: -12

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
84 ÷ (-7)
Since the numbers have opposite signs, the quotient will be negative.
84 ÷ (-7)
7 divides 84 twelve times.
So, the answer is -12.

Question 12.
\(\frac{500}{-25}\) = _______

Answer: -20

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
\(\frac{500}{-25}\)
Since the numbers have opposite signs, the quotient will be negative.
\(\frac{500}{-25}\) = -20

Question 13.
-6 ÷ 0 =
__________

Answer: undefined

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
-6 ÷ 0
Any number divided by 0 is undefined.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers Page 46 Q14

Write a division expression for each problem. Then find the value of the expression.

Question 15.
Clark made four of his truck payments late and was fined four late fees. The total change to his savings from late fees was -$40. How much was one late fee?
$ _______

Answer: 10

Explanation:
Clark made four of his truck payments late and was fined four late fees.
The total change to his savings from late fees was -$40.
We determine one late fee by dividing the total change in his savings by the number of late fees|:
-10 ÷ 4 = -10
One late fee was $10.

Question 16.
Jan received -22 points on her exam. She got 11 questions wrong out of 50 questions. How much was Jan penalized for each wrong answer?
_______ points

Answer: 2 points

Explanation:
Jan received -22 points on her exam. She got 11 questions wrong out of 50 questions.
We determine the number of points on the exam to the number of wrong questions:
-22 ÷ 11 = -2
Thus a wrong answer was penalized by 2 points.

Question 17.
Allen’s score in a video game was changed by -75 points because he missed some targets. He got -15 points for each missed target. How many targets did he miss?
_______ targets

Answer: 5 targets

Explanation:
Allen’s score in a video game was changed by -75 points because he missed some targets.
He got -15 points for each missed target.
We divide the change in the score by the number of points for a missed target:
-75 ÷ -15 = 5
Thus he missed 5 targets.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers Page 46 Q18

ESSENTIAL QUESTION CHECK-IN

Question 19.
How is the process of dividing integers similar to the process of multiplying integers?
Type below:
____________

Answer: The process of dividing integers is similar to the process of multiplying integers by the sign of the result which is positive in case both numbers have the same sign and negative when they have different signs.

Dividing Integers – Independent Practice – Page No. 47

Question 20.
Walter buys a bus pass for $30. Every time he rides the bus, money is deducted from the value of the pass. He rode 12 times and $24 was deducted from the value of the pass. How much does each bus ride cost?
$ _______

Answer: 2

Explanation:
We divide the total amount deducted from the value of the pass by the number of times he rode the bus:
-24 ÷ 12 = -2
The price of a bus ride is $2.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers Page 47 Q21

Question 22.
Multistep At 7 p.m. last night, the temperature was 10 °F. At 7 a.m. the next morning, the temperature was -2 °F.
a. By how much did the temperature change from 7 p.m. to 7 a.m.?
_______ degrees

Answer: 12 degrees

Explanation:
We are given the data:
7 p.m: 10°F.
7 a.m: -2 °F.
We determine by how much the temperature changed from 7 p.m to 7 a.m by subtraction the initial temperature from the final temperature:
-2 – 10 = -12
Thus the temperature decreased by 12 degrees.

Question 22.
b. The temperature changed by a steady amount overnight. By how much did it change each hour?
_______ degrees each hour

Answer: 1

Explanation:
We divide the total change of temperature by the number of hours to determine by how much the temperature changed each hour:
-12 ÷ 12 = -1
The temperature decreased by 1°F each hour.

Question 23.
Analyze Relationships Nola hiked down a trail at a steady rate for 10 minutes. Her change in elevation was -200 feet. Then she continued to hike down for another 20 minutes at a different rate. Her change in elevation for this part of the hike was -300 feet. During which portion of the hike did she walk down at a faster rate? Explain your reasoning.
___________ was faster

Answer:
First trail: -200 feet in 10 minutes
Second trail -300 feet in 20 minutes
we determine the rate she walked down on the first trail by dividing the elevation by the time she walked on that trail:
-200 ÷ 10 = -20
The rate was 20 feet/minute.
we determine the rate she walked down on the second trail by dividing the elevation by the time she walked on that trail:
-300 ÷ 20 = -15
The rate was 15 feet/minute.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers Page 47 Q24

Dividing Integers – Page No. 48

Question 25.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas Two integers, a and b, have different signs. The absolute value of integer a is divisible by the absolute value of integer b. Find two integers that fit this description. Then decide if the product of the integers is greater than or less than the quotient of the integers. Show your work.
product ___________ quotient

Answer:
Let’s consider two positive numbers to represent |a| and |b|
Case 1: a = 12, b = -4
a . b = 12 . (-4) = -48
a ÷ b = 12 ÷ (-4) = 3
or
Case 2: a = -12, b = 4
a . b = -12 . 4 = -48
a ÷ b = -12 ÷ 4 = -3
In both cases the product is smaller than the quotient and this happens because one number is positive and the other negative and because |a| is divisible by |b|
a . b ≤ a ÷ b

Determine if each statement is true or false. Justify your answer.

Question 26.
For any two nonzero integers, the product and quotient have the same sign.
___________

Answer: True
The statement is true because both division and multiplication operate in the same way about signs, the difference being that the absolute values are either multiplied or divided which doesn’t make any difference regarding the signs.

Question 27.
Any nonzero integer divided by 0 equals 0.
___________

Answer: False
The statement is false because the divisor cannot be zero, division is undefined in this case no matter the dividend.

FOCUS ON HIGHER ORDER THINKING

Question 28.
Multi-step A perfect score on a test with 25 questions is 100. Each question is worth the same number of points.
a. How many points is each question on the test worth?
_______ points

Answer: 4

Explanation:
We determine the number of points each question worth by dividing the perfect score to the number of questions:
100 ÷ 25 = 4

Question 28.
b. Fred got a score of 84 on the test. Write a division sentence using negative numbers where the quotient represents the number of questions Fred answered incorrectly.
_______ questions

Answer: 4

Explanation:
The number of questions Fred answered incorrectly is:
(84 – 100) ÷ (-4) = -16 ÷ -4 = 4
The number of questions Fred answered incorrectly is 4.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers Page 48 Q29

Question 30.
Justify Reasoning The quotient of two negative integers results in an integer. How does the value of the quotient compare to the value of the original two integers? Explain.
Type below:
___________

Answer: Since the quotient of two negative numbers is positive, it will always be greater than the original two integers.

Applying Integer Operations – Guided Practice – Page No. 52

Evaluate each expression.

Question 1.
−6(−5) + 12 =
_______

Answer: 42

Explanation:
We are given the expression:
−6(−5) + 12
First, multiply -6 and -5
−6(−5) + 12 = 30 + 12 = 42

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers Page 52 Q2

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers Page 52 Q3

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers Page 52 Q4

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers Page 52 Q5

Question 6.
−3(−5) − 16 =
_______

Answer: -1

Explanation:
We are given the expression:
−3(−5) − 16 = 15 – 16 = -1

Write an expression to represent the situation. Evaluate the expression and answer the question.

Question 7.
Bella pays 7 payments of $5 each to a game store. She returns one game and receives 20 dollars back. What is the change to the amount of money she has?
$ _______

Answer: 15 less

Explanation:
Given that,
Bella pays 7 payments of $5 each to a game store. She returns one game and receives 20 dollars back.
7(-5) + 20 = -35 + 20 = -15
Thus she will have $15 less.

Question 8.
Ron lost 10 points seven times playing a video game. He then lost an additional 100 points for going over the time limit. What was the total change in his score?
_______ points

Answer: 170 points

Explanation:
We use negative numbers for the number of points he losses.
7(-10) + (-100) = -70 – 100 = -170
Thus he will have 170 points less.

Question 9.
Ned took a test with 25 questions. He lost 4 points for each of the 6 questions he got wrong and earned an additional 10 points for answering a bonus question correctly. How many points did Ned receive or lose overall?
_______ points

Answer: He lost 14 points

Explanation:
Given,
Ned took a test with 25 questions. He lost 4 points for each of the 6 questions he got wrong and earned an additional 10 points for answering a bonus question correctly.
6(-4) + 10 = -24 + 10 = -14
Since he lost the same number of points for each of the 6 questions he answered incorrectly, we use multiplication to determine the number of points he lost, then we add the number of points he received as a bonus.
Thus he lost 14 points.

Question 10.
Mr. Harris has some money in his wallet. He pays the babysitter $12 an hour for 4 hours of babysitting. His wife gives him 10, and he puts the money in his wallet. By how much does the amount in his wallet change?
$ _______

Answer: $38 less

Explanation:
Given,
Mr. Harris has some money in his wallet. He pays the babysitter $12 an hour for 4 hours of babysitting.
His wife gives him 10, and he puts the money in his wallet.
Since she paid 4 times the amount of $12, we use multiplication to determine the money he spent paying the babysitter, then we add the money received from his wife.
The change to the amount of money he has is:
4(12) + 10 = -48 + 10 = -38
Thus he will have $38 less.

Compare the values of the two expressions using <, =, or >.

Question 11.
-3(-2) + 3 _______ 3(-4) + 9

Answer: -3(-2) + 3 > 3(-4) + 9

Explanation:
-3(-2) + 3 = 6 + 3 = 9
3(-4) + 9 = -12 + 9 = -3
9 is greater than -3
So, -3(-2) + 3 > 3(-4) + 9

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers Page 52 Q12

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers Page 52 Q13

Question 14.
-16(0) – 3 _______ -8(-2) – 3

Answer: -16(0) – 3 < -8(-2) – 3

Explanation:
-16(0) – 3 = 0 – 3 = -3
-8(-2) – 3 = 16 – 3 = 13
-3 is less than 13.
Thus -16(0) – 3 < -8(-2) – 3

Essential Question Check-In

Question 15.
When you solve a problem involving money, what can a negative answer represent?
Type below:
___________

Answer:
A negative answer to a problem involving money can represent:

  • an amount of money spent on something
  • a stolen amount of money
  • a lent amount of money
  • a donated amount of money
  • an amount of money given for fines, fees

Applying Integer Operations – Independent Practice – Page No. 53

Evaluate each expression.

Question 16.
−12(−3) + 7
_______

Answer: 43

Explanation:
We are given the expression:
−12(−3) + 7
We perform multiplication first, then addition:
-12(-3) + 7 = 36 + 7 = 43

Question 17.
(−42) ÷ (−6) + 5 − 8
_______

Answer: 4

Explanation:
We are given the expression:
(−42) ÷ (−6) + 5 − 8
((−42) ÷ (−6)) + 5 − 8 = 7 + 5 – 8
12 – 8 = 4

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers Page 53 Q18

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers Page 53 Q19

Question 20.
35 ÷ (−7) + 6
_______

Answer: 1

Explanation:
We are given the expression:
35 ÷ (−7) + 6
We perform division first, then addition:
35 ÷ (−7) + 6 = -5 + 6 = 1
35 ÷ (−7) + 6 = 1

Question 21.
−13(−2) − 16 − 8
_______

Answer: 2

Explanation:
We are given the expression:
−13(−2) − 16 − 8
We perform multiplication first, then subtraction:
26 – 16 – 8
10 – 8 = 2
−13(−2) − 16 − 8 = 2

Question 22.
Multistep
Lily and Rose are playing a game. In the game, each player starts with 0 points and the player with the most points at the end wins. Lily gains 5 points two times, loses 12 points, and then gains 3 points. Rose loses 3 points two times, loses 1 point, gains 6 points, and then gains 7 points.
a. Write and evaluate an expression to find Lily’s score
_______ point(s)

Answer: 1 point

Explanation:
We write and evaluate an expression to find Lily’s score:
2(5) – 12 + 3 = 10 – 12 + 3 = -2 + 3 = 1

Question 22.
b. Write and evaluate an expression to find Rose’s score.
_______ point(s)

Answer: 6 points

Explanation:
We write and evaluate an expression to find Rose’s score:
2(-3) – 1 + 6 + 7 = -6 – 1 + 6 + 7 = -7 + 6 + 7
= 0 + 6 = 6

Question 22.
c. Who won the game?
___________

Answer: Rose

Explanation:
6 > 1
So, Rose won the game because her score is greater than Lily’s score.

Write an expression from the description. Then evaluate the expression.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers Page 53 Q23

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers Page 53 Q24

Question 25.
Multistep
Arleen has a gift card for a local lawn and garden store. She uses the gift card to rent a tiller for 4 days. It costs 35 dollars per day to rent the tiller. She also buys a rake for $9.
a. Find the change to the value on her gift card.
$ _______

Answer: -149

Explanation:
We determine the change to the value of her gift card:
4(-35) + (-9) = -140 – 9 = – 149

Question 25.
b. The original amount on the gift card was $200. Does Arleen have enough left on the card to buy a wheelbarrow for $50? Explain.
________________

Answer: yes

Explanation:
We determine the amount of money she has left on the gift card after renting the tiler and buying the rake.
200 – 149 = 51
Since she has got $51 on the gift card and a wheelbarrow is $50 she is able to buy it.
51 > 50

Applying Integer Operations – Page No. 54

Question 26.
Carlos made up a game where, in a deck of cards, the red cards (hearts and diamonds) are negative and the black cards (spades and clubs) are positive. All face cards are worth 10 points, and number cards are worth their value.
a. Samantha has a king of hearts, a jack of diamonds, and a 3 of spades. Write an expression to find the value of her cards.
_______

Answer: -17

Explanation:
We use negative values for hearts and diamonds and positive values for spades and clubs
1(-10) + 1(-10) + 1(3)
-10 – 10 + 3 = -17

Question 26.
b. Warren has a 7 of clubs, a 2 of spades, and a 7 of hearts. Write an expression to find the value of his cards.
_______

Answer: 2

Explanation:
We use negative values for hearts and diamonds and positive values for spades and clubs
1(7) + 1(2) + 1(-7)
7 + 2 – 7 = 0 + 2 = 2

Question 26.
c. If the greater score wins, who won?
___________

Answer: Warren
2 > -17

Question 26.
d. If a player always gets three cards, describe two different ways to receive a score of 7.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
10 – 2 – 1 = 7 (a queen of spades, a 2 of hearts and an ace of diamonds)
1 + 2 + 4 = 7 (an ace of clubs, a 2 of spades and a 4 of clubs)
-10 + 10 + 7 = 7 (a king of diamonds, a jack of spades and a 7 of clubs)

H.O.T.

Focus On Higher Order Thinking

Question 27.
Represent Real-World Problems
Write a problem that the expression 3(-7) – 10 + 25 = -6 could represent.
Type below:
___________

Answer: -6

Explanation:
We are given the expression:
3(-7) – 10 + 25 = -6
Example:
Adrian has some savings from which he buys 3 books $7 each and a video game for which he pays $10. His sister gives him $5. What is the total change in his savings?
3(-7) – 10 + 25 = -21 – 10 + 25 = -31 + 25 = -6

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers Page 54 Q28

Question 29.
Persevere in Problem-Solving
Lisa is standing on a dock beside a lake. She drops a rock from her hand into the lake. After the rock hits the surface of the lake, the rock’s distance from the lake’s surface changes at a rate of -5 inches per second. If Lisa holds her hand 5 feet above the lake’s surface, how far from Lisa’s hand is the rock 4 seconds after it hits the surface?
________ inches

Answer: 80 inches

Explanation:
We use negative values for the distances the rock gets into the water and the distance from Lisa’s hand until the water’s surface as both go down.
Convert from feet to inches.
1 feet = 12 inches
5 feet = 5 × 12 = 60 inches
After 4 seconds the distance from Lisa’s hand will be given by the sum of the distance from Lisa’s hand to the water’s surface and the distance traveled by the rock below the water’s surface.
4(-5) + (-60) = -20 – 60 = -80
Thus the rock will be 80 inches from Lisa’s hand.

MODULE QUIZ – 2.1 Multiplying Integers – Page No. 55

Find each product.

Question 1.
(−2)(3)
______

Answer: -6

Explanation:
We have to determine the product
(−2)(3)
The numbers have different signs, thus the result will be negative.
We multiply the absolute values of the numbers and assign the negative sign.
-2 × 3 = -6

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers Page 55 Q2

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers Page 55 Q3

Question 4.
(−3)2(−2)
______

Answer: 12

Explanation:
We have to determine the product
(−3)2(−2)
The numbers have the same signs, thus the result will be positive.
We multiply the absolute values of the numbers and assign a positive sign.
(−3)2(−2) = -6 × -2 = 12

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers Page 55 Q5

2.2 Dividing Integers

Find each quotient.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers Page 55 Q6

Question 7.
\(\frac{-63}{7}\)
______

Answer: -9

Explanation:
We have to determine the quotient:
\(\frac{-63}{7}\)
The numbers have different signs, thus the result will be negative.
We divide the absolute values of the numbers and assign the negative sign.
\(\frac{-63}{7}\) = -9
Thus the quotient of \(\frac{-63}{7}\) is -9

Question 8.
0 ÷ (−15)
______

Answer: 0

Explanation:
We have to determine the quotient:
0 ÷ (−15)
If one of the numbers is zero then the quotient will be 0.
0 ÷ (−15) = 0

Question 9.
96 ÷ (−12)
______

Answer: -8

Explanation:
We have to determine the quotient:
96 ÷ (−12)
The numbers have different signs, thus the result will be negative.
We divide the absolute values of the numbers and assign the negative sign.
12 divides 96 eight times
So, 96 ÷ (−12) = -8

Question 10.
An elephant at the zoo lost 24 pounds over 6 months. The elephant lost the same amount of weight each month. Write an integer that represents the change in the elephant’s weight each month.
______ pounds

Answer: – 4 pounds

Explanation:
Given that,
An elephant at the zoo lost 24 pounds over 6 months.
The elephant lost the same amount of weight each month.
We use the negative numbers for the drop in weight.
Since the elephant’s weight decreased each month with the same amount, the change in the elephant’s weight each month will be represented by the result of the division:
-24 ÷ 6 = – 4
Thus the change in the elephant’s weight each month is -4 pounds.

2.3 Applying Integer Operations

Evaluate each expression.

Question 11.
(−4)(5) + 8
______

Answer: -12

Explanation:
Given the expression
(−4)(5) + 8
We have to perform multiplication first and then addition
-20 + 8 = -12
So, (−4)(5) + 8 is -12.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers Page 55 Q12

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers Page 55 Q13

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers Page 55 Q14

Essential Question

Question 15.
Write and solve a real-world problem that can be represented by the expression (–3)(5) + 10.
Type below:
___________

Answer: $5

Example:
Lily bought 5 DVDs $3 each and was given a prize of $ 10 for winning a competition. What is the change in her account after these events?
Answer:
5(-3) + 10 = -15 + 10 = -5
Thus she has $5 less in her account.

MIXED REVIEW – Selected Response – Page No. 56

Question 1.
A diver is at an elevation of -18 feet relative to sea level. The diver descends to an undersea cave that is 4 times as far from the surface. What is the elevation of the cave?
Options:
a. -72 feet
b. -22 feet
c. -18 feet
d. -14 feet

Answer: -72 feet

Explanation:
A diver is at an elevation of -18 feet relative to sea level.
The diver descends to an undersea cave that is 4 times as far from the surface.
We determine the elevation of the cave using multiplication as the diver descends 4 times the distance of -18 feet:
4 × -18 = -72
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 2.
The football team lost 4 yards on 2 plays in a row. Which of the following could represent the change in field position?
Options:
a. -12 yards
b. -8 yards
c. -6 yards
d. -2 yards

Answer: -8 yards

Explanation:
We determine the change in field position using multiplication as the team lost twice the distance of 4 yards:
2 × -4 = -8 yards
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 3.
Clayton climbed down 50 meters. He climbed down in 10-meter intervals. In how many intervals did Clayton make his climb?
Options:
a. 5
b. 10
c. 40
d. 500

Answer: 5

Explanation:
We determine the number of intervals using division as Clayton climbed down the total distance in equal 10 meter intervals
-50 ÷ -10 = 5
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 4.
Which expression results in a negative answer?
Options:
a. a negative number divided by a negative number
b. a positive number divided by a negative number
c. a negative number multiplied by a negative number
d. a positive number multiplied by a positive number

Answer:
a. a negative number divided by a negative number gives a positive result.
b. a positive number divided by a negative number gives a negative result.
c. a negative number multiplied by a negative number gives a positive result.
d. a positive number multiplied by a positive number gives a positive result.
The only situation in which we get a negative result is in case B, thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 5.
Clara played a video game before she left the house to go on a walk. She started with 0 points, lost 6 points 3 times, won 4 points, and then lost 2 points. How many points did she have when she left the house to go on the walk?
Options:
a. -20
b. -16
c. 12
d. 20

Answer: -16

Explanation:
Clara played a video game before she left the house to go on a walk.
She started with 0 points, lost 6 points 3 times, won 4 points, and then lost 2 points.
3(-6) + 4 – 2 = -18 + 2 = -16
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 6.
Which expression is equal to 0?
Options:
a. \(\frac{-24}{6}\) − 4
b. \(\frac{-24}{-6}\) + 4
c. \(\frac{24}{6}\) + 4
d. \(\frac{-24}{-6}\) − 4

Answer: \(\frac{-24}{-6}\) − 4

Explanation:
a. \(\frac{-24}{6}\) − 4
– 4 – 4 = -8
b. \(\frac{-24}{-6}\) + 4
4 + 4 = 8
c. \(\frac{24}{6}\) + 4
4 + 4 = 8
d. \(\frac{-24}{-6}\) − 4
4 – 4 = 0
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Mini-Task

Question 7.
Rochelle and Denae started with the same amount of money in their bank accounts. Rochelle made three withdrawals of $25 and then wrote a $100 check. Denae deposited $5 and then wrote a $200 check.
a. Find the total change in the amount of money in Rochelle’s account.
$ _______

Answer: -175

Explanation:
We use positive values for deposited money and negative values for withdrawals and written checks.
3(-25) – 100 = -75 – 100 = -175

Question 7.
b. Find the total change in the amount of money in Denae’s account.
$ _______

Answer: -195

Explanation:
We find the total change in the amount of money in Rochelle’s account:
5 + (-200) = -195

Question 7.
c. Compare the amounts of money the two women have in their accounts now.
Type below:
___________

Answer: 20

Explanation:
Since they started with the same amount of money and Rochelle’s account decreased by $175, while Denae’s account decreased by $195, it means Rochelle has an account greater than Denae’s by the sum of
195 – 175 = 20

Module 2 Review – Multiplying and Dividing Integers – Page No. 104

EXERCISES

Question 1.
−9 × (−5) =
________

Answer: 45

Explanation:
Given,
−9 × (−5)
Since the two integers have the same sign, the answer will be positive.
Multiply both numbers.
−9 × (−5) = 45

Question 2.
0 × (−10) =
________

Answer: 0

Explanation:
Given,
Any number multiplied by zero will be zero.
0 × (−10) = 0

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers Page 104 Q3

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers Page 104 Q4

Question 5.
−9 ÷ (−1) =
________

Answer: 9

Explanation:
Given,
Since the two integers have the same sign, the answer will be positive.
Divide both numbers.
−9 ÷ (−1) = 9

Question 6.
−56 ÷ 8 =
________

Answer: -7

Explanation:
Given,
Since the two integers have different signs, the answer will be negative.
Divide both numbers.
−56 ÷ 8 = -7

Question 7.
−14 ÷ 2 − 3 =
________

Answer: -10

Explanation:
Given,
−14 ÷ 2 − 3 = (−14 ÷ 2) − 3
– 7 – 3 = -10

Question 8.
8 + (−20) × 3 =
________

Answer: -52

Explanation:
Given,
8 + (−20) × 3 = 8 – 60 = -52

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers Page 104 Q9

Question 10.
Tony bought 3 packs of pencils for 4 each and a pencil box for 7. Mario bought 4 binders for 6 each and used a coupon for 6 off. Write and evaluate expressions to find who spent more money.
_____________

Answer: Tony

Explanation:
Tony bought 3 packs of pencils for 4 each and a pencil box for 7.
Mario bought 4 binders for 6 each and used a coupon for 6 off.
Find the total amount that Tony spent
3 × 4 + 7 = 12 + 7 = $19
Find the total amount that Mario spent this is less than Tony’s amount so Tony spent more.
4 × 6 – 6 = 24 – 6 = $18
Compare the amount that Tony and Mario spent
Tony spent more.

Conclusion:

The solutions provided in the Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers pdf are prepared by the math experts. This Go Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 2 helps the students to score the highest marks in the exams. It also helps the teachers and parents to help their children in solving the problems in Go Math Grade 7 Key Chapter 2 Multiplying and Dividing Integers.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers

go-math-grade-7-chapter-1-adding-and-subtracting-integers-answer-key

Are you searching for Go Math Grade 7 Solutions? then what are you waiting for Download Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers pdf for free of cost. Here we are providing the step by step explanation for all the questions in Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key for Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers

We suggest the students check out the topics of Grade 7 chapter 1 before you start your preparation for exams. The chapter Adding and Subtracting Integers contains topics such as Adding Integers with the Same Sign, Different sign, Subtracting Integers, Applying Addition and Subtraction of Integers, and so on. Tap the below links and try to solve the questions provided in the Go Math Grade 7 Solution Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers.

Chapter 1 – Adding Integers with the Same Sign

Chapter 1 – Adding Integers with Different Signs

Chapter 1 – Subtracting Integers

Chapter 1 – Applying Addition and Subtraction of Integers

Chapter 1 – MODULE 1

Adding Integers with the Same Sign – Guided Practice – Page No. 10

Find each sum.

Question 1.
-5 + (-1)
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 1: Adding Integers with the Same Sign img 1
a. How many counters are there?
_______ counters

Answer: 6

Explanation:
By seeing the above pictures we can say that there are 6 counters.

Question 1.
b. Do the counters represent positive or negative numbers?
____________

Answer: negative numbers

Explanation:
The counters are red so they represent negative numbers.

Question 1.
c. -5 + (-1) =
_______

Answer: -6

Explanation:
There are 6 counters so -5 + (-1) = – 6

Question 2.
-2 + (-7)
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 1: Adding Integers with the Same Sign img 2
a. How many counters are there?
_______ counters

Answer: 9

Explanation:
The above figure shows that there are 9 counters.

Question 2.
b. Do the counters represent positive or negative numbers?
____________

Answer: negative numbers

Explanation:
The counters are red so they represent the negative numbers.

Question 2.
c. -2 + (-7) =
_______

Answer: -9

Explanation:
There are 9 counters so -2 + (-7) = -9
The answer is -9.

Model each addition problem on the number line to find each sum.

Question 3.
-5 + (-2) =
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 1: Adding Integers with the Same Sign img 3
_______

Answer: -7

Explanation:
Remember if the number being added is positive more units go to the right and if the number being added is negative more units to the left.
Since we are adding the negative number starting from -5, we move 2 units to the left. This results in -7.

Question 4.
-1 + (-3) =
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 1: Adding Integers with the Same Sign img 4
_______

Answer: -4

Explanation:
Remember if the number being added is positive more units go to the right and if the number being added is negative more units to the left.
Since we are adding a negative number starting from -1, we move 3 units to left. This results in -4.

Question 5.
-3 + (-7) =
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 1: Adding Integers with the Same Sign img 5
_______

Answer: -10

Explanation:
Remember if the number being added is positive more units go to the right and if the number being added is negative more units to the left.
Since we are adding a negative number starting from -3, we move 7 units to left. This results in -10.

Question 6.
-4 + (-1) =
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 1: Adding Integers with the Same Sign img 6
_______

Answer: -5

Explanation:
Remember if the number being added is positive more units go to the right and if the number being added is negative more units to the left.
Since we are adding a negative number starting from -4, we move 1 unit to left. This results in -5.

Question 7.
-2 + (-2) =
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 1: Adding Integers with the Same Sign img 7
_______

Answer: -4

Explanation:
Remember if the number being added is positive more units go to the right and if the number being added is negative more units to the left.
Since we are adding the negative number starting at -2, we move 2 units to the left which gives the result -4.

Question 8.
-6 + (-8) =
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 1: Adding Integers with the Same Sign img 8
_______

Answer: -14

Explanation:
Remember if the number being added is positive more units go to the right and if the number being added is negative more units to the left.
Since we are adding the negative number starting from -6 we have to move 8 units to the left which shows the result -14.

Find each sum.

Question 9.
-5 + (-4) =
_______

Answer: -9

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same signs you add both integers and keep the common sign.
Since -5 + (-4) has the same sign we add their absolute value and keep the same sign.
-5 + (-4) = -(5 + 4) = -9

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Page 10 Q10

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Page 10 Q11

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Page 10 Q12

Question 13.
-52 + (-48) =
_______

Answer: -100

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same signs you add both integers and keep the common sign.
Since -52 + (-48) has the same sign we add their absolute value and keep the same sign.
-52 + (-48) = -(52 + 48)
= -100
The answer is -100.

Question 14.
5 + 198 =
_______

Answer: 203

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same signs you add both integers and keep the common sign.
Since 5 + 198 has the same sign we add their absolute value and keep the same sign.
5 + 198 = 203
The answer is 203.

Question 15.
-4 + (-5) + (-6) =
_______

Answer: -15

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same signs you add both integers and keep the common sign.
Since -4 + (-5) + (-6) has the same sign we add their absolute value and keep the same sign.
-4 + (-5) + (-6) = -(4 + 5 + 6)
= -15
The answer is -15.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Page 10 Q16

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Page 10 Q17

Adding Integers with the Same Sign – Independent Practice – Page No. 11

Question 18.
Represent Real-World Problems Jane and Sarah both dive down from the surface of a pool. Jane first dives down 5 feet and then dives down 3 more feet. Sarah first dives down 3 feet and then dives down 5 more feet.
a. Multiple Representations Use the number line to model the equation -5 + (-3) = -3 + (-5).
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 1: Adding Integers with the Same Sign img 9
Type below:
______________

Answer: -8

Explanation:
Start at -3 and move 5 units down for one number line. Next, start at -5 and move down 3 units for another number line.
Both have a final answer of -8.
So, -5 + (-3) = -3 + (-5) = -8.

Question 18.
b. Does the order in which you add two integers with the same sign affect the sum? Explain.
_______

Answer: no

Explanation:

Based on the results of part a, the order doesn’t matter. Since the commutative properties of addition hold for the sum of two negative numbers.

Question 19.
A golfer has the following scores for a 4-day tournament.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 1: Adding Integers with the Same Sign img 10
What was the golfer’s total score for the tournament?
_______

Answer: -11

Explanation:
The total score is the sum of each day’s score
= -3 + (-1) + (-5) + (-2)
= -(3 + 1 + 5 + 2)
= -11
Thus the total score for 4 days tournament is -11.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Page 11 Q20

Question 21.
When the quarterback is sacked, the team loses yards. In one game, the quarterback was sacked four times. What was the total sack yardage?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 1: Adding Integers with the Same Sign img 11
_______

Answer: -54

Explanation:
The total sack yardage = -14 + (-5) + (-12) + (-23)
= -(14 + 5 + 12 + 23)
= -54
Therefore the total sack yardage is -54.

Question 22.
Multistep The temperature in Jonestown and Cooperville was the same at 1:00. By 2:00, the temperature in Jonestown dropped 10 degrees, and the temperature in Cooperville dropped 6 degrees. By 3:00, the temperature in Jonestown dropped 8 more degrees, and the temperature in Cooperville dropped 2 more degrees.
a. Write an equation that models the change to the temperature in Jonestown since 1:00.
Type below:
______________

Answer: J = T – 18

Explanation:
Let J be the final temperature and T be the initial temperature. Then the equation is J = T + (-10) + (-8)
J = T – 18

Question 22.
b. Write an equation that models the change to the temperature in Cooperville since 1:00.
Type below:
______________

Answer: C = T – 8

Explanation:
Let C be the final temperature and T be the initial temperature. Then the equation is C = T + (-6) + (-2)
C = T – 8

Question 22.
c. Where was it colder at 3:00, in Jonestown or Cooperville?
__________

Answer: Jonestown

Explanation:
Since they both started at the same temperature and Jonestown dropped a total of 18 degrees while Cooperville dropped a total of 8 degrees, Jonestown is colder.

Adding Integers with the Same Sign – Page No. 12

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Page 12 Q23

H.O.T. FOCUS ON HIGHER ORDER THINKING

Question 24.
Multistep On Monday, Jan made withdrawals of $25, $45, and $75 from her savings account. On the same day, her twin sister Julie made withdrawals of $35, $55, and $65 from her savings account.
a. Write a sum of negative integers to show Jan’s withdrawals on Monday. Find the total amount Jan withdrew.
Jan withdrew $ _______

Answer: 145

Explanation:
Each withdrawal is represented by a negative integer so find the sum of those negative integers = -25 + (-45) + (-75)
= -(25 + 45 + 75)
= -145
Thus Jan withdrew $145.

Question 24.
b. Write a sum of negative integers to show Julie’s withdrawals on Monday. Find the total amount Julie withdrew.
Julie withdrew $ _______

Answer: 155

Explanation:
Each withdrawal is represented by a negative integer so find the sum of those negative integers
= -35 + (-55) + (-65)
= – (35 + 55 + 65)
= -155
The total amount Julie withdrew is -$155.

Question 24.
c. Julie and Jan’s brother also withdrew money from his savings account on Monday. He made three withdrawals and withdrew $10 more than Julie did. What are three possible amounts he could have withdrawn?
Type below:
______________

Answer:

If he withdrew $10 more than Julie then he withdrew $165 in total. The possible amounts could then be $35, $55, $75.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Page 12 Q25

Question 26.
Critique Reasoning The absolute value of the sum of two different integers with the same sign is 8. Pat says there are three pairs of integers that match this description. Do you agree? Explain.
__________

Answer: Disagree

Explanation:
Pat is saying that x + y = 8 is true for only three pairs of numbers with the same sign.
This is not true though. The pairs could be 1, 7, 2 and 6, 3, 5, 4 and -4, -1 and -7, -2 and -6, -3 and -5 and -4, -4.

Adding Integers with Different Signs – Guided Practice – Page No. 16

Use a number line to find each sum.

Question 1.
9 + (-3) =
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 2: Adding Integers with Different Signs img 12
_______

Answer: 6

Explanation:
Remember if the number being added is positive more units go to the right and if the number being added is negative more units to the left.
Since we are adding a negative number starting from 9, move 3 units to the left. This results in 6.

Question 2.
-2 + 7 =
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 2: Adding Integers with Different Signs img 13
_______

Answer: 5

Explanation:
Remember if the number being added is positive more units go to the right and if the number being added is negative more units to the left.
Since we are adding a positive number starting from -2 we move 7 units to the right. This results in 5.

Question 3.
-15 + 4 =
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 2: Adding Integers with Different Signs img 14
_______

Answer: -11

Explanation:
Remember if the number being added is positive more number of units going to the right and if the number being added is negative more number of units to the left.
Since we are adding a positive number starting from -15, we move 4 units to the right. This results in -11

Question 4.
1 + (-4) =
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 2: Adding Integers with Different Signs img 15
_______

Answer: -3

Explanation:
Remember if the number being added is positive more number of units going to the right and if the number being added is negative more number of units to the left.
Since we are adding the negative number starting from 1, we move 4 units to the left. This results in -3.

Circle the zero pairs in each model. Find the sum.

Question 5.
-4 + 5 =
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 2: Adding Integers with Different Signs img 16
_______

Answer: 1

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same sign, add their absolute value, and keep the common sign.
When adding two integers with opposite signs, subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger and keep the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
Above is an illustration of which are the zero pairs and what remains. In this item 1 yellow counter remains which means the sum is 1.

Question 6.
-6 + 6 =
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 2: Adding Integers with Different Signs img 17
_______

Answer: 0

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same sign, add their absolute value, and keep the common sign.
When adding two integers with opposite signs, subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger and keep the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
Above is an illustration of which are the zero pairs and what remains. In this item, there are no counters so the sum is 0.

Question 7.
2 + (-5) =
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 2: Adding Integers with Different Signs img 18
_______

Answer: -3

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same sign, add their absolute value, and keep the common sign.
When adding two integers with opposite signs, subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger and keep the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
Above is an illustration of which are the zero pairs and what remains. In this item, 3 red counters are remaining so the sum is -3.

Question 8.
-3 + 7 =
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 2: Adding Integers with Different Signs img 19
_______

Answer: 4

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same sign, add their absolute value, and keep the common sign.
When adding two integers with opposite signs, subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger and keep the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
Above is an illustration of which are the zero pairs and what remains. In this item, 4 yellow counters remain so the sum is 4.

Find each sum.

Question 9.
-8 + 14 =
_______

Answer: 6

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same sign, add their absolute value, and keep the common sign.
When adding two integers with opposite signs, subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger and keep the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
Here we are the opposite number with the negative number.
-8 + 14 = 6
The more significant number is having a positive sign so the sum is 6.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Page 16 Q10

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Page 16 Q11

Question 12.
14 + (-14) =
_______

Answer: 0

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same sign, add their absolute value, and keep the common sign.
When adding two integers with opposite signs, subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger one and keep the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
14 + (-14) =14 – 14 = 0

Question 13.
0 + (-5) =

Answer: -5

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same sign, add their absolute value, and keep the common sign.
When adding two integers with opposite signs, subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger one and keep the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
0 + (-5) = 0 – 5 = -5
The larger is having a negative sign so the sum is -5.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Page 16 Q14

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Page 16 Q15

Adding Integers with Different Signs – Independent Practice – Page No. 17

Find each sum.

Question 16.
-15 + 71 =
_______

Answer: 56

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same sign, add their absolute value, and keep the common sign.
When adding two integers with opposite signs, subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger and keep the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
-15 + 71 = |71| – |-15|
= 71 – 15
= 56

Question 17.
-53 + 45 =
_______

Answer: -8

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same sign, add their absolute value, and keep the common sign.
When adding two integers with opposite signs, subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger and keep the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
-53 + 45 = |-53| – |45|
53 – 45 = 8
The larger number is having the negative symbol so the answer is -8.

Question 18.
-79 + 79 =
_______

Answer: 0

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same sign, add their absolute value, and keep the common sign.
When adding two integers with opposite signs, subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger and keep the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
79 + (-79) = |79| – |-79|
79 – 79 = 0

Question 19.
-25 + 50 =
_______

Answer: 25

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same sign, add their absolute value, and keep the common sign.
When adding two integers with opposite signs, subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger and keep the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
-25 + 50 = |50| – |-25|
50 – 25 = 25

Question 20.
18 + (-32) =
_______

Answer: -14

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same sign, add their absolute value, and keep the common sign.
When adding two integers with opposite signs, subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger and keep the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
18 + (-32) = |-32| – |18|
32 – 18 = 14
The larger number is having a negative sign so the answer is -14.

Question 21.
5 + (-100) =
_______

Answer: -95

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same sign, add their absolute value, and keep the common sign.
When adding two integers with opposite signs, subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger and keep the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
5 + (-100) = |-100| – |5|
100 – 5 = 95
The larger number is having a negative sign so the answer is -95.

Question 22.
-12 + 8 + 7 =
_______

Answer: 3

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same sign, add their absolute value, and keep the common sign.
When adding two integers with opposite signs, subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger and keep the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
-12 + 8 + 7 = -12 + (8 + 7)
For the terms have different signs, we subtract the lesser absolute value from the greater absolute value and use the sign of the integer with the greater absolute value for the sum: 3
-12 + 15 = 3

Question 23.
-8 + (-2) + 3 =
_______

Answer: -7

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same sign, add their absolute value, and keep the common sign.
When adding two integers with opposite signs, subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger and keep the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
-(8 + 2) + 3
For the terms have different signs, we subtract the lesser absolute value from the greater absolute value and use the sign of the integer with the greater absolute value for the sum: -7
-10 + 3 = -7

Question 24.
15 + (-15) + 200 =
_______

Answer: 200

Explanation:
We are given the expression:
15 + (-15) + 200 = 0 + 200
The sum of the opposite number is 0.
0 + 200 = 200

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Page 17 Q25

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Page 17 Q26

Question 27.
A soccer team is having a car wash. The team spent $55 on supplies. They earned $275, including tips. The team’s profit is the amount the team made after paying for supplies. Write a sum of integers that represents the team’s profit.
Type below:
____________

Answer: 220

Explanation:
(-55) + (+275)
The money spent on supplies diminishes the profit, so they contribute to the profit with -55, while the earned money increases the profit, so they contribute to the profit with +275.
The sum of integers that represents the team’s profit is:
(-55) + (+275) = (275 -55) = 220

Question 28.
As shown in the illustration, Alexa had a negative balance in her checking account before depositing a $47.00 check. What is the new balance of Alexa’s checking account?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 2: Adding Integers with Different Signs img 20
$ _______

Answer: 0

Explanation:
(-47) + 47 = 0
The new balance consists of the sum between the old balance and the amount she deposits: 0

Question 29.
The sum of two integers with different signs is 8. Give two possible integers that fit this description.
Type below:
____________

Answer: 10 and -2

Explanation:
10 and 2
10 – 2 = 8
Because the sum of the two numbers is positive and the two numbers have different signs, it means the absolute value of the positive number is 8 units greater than the absolute value of the negative number. First, we find two positive numbers which are different by 8, which will be the positive values of our numbers.
10 and -2
Our positive number will be a greater one while our negative number will be the smaller one (-2). So the desired numbers are:
10 + (-2) = 8
12 + (-4) = 8
15 + (-7) = 8

Question 30.
Multistep Bart and Sam played a game in which each player earns or loses points in each turn. A player’s total score after two turns is the sum of his points earned or lost. The player with the greater score after two turns wins. Bart earned 123 points and lost 180 points. Sam earned 185 points and lost 255 points. Which person won the game? Explain.
____________

Answer: Bart

Explanation:
123 + (-180) = -(180 – 123) = -57
The person who has the greatest number of points after 2 turns wins.
We find the number of points Bart has, by adding the number of points from the two turns:
185 + (-255) = -(255 – 185) – 70
We find the number of points Sam has, by adding the number of points from the two turns:
The winner is Bart because -57 is greater than -70.

Adding Integers with Different Signs – Page No. 18

H.O.T. FOCUS ON HIGHER ORDER THINKING

Question 31.
Critical Thinking Explain how you could use a number line to show that -4 + 3 and 3 + (-4) have the same value. Which property of addition states that these sums are equivalent?
____________ Property of Addition

Answer: Commutative property of addition

Explanation:
In order to prove that -4 + 3 and 3 + (-4) have the same value we use the number line twice: -1 we start from -4 and we move 3 units in the positive direction to the right we get the sum -1.
We start from 3 and we move 4 units in the negative direction to the left where we find again -1.
The property of addition which states that the sum is the same no matter the order in which we add the terms is called commutative property.

Question 32.
Represent Real-World Problems Jim is standing beside a pool. He drops weight from 4 feet above the surface of the water in the pool. The weight travels a total distance of 12 feet down before landing on the bottom of the pool. Explain how you can write a sum of integers to find the depth of the water.
Type below:
____________

Answer: 12 + (-4) = 8

Explanation:
Given that,
Jim is standing beside a pool.
He drops weight from 4 feet above the surface of the water in the pool.
The weight travels a total distance of 12 feet down before landing on the bottom of the pool.
12 + (-4) = 12 – 4 = 8
The depth of the water can be calculated by adding to the total distance of 12 feet the negative distance of -4 feet.

Question 33.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas Use counters to model two integers with different signs whose sum is positive. Explain how you know the sum is positive.
Type below:
____________

Answer: The result is positive because there are more positive counters than negative counters.

Explanation:
○○○○○○○
●●●
Let’s model the sum 7 + (-3) using counters we use 7 white counters for the positive numbers and 3 black counters for the negative numbers.
We pair each white counter with a black counter their sum is being 0.
The result is +4 as we are left with 4 white counters.
The result is positive because there are more positive counters than negative counters.

Question 34.
Analyze Relationships You know that the sum of -5 and another integer is a positive integer. What can you conclude about the sign of the other integer? What can you conclude about the value of the other integer? Explain.
Type below:
____________

Answer:
We know that the sum is -5 and another integer is a positive integer. This means that the absolute value of the positive number is greater than the absolute value of -5.
The absolute value of -5 is 5, so the absolute value of the positive integer must be greater than 5. But because the number is positive, its absolute value is the number itself, so the positive number must be greater than 5.
-5 + 7 = 7 – 5 = 2

Subtracting Integers – Guided Practice – Page No. 22

Explain how to find each difference using counters.

Question 1.
5 – 8 =
_______

Answer: -3

Explanation:
5 – 8
We start with 5 black counters.
Since we have to subtract more black counters than we have (5 instead of 8), we add 3 zero pairs:
We subtract the 8 black counters: -3
We are left with 3 white counters, which means the result is -3.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Page 22 Q2

Use a number line to find each difference.

Question 3.
− 4 − 5 = − 4 + ( _______ ) = _______

Answer: -9

Explanation:
-4 – 5
We have to compute the difference:
-4 – 5 = -(4 + 5)
On a number line, we start from -4 and we go to the left by 5 units:
-4 -5 = -9

Question 4.
1 − 4 = 1 + ( _______ ) = _______

Answer: -3

Explanation:
1 – 4
We have to compute the difference:
1 – 4 = 1 + (-4)
We replace the subtraction by addition with the opposite:
On a number line, we start from 1 and we go to the left by 4 units:
1 – 4 = – 3
The result is -3.

Solve.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Page 22 Q5

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Page 22 Q6

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Page 22 Q7

Question 8.
-17 – 1 =
_______

Answer: -18

Explanation:
We have to perform the subtraction:
-17 – 1 = -17 + (-1)
We replace subtraction by addition with the opposite number:
-17 + (-1) = -18
We use the rule for adding integers: -18

Question 9.
0 – (-5) =
_______

Answer: 5

Explanation:
We have to perform the subtraction:
0 – (-5) = 0 + 5
We replace subtraction b addition with the opposite number:
0 + 5 = 5
We use the rule for adding integers: 5

Question 10.
1 – (-18) =
_______

Answer: 19

Explanation:
We have to perform the subtraction:
1 – (-18) = 1 + 18
We replace subtraction by addition with the opposite number:
1 + 18 = 19
We use the rule for adding integers: 19

Question 11.
15 – 1 =
_______

Answer: 14

Explanation:
We have to perform the subtraction:
15 – 1 = 14
We subtract the numbers directly as in this case it is simpler than to replace subtraction by addition with the opposite: 14

Question 12.
-3 – (-45) =
_______

Answer: 42

Explanation:
We have to perform the subtraction:
-3 – (-45) = -3 + 45
We replace subtraction by addition with the opposite number:
-3 + 45 = 42
We use the rule for adding integers: 42

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Page 22 Q13

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Page 22 Q14

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Page 22 Q15

Subtracting Integers – Independent Practice – Page No. 23

Question 16.
Theo had a balance of -$4 in his savings account. After making a deposit, he has $25 in his account. What is the overall change to his account?
$ _______

Answer: $29

Explanation:
Theo had a balance of -$4 in his savings account.
After making a deposit, he has $25 in his account.
25 – (-4)
The overall change to the account is the difference between the amount in the account after making the deposit and the amount before it, so we have to perform the subtraction.
25 – (-4) = 25 + 4
We change subtraction to addition with the opposite number:
25 + 4 = 29
We apply the rules for adding integers: $29

Question 17.
As shown, Suzi starts her hike at an elevation below sea level. When she reaches the end of the hike, she is still below sea level at -127 feet. What was the change in elevation from the beginning of Suzi’s hike to the end of the hike?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 3: Subtracting Integers img 21
_______ feet

Answer: 98 feet

Explanation:
127 – (-225)
The change in the elevation from the beginning of Suzi’s hike to the end of the hike is the difference between the elevation at the end of the hike and the elevation at the beginning of it, so we have to perform the subtraction:
-127 – (-225) = -127 + 225
We change subtraction to addition with the opposite number:
-127 + 225 = 98
We apply the rules for adding integers: 98 feet

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Page 23 Q18

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Page 23 Q19

Question 20.
A scientist conducts three experiments in which she records the temperature of some gases that are being heated. The table shows the initial temperature and the
final temperature for each gas.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 3: Subtracting Integers img 22
a. Write a difference of integers to find the overall temperature change for each gas.
Gas A: __________ °C increase
Gas B: __________ °C increase
Gas C: __________ °C increase

Answer:
We determine the overall change of temperature for each gas by subtracting the initial temperature from the final temperature.
Gas A:
-8 – (-21) = -8 + 21 = 13
Gas B:
12 – (-12) = 12 + 12 = 24
Gas C:
-15 – (-19) = -15 + 19 = 4

Question 20.
What If? Suppose the scientist performs an experiment in which she cools the three gases. Will the changes in temperature be positive or negative for this experiment? Why?
__________

Answer: Negative

Explanation:
Cooling the gases means diminishing their temperature, thus their final temperature will be lower than the initial temperature, so the change in temperature will be negative.

Subtracting Integers – Page No. 24

Question 21.
Analyze Relationships For two months, Nell feeds her cat Diet Chow brand cat food. Then for the next two months, she feeds her cat Kitty Diet brand cat food. The table shows the cat’s change in weight over 4 months.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 3: Subtracting Integers img 23
Which brand of cat food resulted in the greatest weight loss for Nell’s cat? Explain.
__________

Answer: Diet Chow

Explanation:
(-8) + (-18) = -26
We count the total change of weight resulted after using the diet chow for two months.
We count the total change of weight resulted after using the Kitty Diet for two months:
3 + (-19) = -16
This means that by using the Diet Chow the cat lost 26 oz, while using the Kitty Diet she lost 16 oz, thus the greatest loss of weight resulted in using the Diet Chow food.

FOCUS ON HIGHER ORDER THINKING

Question 22.
Represent Real-World Problems Write and solve a word problem that can be modeled by the difference -4 – 10.
Type below:
____________

Answer:
We have to write and solve a problem using the difference:
-4 – 10
For example:
Yesterday the temperature was -4 degrees. Today the temperature decreased by 10 degrees. What is the temperature today?
– 4 – 10 =- + (-10) = -14

Question 23.
Explain the Error When Tom found the difference -11 – (-4), he got -15. What might Tom have done wrong?
Type below:
____________

Answer:
We have to find the error in computing the difference:
-11 – (-4) = -15
In order to perform subtraction, Tom replaced it with addition, but he was wrong in adding -4 instead of adding its opposite 4.
The correct form is -11 – (-4) = -11 + 4 = -7

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Page 24 Q24

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Page 24 Q25

Applying Addition and Subtraction of Integers – Guided Practice – Page No. 28

Write an expression. Then find the value of the expression.

Question 1.
Tomas works as an underwater photographer. He starts at a position that is 15 feet below sea level. He rises 9 feet, then descends 12 feet to take a photo of a coral reef. Write and evaluate an expression to find his position relative to sea level when he took the photo.
_______ feet below sea level

Answer: 18 feet

Explanation:
When he rises, we add the distance. When he descends, we subtract the distance.
The initial position is -15. We write an expression to find his position relative to sea level when he took the photo:
-15 + 9 – 12 = (-15) + 9 + (-12)
(-15) + (-12) + 9
-(15 + 12) + 9
-27 + 9 = -18
Thus he was 18 feet below sea level when he took the photo.

Question 2.
The temperature on a winter night was -23 °F. The temperature rose by 5 °F when the sun came up. When the sun set again, the temperature dropped by 7 °F. Write and evaluate an expression to find the temperature after the sun set.
_______ °F

Answer: -25

Explanation:
When the temperature rises, we add the temperature. When the temperature drops, we subtract the temperature. The initial temperature is -23.
We write an expression to find the temperature after sunset:
-23 + 5 – 7 = -(23 + 7) + 5
-30 + 5 = -25
Thus the temperature is -25°F after sunset.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Page 28 Q3

Find the value of each expression.

Question 4.
-6 + 15 + 15 =
_______

Answer: 24

Explanation:
We have to find the value of the expression:
-6 + 15 + 15 = – 6 + 30 = 24
-6 + 15 + 15 = 24

Question 5.
9 – 4 – 17 =
_______

Answer: -12

Explanation:
We have to find the value of the expression:
9 – 4 – 17 = 9 – (4 + 17)
= 9 – 21 = -12

Question 6.
50 – 42 + 10 =
_______

Answer: 18

Explanation:
We have to find the value of the expression:
50 + (-42) + 10 = 60 – 42
We use the commutative property:
60 – 42 = 18

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Page 28 Q7

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Page 28 Q8

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Page 28 Q9

Determine which expression has a greater value.

Question 10.
-12 + 6 – 4 or -34 – 3 + 39
___________

Answer:
We have to compare the expressions:
-12 + 6 – 4 or -34 – 3 + 39
We compute the first expression:
-12 + 6 – 4
-(12 + 4) + 6
-16 + 6 = -10
We compute the second expression:
-34 – 3 + 39
-(34 + 3) + 39
-37 + 39 = 2
2 > -10
Since 2 is greater than -10, the second expression is greater than the first expression.

Question 11.
21 – 3 + 8 or -14 + 31 – 6
___________

Answer:
We have to compare the expressions:
21 – 3 + 8 or -14 + 31 – 6
We compute the first expression:
21 – 3 + 8
21 + 8 – 3
21 + 5 = 26
We compute the second expression:
-14 + 31 – 6
31 – (14 + 6)
31 – 20 = 11
26 > 11
Since 26 is greater than 11, the first expression is greater than the second.

Question 12.
Explain how you can find the value of the expression -5 + 12 + 10 – 7.
Type below:
___________

Answer: 10

Explanation:
We have to find the value of the expression:
-5 + 12 + 10 – 7 = 12 + 10 – (5 + 7)
22 – 12 = 10

Applying Addition and Subtraction of Integers – Independent Practice – Page No. 29

Question 13.
Sports Cameron is playing 9 holes of golf. He needs to score a total of at most 15 over par on the last four holes to beat his best golf score. On the last four holes, he scores 5 over par, 1 under par, 6 over par, and 1 under par.
a. Write and find the value of an expression that gives Cameron’s score for 4 holes of golf.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
We write the expression that gives Cameron’s score for 4 holes:
5 – 1 + 6 – 1
5 + 6 – (1 + 1)
11 – 2 = 9

Question 13.
b. Is Cameron’s score on the last four holes over or under par?
Type below:
___________

Answer: The result shows that Cameron’s score is over par.

Question 13.
c. Did Cameron beat his best golf score?
_______

Answer:
Since his score of 9 is beaten his best score of 9 > 15.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Page 29 Q14

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Page 29 Q15

Question 16.
Lee and Barry play a trivia game in which questions are worth different numbers of points. If a question is answered correctly, a player earns points. If a question is answered incorrectly, the player loses points. Lee currently has -350 points.

a. Before the game ends, Lee answers a 275-point question correctly, a 70-point question correctly, and a 50-point question incorrectly. Write and find the value of an expression to find Lee’s final score.
_______ points

Answer: -55 points

Explanation:
The initial score is -350 points. We write and find the value of an expression to find Lee’s final score:
-350 + 275 + 70 – 50
-(350 + 50) + 275 + 70
-400 + 345 = -55

Question 17.
b. Barry’s final score is 45. Which player had the greater final score?
___________

Answer: Since -55 < 45, it means Barry has a greater final score.

Question 17.
Multistep Rob collects data about how many customers enter and leave a store every hour. He records a positive number for customers entering the store each hour and a negative number for customers leaving the store each hour.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 4: Applying Addition and Subtraction of Integers img 24
a. During which hour did more customers leave than arrive?
___________

Answer: 3:00 – 4:00

Explanation:
since in the last column, the only positive value is in the last position, the hour in which more customers leave than arrive is 3:00 – 4:00

Question 17.
b. There were 75 customers in the store at 1:00. The store must be emptied of customers when it closes at 5:00. How many customers must leave the store between 4:00 and 5:00?
_______ customers

Answer: 87

Explanation:
75 + 30 – 12 + 14 – 8 + 18 – 30
75 + 30 + 14 + 18 – (12 + 8 + 30)
137 – 50 = 87
Since there are 87 customers in the store at 4:00 and the store must be emptied at 5:00, the number of clients who must leave is 87.

Applying Addition and Subtraction of Integers – Page No. 30

The table shows the changes in the values of two friends’ savings accounts since the previous month.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 4: Applying Addition and Subtraction of Integers img 25

Question 18.
Carla had $100 in her account in May. How much money does she have in her account in August?
$ _______

Answer: $51

Explanation:
We are given the data:
100 – 18 + 22 – 53
100 + 22 -(18 + 53)
122 – 71 = 51
Thus Carla saved $51 in her account in August.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Page 30 Q19

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Page 30 Q20

FOCUS ON HIGHER ORDER THINKING

Question 21.
Represent Real-World Problems Write and solve a word problem that matches the diagram shown.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 4: Applying Addition and Subtraction of Integers img 26
Type below:
___________

A diver leaves from a point situated 1 meter below the sea level. First, he dives 6 meters, then he rises 3 meters and stops. At which level under the sea level does he stop?
We start from the initial point -1, we add distance if he rises and we subtract distance when he dives. We determine the final level under the sea level where he stops:
-1 – 6 + 3
-(1 + 6) + 3
-7 + 3 = -4
-4 or 4 meters below sea level.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Page 30 Q22

Question 23.
Draw Conclusions An expression involves subtracting two numbers from a positive number. Under what circumstances will the value of the expression be negative? Give an example.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
The sum of the two numbers to be subtracted from the positive number is a number, we will study this first. Since we subtract this number from the positive number and we get a negative number, it means that the number is greater than the positive number, therefore mandatory positive. This means the two numbers cannot be both negative.
Example:
10 – (7 + 5) = 10 – 12 = -2
-2 < 0

Module Quiz – Ready to Go On – Page No. 31

Adding Integers with the Same Sign

Add

Question 1.
−8 + (−6) = _______

Answer: -14

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same signs you add both integers and keep the common sign.
−8 + (−6) = -(8 + 6) = -14

Question 2.
−4 + (−7) = _______

Answer: -11

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same signs you add both integers and keep the common sign.
−4 + (−7) = – 4 – 7
-(4 + 7) = -11
−4 + (−7) = -11

Question 3.
−9 + (−12) = _______

Answer: -21

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same signs you add both integers and keep the common sign.
−9 + (−12) = -9 – 12
-(9 + 12) = – 21
Thus −9 + (−12) = -21

Adding Integers with Different Signs

Add

Question 4.
5 + (−2) = _______

Answer: 3

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same sign, add their absolute value, and keep the common sign.
When adding two integers with opposite signs, subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger one and keep the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
5 + (−2) = 5 – 2 = 3
The larger number is having a positive sign thus the sum is 3

Question 5.
−8 + 4 = _______

Answer: -4

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same sign, add their absolute value, and keep the common sign.
When adding two integers with opposite signs, subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger one and keep the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
−8 + 4 = (-8) + 4 = -4
The larger number is having a negative sign thus the sum is -4.

Question 6.
15 + (−8) = _______

Answer: 7

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same sign, add their absolute value, and keep the common sign.
When adding two integers with opposite signs, subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger one and keep the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
15 + (−8) = 15 – 8 = 7
The larger number is having a positive sign thus the sum is 7.

Subtracting Integers

Subtract.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Page 31 Q7

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Page 31 Q8

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Page 31 Q9

Applying Addition and Subtraction of Integers

Question 10.
A bus makes a stop at 2:30, letting off 15 people and letting on 9. The bus makes another stop ten minutes later to let off 4 more people. How many more or fewer people are on the bus after the second stop compared to the number of people on the bus before the 2:30 stop?
_______ people

Answer: 10

Explanation:
Assume that the total number of passengers on the bus before 2:30 was x
15 passengers got off and 9 got on.
number of passengers = x – 15 + 9
number of passengers = x -6
4 passengers got off the bus
number of passengers = (x-6) – 4
number of passengers = x – 10
The original number of passengers on the bus decreased by 10 after the second stop.

Question 11.
Cate and Elena were playing a card game. The stack of cards in the middle had 24 cards in it to begin with. Cate added 8 cards to the stack. Elena then took 12 cards from the stack. Finally, Cate took 9 cards from the stack. How many cards were left in the stack?
_______ cards

Answer: 11 cards

Explanation:
When cards are put to the stack, we perform addition.
When cards are taken from the stack we perform subtraction.
24 + 8 – 12 – 9
32 – (12 + 9)
32 – 21 = 11
Thus in the end the stack has 11 cards.

ESSENTIAL QUESTION

Question 12.
Write and solve a word problem that can be modeled by the addition of two negative integers.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: -25

Explanation:
A football team played two games. During the first game, the team lost 15 points and during the second game, it lost another 10 points. What is the change in the team’s score after these two games?
(-15) + (-10) = -25

Module Quiz – MODULE 1 MIXED REVIEW – Page No. 32

Assessment Readiness

Selected Response

Question 1.
Which expression has the same value as -3 + (-5):
Options:
a. -3 – (-5)
b. -3 + 5
c. -5 + (-3)
d. -5 – (-3)

Answer: -5 + (-3)

Explanation:
a. -3 – (-5)
-3 + 5 = 2
b. -3 + 5
5 – 3 = 2
c. -5 + (-3)
– 5 – 3 = -8
d. -5 – (-3)
-5 + 3 = -2
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 2.
A diver’s elevation is -30 feet relative to sea level. She dives down 12 feet. What is her elevation after the dive?
Options:
a. 12 feet
b. 18 feet
c. -30 feet
d. -42 feet

Answer: -42 feet

Explanation:
A diver’s elevation is -30 feet relative to sea level. She dives down 12 feet.
-30 -12 = (-30) + (-12) = -42 feet
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 3.
Which number line models the expression -3 + 5?
Options:
a. Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Module Quiz img 27
b. Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Module Quiz img 28
c. Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Module Quiz img 29
d. Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Module Quiz img 30

Answer: Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Module Quiz img 28

Explanation:
-3 + 5
On the numeric line, his is modeled by starting at -3 and going right by 5 units. The number which models this is is:
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Module Quiz img 28
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 4.
Which number can you add to 5 to get a sum of 0?
Options:
a. -10
b. -5
c. 0
d. 5

Answer: -5

Explanation:
The number we can add to 5 to get a sum of 0 is its opposite:
5 + (-5) = 0
The correct answer is option B.

Question 5.
The temperature in the morning was -3 °F. The temperature dropped 11 degrees by night. What was the temperature at night?
Options:
a. -14 °F
b. -8 °F
c. 8 °F
d. 14 °F

Answer: -14 °F

Explanation:
The temperature in the morning was -3 °F. The temperature dropped 11 degrees by night.
-3 + (-11) = -3 – 11 = -14°F
Therefore the correct answer is option A.

Question 6.
Which of the following expressions has the greatest value?
Options:
a. 3 – 7 + (-10)
b. 3 + 7 – (-10)
c. 3 – 7 – (-10)
d. 3 + 7 + (-10)

Answer: 3 + 7 – (-10)

Explanation:
a. 3 – 7 + (-10)
3 – 7 – 10 = 3 -(7 + 10) = 3 – 17 = -14
b. 3 + 7 – (-10)
3 + 7 + 10 = 20
c. 3 – 7 – (-10)
3 – 7 + 10 = 13 – 7 = 6
d. 3 + 7 + (-10)
10 – 10 = 0
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Mini-Task

Question 7.
At the end of one day, the value of a share of a certain stock was $12. Over the next three days, the change in the value of the share was -$1, then, -$1, and then $3.
a. Write an expression that describes the situation.
Type below:
____________

Answer:
We write an expression that describes the changes in the value of the share:
12 – 1 – 1 + 3

Question 7.
b. Evaluate the expression.
______

Answer: 13

Explanation:
12 – 1 – 1 + 3
12 + 3 – (1 + 1)
15 – 2 = 13

Question 7.
c. What does your answer to part b mean in the context of the problem?
Type below:
____________

Answer: After 3 days, the value of the share changed from $12 to $13.

MODULE 1

MIXED REVIEW

Assessment Readiness

Look at each expression. Does it have the same value as -6 – 4?

Select Yes or No for expressions A–C.

Question 8.
A. -6 + (-4)
______

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
-6 + (-4) = – 6 – 4
-6 + (-4) has the same value as – 6 – 4

Question 8.
B. -4 + (-6)
______

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
-4 + (-6) = -4 – 6
-4 + (-6) has the same value as – 6 – 4

Question 8.
C. 6 + (-4)
______

Answer: No

Explanation:
6 + (-4) = 6 – 4
6 – 4 ≠ – 6 – 4
So, 6 – 4 does not have the same value as – 6 – 4

Choose True or False for A–C.

Question 9.
A. x = 4 is the solution for x + 4 = 0.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation:
x + 4 = 0
x = 4
4 + 4 = 0
8 ≠ 0
So, the statement is false.

Question 9.
B. x = 24 is the solution for \(\frac{x}{3}\) = 8.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:
\(\frac{x}{3}\) = 8
x = 24
24/3 = 8
8 = 8
Thus the statement is true.

Question 9.
C. x = 6 is the solution for 6x = 1
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation:
6x = 1
x = 6
6(6) = 1
36 ≠ 1
Thus the statement is false.

Module 1 Review – Adding and Subtracting Integers – Page No. 103

EXERCISES

Question 1.
−10 + (−5) =
________

Answer: -15

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same sign, add their absolute value, and keep the common sign.
When adding two integers with opposite signs, subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger one and keep the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
-10 – 5 = -(10 + 5) = -15

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Page 103 Q2

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Page 103 Q3

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Page 103 Q4

Question 5.
25 − (−4) =
________

Answer: 29

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same sign, add their absolute value, and keep the common sign.
When adding two integers with opposite signs, subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger one and keep the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
25 − (−4) = 25 + 4 = 29

Question 6.
−3 − (−40) =
________

Answer: 37

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same sign, add their absolute value, and keep the common sign.
When adding two integers with opposite signs, subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger one and keep the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
-3 – (-40) = -3 + 40 = 37

Question 7.
Antoine has $13 in his checking account. He buys some school supplies and ends up with $5 in his account. What was the overall change in Antoine’s account?
$ ________

Answer: $8

Explanation:
The overall change in his account is given by the difference between the final amount of money and the initial amount of money
5 – 13 = 5 + (-13) = -8
The amount in his account is decreased by $8.

Conclusion:
We believe that the solutions provided in Go Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers are helpful for you. Also, share the Go Math Grade 7 Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers with your dear ones to help to overcome the issues in solving the integer problems. It helps to learn simple techniques to solve adding and subtracting integer problems. If you have any doubts you can clarify them by posting the comments in the below section.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations

Free step-by-step solutions for all the questions in equations are available here. So, the students who are browsing for Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations can download the pdf for free of cost. The benefit of referring to our Big Ideas Math Book 6th Grade Answer Key Chapter 6 Equations is you can learn the simple methods to solve the problems. And also it helps to improve your math skills and score good marks in the exams.

Big Ideas Math Book 6th Grade Answer Key Chapter 6 Equations

Other than marks it is necessary for the students to understand the concepts in math. So you have to relate the question with the real-time problems so that it will be easy to understand the concept in depth. Keeping all this in mind our team has prepared the BIM 6th Grade Answer Key or Equations topic-wise. So, click on the below-given links and start practicing the problems.

Performance Task

Lesson 1: Writing Equations in One Variable

Lesson: 2 Solving Equations Using Addition or Subtraction

Lesson: 3 Solving Equations Using Multiplication or Division

Lesson: 4 Writing Equations in Two Variables

Chapter 6 – Equations

Equations STEAM Video/ Performance Task

STEAM Video

Rock Climbing
Equations can be used to solve many different kinds of problems in real life, such as estimating the amount of time it will take to climb a rock wall. Can you think of any other real-life situations where equations are useful?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 1
In rock climbing, a pitch is a section of a climbing route between two anchor points. Watch the STEAM Video “Rock Climbing.”en answer the following questions.
1. How can you use pitches to estimate the amount of time it will take to climb a rock wall?
2. Are there any other methods you could use to estimate the amount of time it will take to climb a rock wall? Explain.
3. You know two of the three pieces of information below. Explain how you can find the missing piece of information.
Average climbing speed
Height of rock wall
Time to complete climb

Performance Task

Planning the Climb
After completing this chapter, you will be able to use the concepts you learned to answer the questions in the STEAM Video Performance Task. You will be given information about two rock-climbing routes.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 2
Route 1: 500 feet, 125 feet per pitch
Route 2: 1200 feet, 8 pitch
You will find the average speed of the climbers on Route 1 and the amount of time it takes to complete Route 2. Will the average speed of the climbers on Route 1 provide accurate predictions for the amount of time it takes to climb other routes? Explain why or why not.

Equations Getting Ready for Chapter 6

Chapter Exploration

Work with a partner. Every equation that has an unknown variable can be written as a question. Write a question that represents the equation. Then answer the question.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 3

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-6-Chapter-6-Equations-3

Work with a partner. Write an equation that represents the question. Then answer the question.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 4

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-6-Chapter-6-Equations-4

Vocabulary
The following vocabulary terms are defined in this chapter. Think about what each term might mean and record your thoughts.
equation
independent variable
inverse operations
dependent variable
equation in two variables.

Lesson 6.1 Writing Equations in One Variable

EXPLORATION 1

Writing Equations
Work with a partner. Customers order sandwiches at a cafe from the menu board shown.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.1 1
a. The equation 6.75x =20.25 represents the purchase of one customer from the menu board. What does the equation tell you about the purchase? What cannot be determined from the equation?
b. The four customers in the table buy multiple sandwiches of the same type. For each customer, write an equation that represents the situation. Then determine how many sandwiches each customer buys. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.1 2
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.1 3

An equation
is a mathematical sentence that uses an equal sign, =, to show that two expressions are equal.
Expressions
4 + 8
x + 8
Equations
4 + 8 = 12
x + 8 = 12
To write a word sentence as an equation, look for key words or phrases such as is, the same as, or equals to determine where to place the equal sign.

Try It

Write the word sentence as an equation.
Question 1.
9 less than a number be equals 2.
Answer: 9-x=2

Explanation:
We have to write the equation for the word sentence
The phrase “less than” indicates -.
let the number be x.
9 – x = 2

Question 2.
The product of a number g and 5 is 30.
Answer: 5 × g=30

Explanation:
We have to write the equation for the word sentence
The phrase “product” indicates ‘×’
g × 5 = 30

Question 3.
A number k increased by 10 is the same as 24.
Answer: k + 10 = 24

Explanation:
We have to write the equation for the word sentence
The phrase “increased” indicates ‘+’
The equation is k + 10 = 24

Question 4.
The quotient of a number q and 4 is 12.
Answer: q ÷ 4 = 12

Explanation:
We have to write the equation for the word sentence
The phrase quotient indicates ‘÷’
The equation is q ÷ 4 = 12

Question 5.
2\(\frac{1}{2}\) is the same as the sum of a number w and \(\frac{1}{2}\).
Answer: 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = w + \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
We have to write the equation for the word sentence
The phrase sum indicates ‘+’
The equation is 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = w + \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 6.
WHAT IF?
Each server decorates one table. Which equation can you use to find c?
Answer: We can use the multiplication equation to find c.

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 7.
VOCABULARY
How are expressions and equations different?
Answer: An expression is a number, a variable, or a combination of numbers and variables and operation symbols. An equation is made up of two expressions connected by an equal sign.

Question 8.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Write “both” equations.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.1 4
Answer: n-4=8
4<8

Question 9.
OPEN-ENDED
Write a word sentence for the equation 28 −n= 5.
Answer: 28 less than a number n is equals to 5.

Question 10.
WRITING
You purchase x items for $4 each. Explain how the variable in the expression 4x and the variable in the equation 4x= 20 are similar. Explain how they are different.
Answer:
You purchase x items for $4 each
4x = 20
x = 20/4
x = 5

Question 11.
After four rounds, 74 teams are eliminated from a robotics competition. There are 18 teams remaining. Write and solve an equation to find the number of teams that started the competition.
Answer:
Given,
After four rounds, 74 teams are eliminated from a robotics competition. There are 18 teams remaining.
Let x be 74 teams
let y be 18 teams
The equation would be
x + y = 92
74 + 18 = 92
Thus the total number of teams are 92.

Question 12.
The mass of the blue copper sulfate crystal is two-thirds the mass of the red fluorite crystal. Write an equation you can use to find the mass (in grams) of the blue copper sulfate crystal.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.1 5
Answer: blue copper sulfate crystal = 2/3 (red fluorite crystal)

Question 13.
DIG DEEPER!
You print photographs from a vacation. Find the number of photographs you can print for $3.60.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.1 6
Answer: We can print 15 photographs for $3.60

Explanation:
Cost of each print = $0.24
The total cost for photographs is $3.60
3.60/0.24 = 15
Thus We can print 15 photographs for $3.60

Writing Equations in One Variable Homework & Practice 6.1

Review & Refresh

Factor the expression using the GCF.
Question 1.
6 + 27
Answer: 3 (2 + 9)

Explanation:
Given the expression 6 + 27
Take 3 as the common factor
3(2 + 9)

Question 2.
9w + 72
Answer: 9(w + 8)

Explanation:
Given the expression 9w + 72
Take 9 as the common factor
9w + 72 = 9(w + 8)

Question 3.
42 + 24n
Answer: 6(7 + 4n)

Explanation:
Given the expression 42 + 24n
Take 6 as the common factor
42 + 24n = 6(7 + 4n)

Question 4.
18h + 30k
Answer: 6(3h + 5k)

Explanation:
Given the expression 18h + 30k
Take 6 as the common factor
18h + 30k = 6(3h + 5k)

Question 5.
Which number is not equal to 225%?
A. 2\(\frac{1}{4}\)
B. \(\frac{9}{4}\)
C. \(\frac{50}{40}\)
D. \(\frac{45}{20}\)
Answer: C
225% is not equal to \(\frac{50}{40}\)

Evaluate the expression when a = 7.
Question 6.
6 + a
Answer: 13

Explanation:
Given the expression 6 + a
where a = 7
Substitute the value of a in the expression
6 + 7 = 13

Question 7.
a – 4
Answer: 3

Explanation:
Given the expression a – 4
where a = 7
Substitute the value of a in the expression
a – 4
7 – 4 = 3

Question 8.
4a
Answer: 28

Explanation:
Given the expression 4a
where a = 7
Substitute the value of a in the expression
4 × 7 = 28

Question 9.
\(\frac{35}{a}\)
Answer: 5

Explanation:
Given the expression \(\frac{35}{a}\)
where a = 7
Substitute the value of a in the expression
\(\frac{35}{7}\) = 5

Find the perimeter of the rectangle.
Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.1 7
Answer:
l = 8 ft
Area = 40 sq ft
We know that,
Area of rectangle = l × w
40 sq. ft = 8 ft × w
w = 40/8 = 5 ft
Thus the width of the above rectangle is 5 ft.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.1 8
Answer:
l = 13 cm
w = ?
A = 52 sq. cm
We know that,
Area of rectangle = l × w
52 sq. cm = 13 cm × w
w = 52/13
w = 4 cm
Thus the width of the above rectangle is 4 cm.

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.1 9
Answer:
A = 224 sq. miles
l = 14 miles
We know that,
Area of rectangle = l × w
224 sq. miles = 14 × w
w = 224/14
w = 16 miles
Thus the width of the above figure is 16 miles.

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

WRITING EQUATIONS A roast beef sandwich costs $6.75. A customer buys multiple roast beef sandwiches. Write an equation that represents the situation. Then determine how many sandwiches the customer buys. (See Exploration 1, p. 245.)
Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.1 10
Answer:
Given,
A roast beef sandwich costs $6.75.
Amount used for payment = $50.
Change Received = $16.25
The total number of sandwich the customer buys = 5

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.1 11
Answer:
Given,
A roast beef sandwich costs $6.75.
Amount used for payment = $80.
Change Received = $19.25
Amount used for payment – Change Received
= $ 80 – $19.25
= $60.75
1 sandwich = $6.75
The total number of sandwich the customer buys = 9

WRITING EQUATIONS Write the word sentence as an equation.
Question 15.
A number y decreased by 9 is 8.
Answer: y – 9 = 8

Explanation:
We have to write the word sentence in the equation form.
y – 9 = 8

Question 16.
The sum of a number x and 4 equals 12.
Answer: x + 4 = 12

Explanation:
We have to write the word sentence in the equation form.
x + 4 = 12

Question 17.
9 times a number b is 36.
Answer: 9b = 36

Explanation:
We have to write the word sentence in the equation form.
The phrase times indicates ‘×’
The equation would be 9b = 36

Question 18.
A number w divided by 5 equals 6.
Answer: w ÷ 5 = 6

Explanation:
We have to write the word sentence in the equation form.
The phrase divided by indicates ‘÷’
The equation would be w ÷ 5 = 6

Question 19.
54 equals 9 more than a number t.
Answer: 54 = 9 + t

Explanation:
We have to write the word sentence in the equation form.
The phrase more than indicates ‘+’
The equation would be 54 = 9 + t

Question 20.
5 is one-fourth of a number c.
Answer: 5 = 1/4 c

Explanation:
We have to write the word sentence in the equation form.
The phrase of indicates ‘×’
The equation would be 5 = 1/4 c

Question 21.
9.5 less than a number n equals 27.
Answer: 9.5 – n = 27

Explanation:
We have to write the word sentence in the equation form.
The phrase less than indicates ‘-‘
The equation would be 9.5 – n = 27

Question 22.
11\(\frac{3}{4}\) is the quotient of a number y and 6\(\frac{1}{4}\).
Answer: 11\(\frac{3}{4}\) = y ÷ 6\(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
We have to write the word sentence in the equation form.
The phrase quotient indicates ‘÷’
The equation would be 11\(\frac{3}{4}\) = y ÷ 6\(\frac{1}{4}\)

Question 23.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend writes the word sentence as an equation. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.1 12
Answer:
Given the word sentence, 5 less than a number n is 12.

Question 24.
MODELING REAL LIFE
Students and faculty raise $6042 for band uniforms. The faculty raised $1780. Write an equation you can use to find the amount a (in dollars) the students raised.
Answer:
Given,
Students and faculty raise $6042 for band uniforms (x).
The faculty raised $1780 (y)
The students raised be z
z = x – y
z = 6042 – 1780
z = 4262

Question 25.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You hit a golf ball 90 yards. It travels three-fourths of the distance to the hole. Write an equation you can use to find the distance d (in yards) from the tee to the hole.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.1 13
Answer:
Given,
You hit a golf ball 90 yards. It travels three-fourths of the distance to the hole.
3/4 × D = 90
D = 360/3
D = 120

GEOMETRY Write an equation you can use to find the value of x.
Question 26.
Perimeter of triangle: 16 in.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.1 14
Answer:
side of the triangle = x
Perimeter of triangle 16 in
P = a + b + c
16 in = x + x + x
3x = 16
x = 16/3
x = 5.3
Thus the side of the triangle is 5.3 inches.

Question 27.
Perimeter of square: 30 mm
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.1 15
Answer:
4x = 30
x = 30/4
x = 7.5 mm

Question 28.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You sell instruments at a Caribbean music festival. You earn $326 by selling 12 sets of maracas,6 sets of claves, and x djembe drums. Find the number of djembe drums you sold.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.1 16
Answer:
Let the price of maracas be m
Let the price of claves be c
Let the price of djembe drums be x
Number of maracas = 12 sets
Number of claves = 6 sets
Number of djembe drums = xx
Total earned amount = $326
The equation would be
12m + 6c + dxx = 326
The cost for 1 maracas is $14
For 12 sets = 12 × 14 = $168
The cost for 1 clave = $5
For 6 sets = 6 × 5 = $30
The cost for 1 djembe drums is $16
For x sets = 16x
12m + 6c + dxx = 326
168 + 30 + 16x = 326
16x = 128
x = 128 ÷ 16
x = 8

Question 29.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Neil Armstrong set foot on the Moon 109.4 hours after Apollo 11departed from the Kennedy Space Center. Apollo 11landed on the Moon about 6.6 hours before Armstrong’s first step. How many hours did it take for Apollo 11 to reach the Moon?
Answer:
Given,
Neil Armstrong set foot on the Moon 109.4 hours after Apollo 11 departed from the Kennedy Space Center.
Apollo 11landed on the Moon about 6.6 hours before Armstrong’s first step.
To find how many hours did it take for Apollo 11 to reach the Moon we have to subtract 6.6 hours from 109.4 hours
109.4 – 6.6 = 102.8 hours
Thus it took 102.8 hours for Apollo 11 to reach the Moon.

Question 30.
LOGIC
You buy a basket of 24 strawberries. You eat them as you walk to the beach. It takes the same amount of time to walk each block. When you are halfway there, half of the berries are gone. After walking 3 more blocks, you still have 5 blocks to go. You reach the beach 28 minutes after you began. One-sixth of your strawberries are left.
a. Is there enough information to find the time it takes to walk each block? Explain.

Answer:
Yes, you are given enough information to find the time to walk each block
To find the total number of block you, add
3 + 5 + 8 = 16
Also the time it takes to walk the 16 blocks is given 28 minutes.

b. Is there enough information to find how many strawberries you ate while walking the last block? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.1 17
Answer:
No, there is not enough information to find how many strawberries ate while walking the last block.
You are only given the amount of strawberries you started with 24 and what you have left (1/6) with 5 blocks to go. Therefore you can only be given how many strawberries were eaten walking the last block.

Question 31.
DIG DEEPER!
Find a sales receipt from a store that shows the total price of the items and the total amount paid including sales tax.
a. Write an equation you can use to find the sales tax rate r.
b. Can you use r to find the percent for the sales tax? Explain.
Answer:
Total amount paid = total price + (total price × sales tax rate)
sample equation
14.20 = 13.27 + (13.27 × 0.07)
Yes, you can use r to find the percent for the sales tax.
Multiplying r by 100 gives the percent for the sales tax.

Question 32.
GEOMETRY
A square is cut from a rectangle. The side length of the square is half of the unknown width w. The area of the shaded region is 84 square inches. Write an equation you can use to find the width (in inches).
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.1 18
Answer:
Given,
A square is cut from a rectangle. The side length of the square is half of the unknown width w.
The area of the shaded region is 84 square inches.
84 square inches divided by 14 inches equals 6
84 divided by 14 = s
84 ÷ 14 = s

Lesson 6.2 Solving Equations Using Addition or Subtraction

EXPLORATION 1

Solving an Equation Using a Tape Diagram
Work with a partner. A student solves an equation using the tape diagrams below.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 6 Equations 6.2 1
a. What equation did the student solve? What is the solution?

Answer: x + 4 = 12

Explanation:
By seeing step 1 we can say that the equation for the above tape diagram x + 4 = 12

b. Explain how the tape diagrams in Steps 2 and 3 relate to the equation and its solution.
Answer:
By seeing the steps 2 and 3 we can say
8 + 4 = 12
x + 4 = 12
x = 12 – 4
x = 8

EXPLORATION 2
Solving an Equation Using a Model
Work with a partner.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 6 Equations 6.2 2
a. How are the two sides of an equation similar to a balanced scale?
b. When you add weight to one side of a balanced scale, what can you do to balance the scale? What if you subtract weight from one side of a balanced scale? How does this relate to solving an equation?
c. Use a model to solve x + 2 = 7. Describe how you can solve the equation algebraically.
Answer:
x + 2 = 7
x = 7 – 2
x = 5

Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 6 Equations 6.2 3

Try It

Tell whether the given value is a solution of the equation.
Question 1.
a + 6 = 17; a = 9
Answer: not a solution

Explanation:
Given the equation a + 6 = 17
when a = 9
9 + 6 = 17
15 ≠ 17
Thus the equation is not a solution.

Question 2.
9 – g = 5; g = 3
Answer: not a solution

Explanation:
Given the equation 9 – g = 5
where g = 3
9 – 3 = 5
6 ≠ 5
Thus the equation is not a solution.

Question 3.
35 – 7n; n = 5
Answer: solution

Explanation:
Given the equation 35 – 7n
where n = 5
35 – 7(5)
35 – 35 = 0
Thus the equation is a solution.

Question 4.
\(\frac{q}{2}\) = 28; q = 14
Answer: not a solution

Explanation:
Given the equation \(\frac{q}{2}\) = 28
where q = 14
\(\frac{14}{2}\) = 28
7 ≠ 28
Thus the equation is not a solution.

You can use inverse operations to solve equations. Inverse operations “undo” each other. Addition and subtraction are inverse operations.

Solve the equation. Check your solution.
Question 5.
k – 3 = 1
Answer: k = 4

Explanation:
Given the equation k – 3 = 1
k = 1 + 3
k = 4

Question 6.
n – 10 = 4
Answer: n = 14

Explanation:
Given the equation n – 10 = 4
n = 4 + 10
n = 14

Question 7.
15 = r – 6
Answer: r = 21

Explanation:
Given the equation 15 = r – 6
15 + 6 = r
r = 21

Question 8.
s + 8 = 17
Answer: s = 9

Explanation:
Given the equation s + 8 = 17
s = 17 – 8
s = 9

Question 9.
9 = y + 6
Answer: y = 3

Explanation:
Given the equation 9 = y + 6
9 – 6 = y
y = 3

Question 10.
13 + m = 20
Answer: m = 7

Explanation:
Given the equation 13 + m = 20
m = 20 – 13
m = 7

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

CHECKING SOLUTIONS Tell whether the given value is a solution of the equation.
Question 11.
n + 8 = 42; n = 36
Answer: not a solution

Explanation:
Given the equation n + 8 = 42
where n = 36
36 + 8 = 44
44 ≠ 42
Thus the value is not a solution.

Question 12.
g – 9 = 24; g = 35
Answer: not a solution

Explanation:
Given the equation g – 9 = 24
where g = 35
35 – 9 = 24
26 ≠ 24
Thus the value is not a solution.

SOLVING EQUATIONS Solve the equation. Check your solution.
Question 13.
x – 8 = 12
Answer: 20

Explanation:
Given the equation x – 8 = 12
x = 12 + 8
x = 20

Question 14.
b + 14 = 33
Answer: 19

Explanation:
Given the equation b + 14 = 33
b = 33 – 14
b = 19

Question 15.
WRITING
When solving x + 5 =16, why do you subtract 5 from the left side of the equation? Why do you subtract 5 from the right side of the equation?
Answer:
To solve the equation we have to subtract 5.
x + 5 = 16
x = 16 – 5
x = 11

Question 16.
REASONING
Do the equations have the same solution? Explain your reasoning.
x – 8 = 6
x – 6 = 8
Answer:
i. x – 8 = 6
x = 6 + 8
x = 14
ii. x – 6 = 8
x = 8 + 6
x = 14
Yes both the equations has same solutions.

Question 17.
STRUCTURE
Just by looking at the equation x + 6 + 2x = 2x + 6 + 4, find the value of x. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
x + 6 + 2x = 2x + 6 + 4
3x + 6 = 2x + 10
3x – 2x = 10 – 6
x = 4

Question 18.
An emperor penguin is 45 inches tall. It is 24 inches taller than a rockhopper penguin. Write and solve an equation to find the height (in inches) of a rockhopper penguin. Is your answer reasonable? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 6 Equations 6.2 4
Answer:
Given,
An emperor penguin is 45 inches tall. It is 24 inches taller than a rockhopper penguin.
45 inches – 24 inches = 21 inches
Thus the height of the rockhopper penguin is 21 inches.

Question 19.
DIG DEEPER!
You get in an elevator and go up 2 floors and down8 floors before exiting. Then you get back in the elevator and go up 4 floors before exiting on the 12th floor. On what floors did you enter the elevator?
Answer: The answer to your question is 14 floor

Explanation:
To solve this problem start from the end changing the sense if it says up, then consider the action as down, etc.
Last floor = 12
Go down 4 floors = 12 – 4 = 8
Go up 8 floors = 8 + 8 = 16
Go down 2 floors = 16 – 2 = 14

Solving Equations Using Addition or Subtraction Homework & Practice 6.2

Review & Refresh

Write the word sentence as an equation.
Question 1.
Th sum of a number x and 9 is 15.
Answer: x + 9 = 15

Explanation:
We have to write the equation for the word sentence
The phrase sum indicates ‘+’
The equation would be x + 9 = 15

Question 2.
12 less than a number m equals 20.
Answer: 12 – m = 20

Explanation:
We have to write the equation for the word sentence
The phrase less than indicates ‘-‘
The equation would be 12 – m = 20

Question 3.
The product of a number d and 7 is 63.
Answer: d7 = 63

Explanation:
We have to write the equation for the word sentence
The phrase product indicates ‘×’
The equation would be d × 7 = 63

Question 4.
18 divided by a number s equals 3.
Answer: 18 ÷ s = 3

Explanation:
We have to write the equation for the word sentence
The phrase divided by indicates ‘÷’
The equation would be 18 ÷ s = 3

Divide. Write the answer in simplest form.
Question 5.
\(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Answer: 2

Explanation:
Dividing two fractions is the same as multiplying the first fraction by the reciprocal of the second fraction.
Take the reciprocal of the second fraction by flipping the numerator and denominator and changing the operation to multiplication. Then the equation becomes
\(\frac{1}{2}\) × \(\frac{4}{1}\) = 2

Question 6.
12 ÷ \(\frac{3}{8}\)
Answer: 32

Explanation:
Dividing two fractions is the same as multiplying the first fraction by the reciprocal of the second fraction.
Take the reciprocal of the second fraction by flipping the numerator and denominator and changing the operation to multiplication. Then the equation becomes
12 × \(\frac{8}{3}\)
= 4 × 8
= 32

Question 7.
8 ÷ \(\frac{4}{5}\)
Answer: 10

Explanation:
Dividing two fractions is the same as multiplying the first fraction by the reciprocal of the second fraction.
Take the reciprocal of the second fraction by flipping the numerator and denominator and changing the operation to multiplication. Then the equation becomes
8 × \(\frac{5}{4}\)
= 2 × 5
= 10

Question 8.
\(\frac{7}{9}\) ÷ \(\frac{3}{2}\)
Answer: \(\frac{14}{27}\)

Explanation:
Dividing two fractions is the same as multiplying the first fraction by the reciprocal of the second fraction.
Take the reciprocal of the second fraction by flipping the numerator and denominator and changing the operation to multiplication. Then the equation becomes
\(\frac{7}{9}\) × \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{14}{27}\)

Question 9.
Which ratio is not equivalent to 72 : 18?
A. 36 : 9
B. 18 : 6
C. 4 : 1
D. 288 : 72
Answer: B. 18 : 6

Explanation:
72 : 18 = 36:9, 4 : 1, 288 : 72
18 : 6 is not equivalent to 72 : 18
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Evaluate the expression.
Question 10.
(2 + 52) ÷ 3
Answer: 9

Explanation:
Given the expression (2 + 52) ÷ 3
(2 + 25) ÷ 3
27 ÷ 3 = 9

Question 11.
6 + 23 . 3 – 5
Answer: 25

Explanation:
Given the expression 6 + 23 . 3 – 5
6 + 8 . 3 – 5
6 + 24 – 5
6 + 19
25

Question 12.
4 . [3 + 3(20 – 42 – 2)]
Answer: 36

Explanation:
Given the expression 4 . [3 + 3(20 – 42 – 2)]
4(3 + 3(20 – 16 – 2))
4(3 + 3(2))
4 (3 + 6)
4(9)
36

Question 13.
Find the missing values in the ratio table. Then write the equivalent ratios.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 6 Equations 6.2 5
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-6th-Grade-Chapter-6-Equations-6.2-5

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

CHOOSE TOOLS Use a model to solve the equation. (See Explorations 1 and 2, p. 251.)
Question 14.
n + 7 = 9
Answer: n = 2

Explanation:
n + 7 = 9
n = 9 – 7
n = 2

Question 15.
t + 4 = 5
Answer: t = 1

Explanation:
t + 4 = 5
t = 5 – 4
t = 1

Question 16.
c + 2 = 8
Answer: c = 6

Explanation:
c + 2 = 8
c = 8 – 2
c = 6

CHECKING SOLUTIONS Tell whether the given value is a solution of the equation.
Question 17.
x + 42 = 85; x = 43
Answer: solution

Explanation:
x + 42 = 85
Substitute the value of x in the equation
x = 43
43 + 42 = 85

Question 18.
8b = 48; b = 6
Answer: solution

Explanation:
8b = 48
Substitute the value of b in the equation
b = 6
8(6) = 48
48 = 48

Question 19.
19 – g = 7; g = 15
Answer: not a solution

Explanation:
19 – g = 7
Substitute the value of g in the equation
g = 15
19 – 15 = 7
2 ≠ 7
This is not a solution

Question 20.
\(\frac{m}{4}\) = 16; m = 4
Answer: not a solution

Explanation:
\(\frac{m}{4}\) = 16
Substitute the value of m in the equation
\(\frac{4}{4}\) = 16
1 ≠ 16
This is not a solution

Question 21.
w + 23 = 41; w = 28
Answer: not a solution

Explanation:
w + 23 = 41
Substitute the value of w in the equation
28 + 23 = 41
51 ≠ 41
This is not a solution

Question 22.
s – 68 = 11; s = 79
Answer: solution

Explanation:
Given,
s – 68 = 11
Substitute the value of s in the equation
s = 79
79 – 68 = 11
11 = 11
This is a solution

SOLVING EQUATIONS Solve the equation. Check your solution.
Question 23.
y – 7 = 3
Answer:
Given the equation
y – 7 = 3
y = 3 + 7
y = 10

Question 24.
z – 3 = 13
Answer:
Given the equation
z – 3 = 13
z = 13 +3
z = 16

Question 25.
8 = r – 14
Answer:
Given the equation
8 = r – 14
r = 8 + 14
r = 22

Question 26.
p + 5 = 8
Answer:
Given the equation
p + 5 = 8
p = 8 – 5
p = 3

Question 27.
k + 6 = 18
Answer:
Given the equation
k + 6 = 18
k = 18 – 6
k = 12

Question 28.
64 = h + 30
Answer:
Given the equation
64 = h + 30
h = 64 – 30
h = 34

Question 29.
f – 27 = 19
Answer:
Given the equation
f – 27 = 19
f = 19 +27
f = 46

Question 30.
25 = q + 14
Answer:
Given the equation
25 = q + 14
q = 25 – 14
q = 11

Question 31.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) = j – \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:
Given the equation
\(\frac{3}{4}\) = j – \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{3}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) = j
j = 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Question 32.
x + \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{9}{10}\)
Answer:
Given the equation
x + \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{9}{10}\)
x = \(\frac{9}{10}\) – \(\frac{2}{3}\)
x = \(\frac{7}{30}\)

Question 33.
1.2 = m – 2.5
Answer:
Given the equation
1.2 = m – 2.5
m = 1.2 + 2.5
m = 3.7

Question 34.
a + 5.5 = 17.3
Answer:
Given the equation
a + 5.5 = 17.3
a = 17.3 – 5.5
a = 11.8

YOU BE THE TEACHER Your friend solves the equation. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Question 35.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 6 Equations 6.2 6
Answer:
x + 7 = 13
x = 13 – 7
x = 4
Your friend is incorrect

Question 36.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 6 Equations 6.2 7
Answer:
34 = y – 12
y – 12 = 34
y = 34 + 12
y = 46

Question 37.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The main span of the Sunshine SkywayBridge is 366 meters long. The bridge’s main span is 30 meters shorter than the main span of the Dames Point Bridge. Write and solve an equation to find the length (in meters) of the main span of the Dames Point Bridge.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 6 Equations 6.2 8
Answer:
Given,
The main span of the Sunshine SkywayBridge is 366 meters long.
The bridge’s main span is 30 meters shorter than the main span of the Dames Point Bridge.
336 – 30 = 306
Let the main span of the Sunshine SkywayBridge be x
Let the main span of the Dames Point Bridge be y
x – y = 306

Question 38.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A park has 22 elm trees. Elm leaf beetles have been attacking the trees. After removing several of the diseased trees, there are 13 healthy elm trees left. Write and solve an equation to find the number of elm trees that were removed.
Answer:
Given,
A park has 22 elm trees. Elm leaf beetles have been attacking the trees.
After removing several of the diseased trees, there are 13 healthy elm trees left.
x – y = 9
22 – 13 = 9
Thus the number of trees removed 9.

Question 39.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The area of Jamaica is 6460 square miles less than the area of Haiti. Find the area (in square miles) of Haiti.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 6 Equations 6.2 9
Answer:
Given,
The area of Jamaica is 6460 square miles less than the area of Haiti.
Y = X – 6460
Y = Haiti
X = area of Jamaica

Question 40.
REASONING
The solution of the equation x+ 3 = 12 is shown. Explain each step. Use a property, if possible.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 6 Equations 6.2 10
Answer:
The sum of a number x and 3 is 12
x + 3 = 12
x = 12 – 3
x = 9

WRITING EQUATIONS Write the word sentence as an equation. Then solve the equation.
Question 41.
13 subtracted from a number w is 15.
Answer: w – 13 = 15

Explanation:
We have to write the equation for the word sentence
The phrase subtracted indicates ‘-‘
The equation would be w – 13 = 15

Question 42.
A number k increased by 7 is 34.
Answer: K + 7 = 34

Explanation:
We have to write the equation for the word sentence
The phrase increased indicates ‘+’
The equation would be K + 7 = 34

Question 43.
9 is the difference of a number n and 7.
Answer: n – 7 = 9

Explanation:
We have to write the equation for the word sentence
The phrase difference indicates ‘-‘
The equation would be n – 7 = 9

Question 44.
93 is the sum of a number g and 58.
Answer: g + 58 = 93

Explanation:
We have to write the equation for the word sentence
The phrase sum indicates ‘+’
The equation would be g + 58 = 93

Question 45.
11 more than a number k equals 29.
Answer: 11 + k = 29

Explanation:
We have to write the equation for the word sentence
The phrase more than indicates ‘+’
The equation would be 11 + k = 29

Question 46.
A number p decreased by 19 is 6.
Answer: p – 19 = 6

Explanation:
We have to write the equation for the word sentence
The phrase decreased indicates ‘-‘
The equation would be p – 19 = 6

Question 47.
46 is the total of 18 and a number d.
Answer: 18 + d = 46

Explanation:
We have to write the equation for the word sentence
The phrase total indicates ‘+’
The equation would be 18 + d = 46

Question 48.
84 is 99 fewer than a number c.
Answer: 84 = 99 – c

Explanation:
We have to write the equation for the word sentence
The phrase fewer than indicates ‘-‘
The equation would be 84 = 99 – c

SOLVING EQUATIONS Solve the equation. Check your solution.
Question 49.
b + 7 + 12 = 30
Answer:
Given the equation
b + 7 + 12 = 30
b = 30 – 19
b = 11

Question 50.
y + 4 − 1 = 18
Answer:
Given the equation
y + 4 − 1 = 18
y + 3 = 18
y = 18 – 3
y = 15

Question 51.
m + 18 + 23 = 71
Answer:
Given the equation
m + 18 + 23 = 71
m + 41 = 71
m = 71 – 41
m = 30

Question 52.
v − 7 = 9 + 12
Answer:
Given the equation
v − 7 = 9 + 12
v – 7 = 21
v = 21 + 7
v = 28

Question 53.
5 + 44 = 2 + r
Answer:
Given the equation
5 + 44 = 2 + r
49 = 2 + r
r = 49 – 2
r = 47

Question 54.
22 + 15 = d− 17
Answer:
Given the equation
22 + 15 = d− 17
37 = d – 17
d = 37 + 17
d = 54

GEOMETRY Solve for x.
Question 55.
Perimeter = 48 ft
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 6 Equations 6.2 11
Answer:
P = a + b + c
48 ft = x + 20 + 12
x = 48 – 32
x = 16 ft

Question 56.
Perimeter = 132 in.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 6 Equations 6.2 12
Answer:
P = a + b + c + d
132 = 34 + 16 + 34 + x
132 – 84 = x
x = 50 in

Question 57.
Perimeter = 93 ft
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 6 Equations 6.2 13
Answer:
P = 8(a + b + c + d + e)
93 ft = 8(18 + 18 + 15 + d + 15)
d = 93/528
d = 0.17

Question 58.
SIMPLIFYING AND SOLVING Compare and contrast the two problems.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 6 Equations 6.2 14
Answer:
2(x + 3) – 4
= 2x + 6 – 4
= 2x + 2

Question 59.
PUZZLE
In a magic square, the sum of the numbers in each row, column, and diagonal is the same. Find the values of a, b, and c. Justify your answers.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 6 Equations 6.2 15
Answer:
The sum of rows and columns is 53.
a = 22
b = 0
c = 0

Question 60.
REASONING
On Saturday, you spend $33, give $15 to a friend, and receive $20 for mowing your neighbor’s lawn. You have $21 left. Use two methods to find how much money you started with that day.
Answer:
Given,
On Saturday, you spend $33, give $15 to a friend, and receive $20 for mowing your neighbor’s lawn.
You have $21 left.
x = a + b + c – d
x = 33 + 15 + 20 – 21
x = 68 – 21
x = 47

Question 61.
DIG DEEPER!
You have $15.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 6 Equations 6.2 16
a. How much money do you have left if you ride each ride once?
b. Do you have enough money to ride each ride twice? Explain.
Answer:
a. bumper cost : $1.75
super pendulum : $1.25 + $1.50= $2.75
giant slide :  $1.75-$0.50= $1.25
ferris wheels : $1.50+$0.50=$2
total money spent=$7.75
money left=$7.75-$15=$7.25

b. No,
money required to ride once =$7.75
total money required to ride twice=$7.75+$7.75=$15.5

Question 62.
CRITICAL THINKING
Consider the equation 15 − y = 8. Explain how you can solve the equation using the Addition and Subtraction Properties of Equality.
Answer:
15 − y = 8
15 = 8 + y
8 + y = 15
y = 15 – 8
y = 7

Lesson 6.3 Solving Equations Using Multiplication or Division

EXPLORATION 1

Solving an Equation Using a Tape Diagram
Work with a partner. A student solves an equation using the tape diagrams below.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.3 1
a. What equation did the student solve? What is the solution?

Answer:
ax = b
4x = 20
x = 20/4
x = 5

b. Explain how the tape diagrams in Steps 2 and 3 relate to the equation and its solution.
Answer:
Step 2 and step 3 shows that x = 5

EXPLORATION 2

Solving an Equation Using a Model
Work with a partner. Three robots go out to lunch. They decide to split the $12 bill evenly. The scale represents the number of robots and the price of the meal.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.3 2
a. How much does each robot pay?

Answer:
Three robots go out to lunch.
They decide to split the $12 bill evenly.
12/3 = 4
Thus each robot pay $4.

b. When you triple the weight on one side of a balanced scale, what can you do to balance the scale? What if you divide the weight on one side of a balanced scale in half? How does this relate to solving an equation?
c. Use a model to solve 5x = 15. Describe how you can solve the equation algebraically.
Answer:
5x = 15
x = 15/5
x = 3

Try It

Solve the equation. Check your solution.
Question 1.
\(\frac{a}{8}\) = 6
Answer: a = 48

Explanation:
Given the equation
\(\frac{a}{8}\) = 6
a = 6 × 8
a = 48

Question 2.
14 = \(\frac{2y}{5}\)
Answer: y = 35

Explanation:
Given the equation
14 = \(\frac{2y}{5}\)
14 × 5 = 2y
2y = 70
y = 70/2
y = 35

Question 3.
3z ÷ 2 = 9
Answer: z = 6

Explanation:
Given the equation
3z ÷ 2 = 9
3z = 9 × 2
3z = 18
z = 18/3
z = 6

Question 4.
p . 3 = 18
Answer: p = 6

Explanation:
Given the equation
p . 3 = 18
p = 18/3
p = 6

Question 5.
12q = 60
Answer: q = 5

Explanation:
Given the equation
12q = 60
q = 60/12
q = 5

Question 6.
81 = 9r
Answer: r = 9

Explanation:
Given the equation
81 = 9r
r = 81/9
r = 9

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

SOLVING EQUATIONS Solve the equation. Check your solution.
Question 7.
6 = \(\frac{2y}{3}\)
Answer: y = 9

Explanation:
Given the equation
6 = \(\frac{2y}{3}\)
6 × 3 = 2y
2y = 18
y = 18/2
y = 9

Question 8.
8s = 56
Answer: s = 7

Explanation:
Given the equation
8s = 56
s = 56/8
s = 7

Question 9.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which equation does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.3 3
Answer: \(\frac{1}{4}\)x = 27 does not belong with the other three.
Because
3x= 36
x = 36/3
x = 12
3/4 x = 9
3x = 36
x = 36/3
x = 12
4x = 48
x = 48/4
x = 12

STRUCTURE Just by looking at the equation, find the value of x. Explain your reasoning.
Question 10.
5x + 3x = 5x + 18
Answer:
Given the equation
x(5+3)=5x+18
8x=5x+18
8x-5x=18
3x=18
x=18/3
x=6

Question 11.
8x + \(\frac{x}{2}\) = 8x + 6
Answer:
Given the equation
8x + \(\frac{x}{2}\) = 8x + 6
x (8 + \(\frac{1}{2}\) ) = 8x + 6
8.5x = 8x + 6
8.5x – 8x = 6
0.5x = 6
x = 6/0.5
x = 12

Question 12.
The area of the screen of the smart watch is shown. What are possible dimensions for the length and the width of the screen? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.3 4
Answer:
Given,
Area = 1625 sq.mm
L = 65 mm
W = 25 mm
We know that,
Area of the rectangle = l × w
1625 = 65 × 25
Thus the length and width of the smart watch is 65 mm and 25 mm.

Question 13.
A rock climber climbs at a rate of 720 feet per hour. Write and solve an equation to find the number of minutes it takes for the rock climber to climb 288 feet.
Answer:
Given,
A rock climber climbs at a rate of 720 feet per hour.
The equation is y = 12x
It takes 24 minutes for the rock climber to get 288 feet
288 = 12x
288/12 = 12x/12
24 = x
Now we have time in minutes that it takes to get 288 feet.

Question 14.
DIG DEEPER!
A gift card stores data using a black, magnetic stripe on the back of the card. Find the width w of the stripe.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.3 5
Answer:
Given,
Area = 46 \(\frac{3}{4}\) sq. cm
L = 8 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cm
w = 4 cm + x+ \(\frac{2}{3}\) cm
We know that,
Area of the rectangle = l × w
46 \(\frac{3}{4}\) = 4 cm + x+ \(\frac{2}{3}\) × 8 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
= (4 + 0.6 + x) × 8.5
46.75 = 34 + 5.4 + 8.5x
8.5x = 46.75 – 34 – 5.1
8.5x = 7.6
x = 7.6/8.5
x = 0.89
Thus the width is 0.89 cm

Solving Equations Using Multiplication or Division Homework & Practice 6.3

Review & Refresh
Solve the equation. Check your solution.
Question 1.
y – 5 = 6
Answer: y = 11

Explanation:
Given the equation
y – 5 = 6
y = 6 + 5
y = 11

Question 2.
m + 7 = 8
Answer: 1

Explanation:
Given the equation
m + 7 = 8
m = 8 – 7
m = 1

Question 3.
\(\frac{7}{8}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\) + 9
Answer:
\(\frac{1}{4}\) + 9 = \(\frac{9}{4}\)
\(\frac{7}{8}\) ≠ \(\frac{9}{4}\)
not a solution

Question 4.
What is the value of a3 when a= 4?
A. 12
B. 43
C. 64
D. 81
Answer: 64

Explanation:
a3 when a= 4
4 × 4 × 4 = 64
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Multiply. Write the answer in simplest form.
Question 5.
\(\frac{1}{5}\) . \(\frac{2}{9}\)
Answer:
For fraction multiplication, multiply the numerators and then multiply the denominators to get
\(\frac{1}{5}\) . \(\frac{2}{9}\) = \(\frac{2}{45}\)

Question 6.
\(\frac{5}{12}\) × \(\frac{4}{7}\)
Answer:
For fraction multiplication, multiply the numerators and then multiply the denominators to get
\(\frac{5}{12}\) × \(\frac{4}{7}\) = \(\frac{5}{21}\)

Question 7.
2\(\frac{1}{3}\) . \(\frac{3}{10}\)
Answer:
For fraction multiplication, multiply the numerators and then multiply the denominators to get
2\(\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{7}{3}\)
\(\frac{7}{3}\) × \(\frac{3}{10}\) = \(\frac{21}{30}\)

Question 8.
1\(\frac{3}{4}\) × 2\(\frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:
1\(\frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{7}{4}\)
2\(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{8}{4}\)
\(\frac{7}{4}\) × \(\frac{8}{4}\) = \(\frac{56}{16}\)

Multiply.
Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.3 6
Answer: 0.36

Explanation:
Multiply the two decimals
0.4 × 0.9 = 0.36

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.3 7
Answer: 0.39

Explanation:
Multiply the two decimals
0.78 × 0.5 = 0.39

Question 11.
2.63 × 4.31
Answer: 11.3353

Explanation:
Multiply the two decimals
2.63 × 4.31 = 11.3353

Question 12.
1.115 × 3.28
Answer: 69.2

Explanation:
Multiply the two decimals
1.115 × 3.28 = 69.2

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving

CHOOSE TOOLS Use a model to solve the equation. (See Explorations 1 and 2, p. 259.)
Question 13.
8x = 8
Answer: 1

Explanation:
Given the equation
8x = 8
x = 8/8
x = 1

Question 14.
9 = 3y
Answer: 3

Explanation:
Given the equation
9 = 3y
y = 9/3
y = 3

Question 15.
2z = 14
Answer: 7

Explanation:
Given the equation
2z = 14
z = 14/2
z = 7

SOLVING EQUATIONS Solve the equation. Check your solution.
Question 16.
\(\frac{s}{10}\) = 7
Answer: 70

Explanation:
Given the equation
\(\frac{s}{10}\) = 7
s = 7 × 10
s = 70

Question 17.
6 = \(\frac{t}{s}\)
Answer: 6s = t

Explanation:
Given the equation
6 = \(\frac{t}{s}\)
t = 6s

Question 18.
5x ÷ 6 = 20
Answer:
Given the equation
5x ÷ 6 = 20
5x = 20 × 6
5x = 120
x = 120/5
x = 24

Question 19.
24 = \(\frac{3}{4}\)r
Answer:
Given the equation
24 = \(\frac{3}{4}\)r
24 × 4 = 3r
96 = 3r
r = 32

Question 20.
3a = 12
Answer: 4

Explanation:
Given the equation
3a = 12
a = 12/3
a = 4

Question 21.
5 . z = 35
Answer: 7

Explanation:
Given the equation
5 . z = 35
z = 35/5
z = 7

Question 22.
40 = 4y
Answer: 10

Explanation:
Given the equation
40 = 4y
40/4 = y
y = 10

Question 23.
42 = 7k
Answer: 6

Explanation:
Given the equation
42 = 7k
7k = 42
k = 42/7

Question 24.
7x = 105
Answer: 15

Explanation:
Given the equation
7x = 105
x = 105/7
x = 15

Question 25.
75 = 6 . w
Answer: 12.5

Explanation:
Given the equation
75 = 6 . w
w = 75/6
w = 12.5

Question 26.
13 = d ÷ 6
Answer: 78

Explanation:
Given the equation
13 = d ÷ 6
d = 13 × 6
d = 78

Question 27.
9 = v ÷ 5
Answer: 45

Explanation:
Given the equation
9 = v ÷ 5
v = 9 × 5
v = 45

Question 28.
\(\frac{5d}{9}\) = 10
Answer: 18

Explanation:
Given the equation
\(\frac{5d}{9}\) = 10
5d = 10 × 9
5d = 90
d = 18

Question 29.
\(\frac{3}{5}\) = 4m
Answer: 0.15

Explanation:
Given the equation
\(\frac{3}{5}\) = 4m
3 = 4m × 5
20m = 3
m = 3/20
m = 0.15

Question 30.
136 = 17b
Answer: 19.4

Explanation:
Given the equation
136 = 17b
b = 136/17
b = 19.4

Question 31.
\(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)k
Answer: 2.6

Explanation:
Given the equation
\(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)k
k = \(\frac{8}{3}\)
k = 2.6

Question 32.
\(\frac{2c}{15}\) = 8.8
Answer: 66

Explanation:
Given the equation
\(\frac{2c}{15}\) = 8.8
2c = 8.8 × 15
2c = 132
c = 132/2
c = 66

Question 33.
7b ÷ 12 = 4.2
Answer: 7.2

Explanation:
Given the equation
7b ÷ 12 = 4.2
7b = 4.2 × 12
b = 7.2

Question 34.
12.5 . n = 32
Answer: 2.56

Explanation:
Given the equation
12.5 . n = 32
n = 32/12.5
n = 2.56

Question 35.
3.4 m = 20.4
Answer: m = 6

Explanation:
Given the equation
3.4 m = 20.4
m = 20.4/3.4
m = 6

Question 36.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend solves the equation x ÷ 4 =28. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.3 8
Answer: Your friend is correct

Explanation:
Your friend solves the equation x ÷ 4 =28.
x ÷ 4 = 28
x = 28/4
x = 7

Question 37.
ANOTHER WAY
Show how you can solve the equation 3x = 9 by multiplying each side by the reciprocal of 3.
Answer:
3x = 9
x = 9 × 1/3
x = 3

Question 38.
MODELING REAL LIFE
Forty-five basketball players participate in a three-on-three tournament. Write and solve an equation to find the number of three-person teams in the tournament.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.3 9
Answer: 15

Explanation:
Let the number of teams be x
x × 3 = 45
x = 45/3
x = 15

Question 39.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A theater has 1200 seats. Each row has 20 seats. Write and solve an equation to find the number of rows in the theater.
Answer:
Given,
A theater has 1200 seats. Each row has 20 seats.
Let x be the number of rows.
1200 = 20 × x
x = 1200/20
x = 60

GEOMETRY Solve for x. Check your answer.
Question 40.
Area = 45 square units
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.3 11
Answer:
l = x
w = 5
Area = 45 square units
We know that,
Area of the Rectangle = l × w
45 = x × 5
x = 45/5
x = 9 units

Question 41.
Area = 176 square units
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.3 12
Answer:
a = 16
Area = 176 square units
We know that,
Area of the square = a × a
176 = 16 × x
x = 16

Question 42.
LOGIC
Ona test, you earn 92% of the possible points by correctly answering 6 five-point questions and 8 two-point questions. How many points p is the test worth?
Answer:
Given,
Ona test, you earn 92% of the possible points by correctly answering 6 five-point questions and 8 two-point questions.
(6 × 5) + (8 × 2) = 46
92 × 1/100 = 46
0.92x = 46
x = 46/0.92
x = 50

Question 43.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You use index cards to play a homemade game. The object is to be the first to get rid of all your cards. How many cards are in your friend’s stack?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.3 13
Answer:
The number of cards in your friend’s stack divided by the height of your’s friends stack equals the number of cards in your stack divided by the height of your stack.
x = the number of cards in your friend’s stack
x ÷ 5 = 48 ÷ 12
x ÷ 5 = 4
x = 4 × 5
x = 20

Question 44.
DIG DEEPER!
A slush drink machine fills 1440 cups in 24 hours.
a. Find the number c of cups each symbol represents.
b. To lower costs, you replace the cups with paper cones that hold 20% less. Find the number n of paper cones that the machine can fill in 24 hours.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.3 14
Answer:
The number of symbols times the number of cups per symbol equals the total number of cups filled.
C = The number of cups filled
30 × c = 1440
c = 1440/30
c = 48

Question 45.
NUMBER SENSE
The area of the picture is 100 square inches. The length is 4 times the width. Find the length and width of the picture.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.3 15
Answer:
Given,
The area of the picture is 100 square inches.
The length is 4 times the width.
We know that,
Area of Rectangle = l × w
100 sq. in = 4w × w
100 = 4w²
w = √25 = 5
L = 4w
L = 4 × 5
L = 20

Lesson 6.4 Writing Equations in Two Variables

EXPLORATION 1

Writing Equations in Two Variables
Work with a partner. section 3.4 Exploration 1, you used a ratio table to create a graph for an airplane traveling 300 miles per hour. Below is one possible ratio table and graph.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.4 1
a. Describe the relationship between the two quantities. Which quantity depends on the other quantity?

Answer: By seeing the above graph we can say that miles depend on hours (time).

b. Use variables to write an equation that represents the relationship between the time and the distance. What can you do with this equation? Provide an example.
c. Suppose the airplane is 1500 miles away from its destination. Write an equation that represents the relationship between time and distance from the destination. How can you represent this relationship using a graph?
Answer: The relationship between distance and time is distance is inversely proportional to the time.
5x = 1500

An equation in two variables represents two quantities that change in relationship to one another. A solution of an equation in two variables is an ordered pair that makes the equation true.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.4 4

Try It

Tell whether the ordered pair is a solution of the equation.
Question 1.
y = 7x, (2, 21)
Answer: No

Explanation:
Given the equation y = 7x
y = 7 × 2
y = 14
21 ≠ 14
The ordered pair is not the solution.

Question 2.
y = 5x + 1; (3, 16)
Answer: Yes

Explanation:
Given the equation y = 5x + 1
y = 5 × 3 + 1
y = 15 + 1
y = 16
The ordered pair is the solution.

Question 3.
The equation y = 10x + 25 represents the amount y(in dollars) in your savings account after x weeks. Identify the independent and dependent variables. How much is in your savings account after 8 weeks?
Answer:
Because the amount y remaining depends on the number x weeks.
Y is the dependent variable
X is the independent variable
y = 10x + 25
After 8 weeks x = 8
y = 10 (8) + 25
y = 80 + 25
y = 105

Graph the equation.
Question 4.
y = 3x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations img_2
When x = 0
y = 3(0) = 0
A(x,y) = (0,0)
When x = 1
y = 3(1) = 3
B(x,y) = (3, 1)
When x = 2
y = 3(2) = 6
C(x,y) = (6, 2)
When x = 3
y = 3(3) = 9
D(x,y) = (9, 3)

Question 5.
y = 4x + 1
Answer:
y = 4x + 1
When x = 0
y = 4(0) + 1
y = 1
When x = 1
y = 4(1) + 1
y = 5
When x = 2
y = 4(2) + 1
y = 9
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations img_3

Question 6.
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 2
Answer:
Given,
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 2
when x = 0
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)0 + 2
y = 2
when x = 1
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)1 + 2
y = 2\(\frac{1}{2}\)
y = 2.5
when x = 2
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)2 + 2
y = 1 + 2
y = 3
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations img_4

Question 7.
It costs $25 to rent a kayak plus $8 for each hour. Write and graph an equation that represents the total cost (in dollars) of renting the kayak.
Answer:
Given,
It costs $25 to rent a kayak plus $8 for each hour.
y = 8x + 25

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 8.
WRITING
Describe the difference between independent variables and dependent variables.
Answer:
The independent variable is the cause. Its value is independent of other variables in your study. The dependent variable is the effect. Its value depends on changes in the independent variable.

IDENTIFYING SOLUTIONS Tell whether the ordered pair is a solution of the equation.
Question 9.
y = 3x + 8; (4, 20)
Answer:
Given the equation
y = 3x + 8
x = 4
y = 20
20 = 3(4) 8
20 = 12 + 8
20 = 20
The above equation is the solution.

Question 10.
y = 6x – 14; (7, 29)
Answer:
Given the equation
y = 6x – 14
29 = 6(7) – 14
29 = 42 – 14
29 ≠ 28
The above equation is not the solution.

Question 11.
PRECISION
Explain how to graph an equation in two variables.
Answer:

  • Find three points whose coordinates are solutions to the equation. Organize them in a table.
  • Plot the points in a rectangular coordinate system. Check that the points line up. …
  • Draw the line through the three points. Extend the line to fill the grid and put arrows on both ends of the line.

Question 12.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which one does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.4 5
Answer: n = 4n – 6 does not belong to the other three equations because we can take n has common and we can solve the equation.
Remaining there is not possible to solve the equation.

Question 13.
A sky lantern rises at an average speed of 8 feet per second. Write and graph an equation that represents the relationship between the time and the distance risen. How long does it take the lantern to rise 100 feet?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.4 6
Answer:
Given,
A sky lantern rises at an average speed of 8 feet per second.
the lantern to rise 100 feet = ?
8 feets = 1 sec
100 feets = 8 × x
x = 100/8
x = 12.5 sec

Question 14.
You and a friend start biking in opposite directions from the same point. You travel 108 feet every 8 seconds. Your friend travels 63 feet every 6 seconds. How far apart are you and your friend after 15 minutes?
Answer:
Given,
You and a friend start biking in opposite directions from the same point.
You travel 108 feet every 8 seconds. Your friend travels 63 feet every 6 seconds.
Your distance Y,
Y = 108ft/8 seconds × 60 sec/min × 15 min × 1mile/5280 ft
H is determined similarly
Total distance apart in miles = Y + H
You have only 36 minutes while he travels for all 40.

Writing Equations in Two Variables Homework & Practice 6.4

Review & Refresh
Solve the equation.
Question 1.
4x = 36
Answer: 9

Explanation:
Given the equation 4x = 36
x = 36/4
x = 9

Question 2.
\(\frac{x}{8}\) = 5
Answer: 40

Explanation:
Given the equation \(\frac{x}{8}\) = 5
x = 5 × 8
x = 40

Question 3.
\(\frac{4x}{3}\) = 8
Answer: 6

Explanation:
Given the equation \(\frac{4x}{3}\) = 8
4x = 8 × 3
4x = 24
x = 24/4
x = 6

Question 4.
\(\frac{2}{5}\)x = 6
Answer: 15

Explanation:
Given the equation \(\frac{2}{5}\)x = 6
2x = 5 × 6
2x = 30
x = 30/2
x = 15

Divide. Write the answer in simplest form.
Question 5.
3\(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ \(\frac{4}{5}\)
Answer: 4 \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Explanation:
Convert any mixed numbers to fractions.
Then your initial equation becomes:
3\(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{7}{2}\)
\(\frac{7}{2}\) × \(\frac{5}{4}\)
= \(\frac{35}{8}\)
Now convert the improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{35}{8}\) = 4 \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Question 6.
7 ÷ 5\(\frac{1}{4}\)
Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
Convert any mixed numbers to fractions.
Then your initial equation becomes:
7 ÷ 5\(\frac{1}{4}\)
5\(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{21}{4}\)
\(\frac{7}{1}\) ÷ \(\frac{21}{4}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 7.
\(\frac{3}{11}\) ÷ 1\(\frac{1}{8}\)
Answer: \(\frac{8}{33}\)

Explanation:
Convert any mixed numbers to fractions.
Then your initial equation becomes:
\(\frac{3}{11}\) ÷ 1\(\frac{1}{8}\)
1\(\frac{1}{8}\) = \(\frac{9}{8}\)
\(\frac{3}{11}\) ÷ \(\frac{9}{8}\) = \(\frac{8}{33}\)

Question 8.
7\(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ 1\(\frac{1}{3}\)
Answer: 5 \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Explanation:
Convert any mixed numbers to fractions.
Then your initial equation becomes:
7\(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{15}{2}\)
1\(\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{4}{3}\)
\(\frac{15}{2}\) ÷ \(\frac{4}{3}\) = \(\frac{45}{8}\)
Now convert the improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{45}{8}\) = 5 \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Question 9.
Find the area of the carpet tile. Then find the area covered by120 carpet tiles.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.4 7
Answer:
a = 16 in
Area of the square = a × a
A = 16 in × 16 in
A = 256 sq. in
Now we have to find the area covered by120 carpet tiles.
120 × 256 = 30720

Copy and complete the statement. Round to the nearest hundredth if necessary.
Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.4 8
Answer: 800

Explanation:
convert from meters to centimeters
1 m = 100 cm
8 m = 8 × 100 cm = 800 cm
Thus 8m = 800cm

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.4 9
Answer:
Explanation:
Convert from ounces to pounds
88 oz = 5.5 pounds

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.4 10
Answer: 709 mL

Explanation:
Convert from cups to milliliters
1 cup = 236.588 mL
3 cups = 709 mL

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.4 11
Answer: 9.321 mi

Explanation:
Convert from km to miles
1 km = 0.621 mi
15 km = 15 × 0.621 mi
15 km = 9.321 miles

Divide.
Question 14.
\(\sqrt [ 6 ]{ 34.8 } \)
Answer: 6th root of 34.8 is 1.806

Question 15.
\(\sqrt [ 4 ]{ 12.8 } \)
Answer: 4th root of 12.8 is 1.891

Question 16.
45.92 ÷ 2.8
Answer: 16.2

Explanation:
Multiplying two decimal numbers
45.92 ÷ 2.8 = 16.2

Question 17.
39.525 ÷ 4.25
Answer: 9.3

Explanation:
Multiplying two decimal numbers
39.525 ÷ 4.25 = 9.3

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving

WRITING EQUATIONS Use variables to write an equation that represents the relationship between the time and the distance. (See Exploration 1, p. 265.)
Question 18.
An eagle flies 40 miles per hour.
Answer:
y = distance, x = time, rate = 40 miles per minute
distance = rate . time
y = 40 . x

Question 19.
A person runs 175 yards per minute.
Answer:
y = distance, x = time, rate = 175 yards per minute
distance = rate . time
so y = 175 . x

IDENTIFYING SOLUTIONS Tell whether the ordered pair is a solution of the equation.
Question 20.
y = 4x; (0, 4)
Answer:
x = 0
y = 4
4 = 4(0)
4 ≠ 0
The ordered pair is not a solution of the equation.

Question 21.
y = 3x; (2, 6)
Answer:
x = 2
y = 6
y = 3x
6 = 3(2)
6 = 6
The ordered pair is a solution of the equation.

Question 22.
y = 5x – 10; (3, 5)
Answer:
x = 3
y = 5
y = 5x – 10
5 = 5(3) – 10
5 = 15 – 10
5 = 5
The ordered pair is a solution of the equation.

Question 23.
y = x + 7; (1, 6)
Answer:
x = 1
y = 6
y = x + 7
6 = 1 + 7
6 ≠ 8
The ordered pair is not a solution of the equation.

Question 24.
y = x + 4; (2, 4)
Answer:
x = 2
y = 4
4 = 2 + 4
4 ≠ 6
The ordered pair is not a solution of the equation.

Question 25.
y = x – 5; (6, 11)
Answer:
x = 6
y = 11
11 = 6 – 5
11 ≠ 1
The ordered pair is not a solution of the equation.

Question 26.
y = 6x + 1; (2, 13)
Answer:
x = 2
y = 13
13 = 6(2) + 1
13 = 12 + 1
13 = 13
The ordered pair is a solution of the equation.

Question 27.
y = 7x + 2; (2, 0)
Answer:
x = 2
y = 0
0 = 7(2) + 2
0 = 14 + 2
0 ≠ 16
The ordered pair is not a solution of the equation.

Question 28.
y = 2x – 3; (4, 5)
Answer:
x = 4
y = 5
y = 2x – 3
5 = 2(4) – 3
5 = 8 – 3
5 = 5
The ordered pair is a solution of the equation.

Question 29.
y = 3x – 3; (1, 0)
Answer:
x = 1
y = 0
y = 3x – 3
0 = 3(1) – 3
0 = 3 – 3
0 = 0
The ordered pair is a solution of the equation.

Question 30.
7 = y – 5x; (4, 28)
Answer:
x = 4
y = 28
7 = y – 5x
7 = 28 – 5(4)
7 = 28 – 20
7 ≠ 8
The ordered pair is not a solution of the equation.

Question 31.
y + 3 = 6x; (3, 15)
Answer:
x = 3
y = 15
y + 3 = 6x
15 + 3 = 6(3)
18 = 18
The ordered pair is a solution of the equation.

Question 32.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend determines whether (5, 1) is a solution of y = 3x + 2. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.4 12
Answer:
x = 5
y = 1
y = 3x + 2
1 = 3(5) + 2
1 = 15 + 2
1 ≠ 17
Your friend is correct.

IDENTIFYING VARIABLES Identify the independent and dependent variables.
Question 33.
The equation A = 25w represents the area A (in square feet) of a rectangular dance floor with a width of w feet.
Answer:
The area of the dance floor (A) depends on the dance floor
A is the dependent variable
and w is the independent variable

Question 34.
The equation c= 0.09s represents the amount c(in dollars) of commission a salesperson receives for making a sale of s dollars.
Answer:
The commissioner a salesperson receives (c) depends on the sales the salesperson makes
c is dependent variable
s is independent variable

Question 35.
The equation t = 12p+ 12 represents the total cost t (in dollars) of a meal with a tip of p percent (in decimal form).
Answer:
The total cost of a meal depends on the tip of percent
the dependent variable is t
the independent variable is p

Question 36.
The equation h = 60 − 4m represents the height h(in inches) of the water in a tank m minutes after it starts to drain.
Answer:
The height of the water (h) depends on the minutes the tank has been draining
the dependent variable is h
the independent variable is m

OPEN-ENDED Complete the table by describing possible independent or dependent variables.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.4 24
Answer:
37. Independent variable:
The grade you receive on the test dependent variable
38. Independent variable:
The time you reach your destination dependent variable.
39. Dependent variable:
The amount of minutes used to talk independent variable.
40. Dependent variable:
The number of hours you work independent variable.

GRAPHING EQUATIONS Graph the equation.
Question 41.
y = 2x
Answer:
Given,
y = 2x
when x = 0
y = 2(0)
y = 0
when x = 1
y = 2(1)
y = 2
when x = 2
y = 2(2)
y = 4
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations img_5

Question 42.
y = 5x
Answer:
Given,
y = 5x
when x = 0
y = 5(0)
y = 0
when x = 1
y = 5(1)
y = 5
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations img_6

Question 43.
y = 6x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations img_7

Question 44.
y = x + 2
Answer:
Given
y = x + 2
when x = 0
y = 0 + 2
y = 2
(x, y) = (0,2)
when x = 1
y = 1 + 2
y = 3
(x, y) = (1,3)
when x = 2
y = 2 + 2
y = 4
(x, y) = (2,4)
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations img_8

Question 45.
y = x + 0.5
Answer:
Given,
y = x + 0.5
when x = 0
y = 0 + 0.5
y = 0.5
when x = 1
y = 1 + 0.5
y = 1.5
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations img_9

Question 46.
y = x + 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations img_10

Question 47.
y = x + 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations img_11

Question 48.
y = 3x + 2
Answer:
Given,
y = 3x + 2
when x = 0
y = 3(0) + 2
y = 0 + 2
y = 2
(x,y) = (0,2)
when x = 1
y = 3(1) + 2
y = 3 + 2
y = 5
(x,y) = (1,5)
when x = 2
y = 3(2) + 2
y = 6 + 2
y = 8
(x,y) = (2,8)
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations img_12

Question 49.
y = 2x + 4
Answer:
Given,
y = 2x + 4
when x = 0
y = 2x + 4
y = 2(0) + 4
y = 0 + 4
y = 4
when x = 1
y = 2x + 4
y = 2(1) + 4
y = 2 + 4
y = 6
when x = 2
y = 2x + 4
y = 2(2) + 4
y = 4 + 4
y = 8
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations img_13

Question 50.
y = \(\frac{2}{3}\)x + 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations img_16

Question 51.
y = \(\frac{1}{4}\)x + 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations img_15

Question 52.
y = 2.5x + 12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations img_14

Question 53.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A cheese pizza costs $5. Additional toppings cost $1.50 each. Write and graph an equation that represents the total cost (in dollars) of a pizza.
Answer:
Let x be the total cost of pizza
let x be the number of toppings
Total cost equals the cost of cheese pizza plus the cost of additional toppings times the number of toppings
The equation would be x = 5 + 1.50t
Table & Graph:
Number of toppings                 Total cost, x = 5 + 1.50 t                 Ordered pairs (t, x)

1                                                                6                                           (1, 6.50)
2                                                                9                                           (2, 8)
3                                                                9                                           (3, 9.50)
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations img_1

Question 54.
MODELING REAL LIFE
It costs $35 for a membership at a wholesale store. The monthly fee is $15. Write and graph an equation that represents the total cost (in dollars) of a membership.
Answer:
The equation is y = 35 + 25x
Table & Graph:
Number of months(x)                 Total cost, y = 35 + 25x                 Ordered pairs (t, x)

1                                                                60                                           (1, 60)
2                                                                85                                           (2, 85)
3                                                                110                                           (3, 110)

Question 55.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The maximum size of a text message is 160 characters. A space counts as one character.
a. Write an equation that represents the number of remaining (unused) characters in a text message as you type.
b. Identify the independent and dependent variables.
c. How many characters remain in the message shown?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.4 14
Answer:
x = the number of characters used
y = the number of characters unused
The equation would be y = 160 – x
The number of unused characters (y) depends on the number of used character (x)
The dependent variable is y
The Independent variable is x
Including space and punctuation, 15 characters were used
y = 160 – x
y = 160 – 15
y = 145

Question 56.
CHOOSE TOOLS
A car averages 60 miles per hour on a road trip. Use a graph to represent the relationship between the time and the distance traveled.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations img_17

PRECISION Write and graph an equation that represents the relationship between the time and the distance traveled.
Question 57.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.4 15
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Ch 6 Answer Key img_16

Question 58.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.4 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Ch 6 Answer Key img_17

Question 59.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.4 17
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Ch 6 Answer Key img_18

Question 60.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.4 18
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Ch 6 Answer Key img_19

IDENTIFYING SOLUTIONS Fill in the blank so that the ordered pair is a solution of the equation.
Question 61.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.4 19
Answer:
y = 8x + 3
x = 1
y = 8(1) + 3
y = 11
Thus the ordered pair (1, 11)

Question 62.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.4 20
Answer:
y = 12x + 2
y = 14
14 = 12x + 2
14 – 2 = 12x
12 = 12x
x = 1
Thus the ordered pair (1, 14)

Question 63.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.4 21
Answer:
y = 9x + 4
y = 22
22 = 9x + 4
22 – 4 = 9x
9x = 18
x = 2

Question 64.
DIG DEEPER!
Can the dependent variable cause a change in the independent variable? Explain.
Answer:
Just like an independent variable, a dependent variable is exactly what it sounds like. It is something that depends on other factors.

Question 65.
OPEN-ENDED
Write an equation that has (3, 4) as a solution.
Answer:
Standard form linear equation
ax + by = c
When a, b and c are constants
We want to make two equations that
i. have that form
ii. do not have all the same solutions and
iii. (3, 4) is a solution to both
a(3) + b(4) = c
3a + 4b = c

Question 66.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You walk 5 city blocks in 12 minutes. How many city blocks can you walk in 2 hours?
Answer:
Given,
You walk 5 city blocks in 12 minutes.
12 min = 5 city
2 hours = 120 minutes
120 minutes = 300 minutes

Question 67.
GEOMETRY
How fast should the ant walk to go around the rectangle in 4 minutes?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.4 22
Answer:
First find the perimeter of the rectangle
P = 2L + 2W
P = 2(16) + 2(12)
P = 32 + 24 = 56 in
r = d/t
r = 56/4
r = 14 in/min

Question 68.
MODELING REAL LIFE
To estimate how far you are from lightning (in miles), count the number of seconds between a lightning flash and the thunder that follows. Then divide the number of seconds by 5. Use two different methods to find the number of seconds between a lightning flash and the thunder that follows when a storm is 2.4 miles away.
Answer:
If you count the number of seconds between the flash of lightning and the sound of thunder, and then divide by 5, you’ll get the distance in miles to the lightning: 5 seconds = 1 mile, 15 seconds = 3 miles, 0 seconds = very close.

Question 69.
REASONING
The graph represents the cost c (in dollars) of buying n tickets to a baseball game.
a. Should the points be connected with a line to show all the solutions? Explain your reasoning.
b. Write an equation that represents the graph.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations 6.4 23
Answer: y = 5x + 0.5

Equations Connecting Concepts

Using the Problem-Solving Plan
Question 1.
A tornado forms 12.25 miles from a weather station. It travels away from the station at an average speed of 440 yards per minute. How far from the station is the tornado after 30 minutes?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations cc 1
Understand the problem.
You know the initial distance between the tornado and the station, and the average speed the tornado is traveling away from the station. You are asked to determine how far the tornado is from the station after 30 minutes.

Make a plan.
First, convert the average speed to miles per minute. Then write an equation that represents the distance d (in miles) between the tornado and the station after t minutes. Use the equation to find the value of d when t = 30.

Solve and check.
Use the plan to solve the problem. Then check your solution.
Answer:
440 × 30 = 13200

Question 2.
You buy 96 cans of soup to donate to a food bank. The store manager discounts the cost of each case for a total discount of $40. Use an equation in two variables to find the discount for each case of soup. What is the total cost when each can of soup originally costs $1.20?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations cc 2
Answer:
Given,
You buy 96 cans of soup to donate to a food bank.
The store manager discounts the cost of each case for a total discount of $40.
1 case = 12 cans
x = 96 cans
96 = 12 × x
x = 96/12
x = 8
8 cases
8 × $40 = $320
8 × $1.20 = $9.6

Question 3.
The diagram shows the initial amount raised by an organization for cancer research. A business agrees to donate $2 for every $5 donated by the community during an additional fundraising event. Write an equation that represents the total amount raised (in dollars). How much money does the community need to donate for the organization to reach its fundraising goal?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations cc 3

Answer: 13,000 – 8000 = 5,000

Performance Task

Planning the Climb
At the beginning of this chapter, you watched a STEAM video called “Rock Climbing.” You are now ready to complete the performance task related to this video, available at BigIdeasMath.com. Be sure to use the problem-solving plan as you work through the performance task.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations cc 4

Equations Chapter Review

Review Vocabulary

Write the definition and give an example of each vocabulary term.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations cr 1

Graphic Organizers

You can use an Example and Non-Example Chart to list examples and non-examples of a concept. Here is an Example and Non-Example Chart for the vocabulary term equation.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations cr 2

Choose and complete a graphic organizer to help you study the concept.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations cr 3
1. inverse operations
2. solving equations using addition or subtraction
3. solving equations using multiplication or division
4. equations in two variables
5. independent variables
6. dependent variables

Chapter Self-Assessment

As you complete the exercises, use the scale below to rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations crr 1

6.1 Writing Equations in One Variable (pp. 245–250)
Learning Target: Write equations in one variable and write equations that represent real-life problems.

Write the word sentence as an equation.
Question 1.
The product of a number m and 2 is 8.
Answer: m × 2 = 8

Explanation:
We have to write the word sentence in the equation.
The phrase product indicates ‘×’
The equation would be m × 2 = 8

Question 2.
6 less than a number t is 7.
Answer: 6 – t = 7

Explanation:
We have to write the word sentence in the equation.
The phrase less than indicates ‘-‘
The equation would be 6 – t = 7

Question 3.
A number m increased by 5 is 7.
Answer: m + 5 = 7

Explanation:
We have to write the word sentence in the equation.
The phrase increased indicates ‘+’
The equation would be m + 5 = 7

Question 4.
8 is the quotient of a number g and 3.
Answer: g ÷ 3 = 8

Explanation:
We have to write the word sentence in the equation.
The phrase quotient indicates ‘÷’
The equation would be g ÷ 3 = 8

Question 5.
The height of the 50-milliliter beaker is one-third the height of the 2000-milliliter beaker. Write an equation you can use to find the height (in centimeters) of the 2000-milliliter beaker.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations crr 5
Answer: y = 3x

Explanation:
Given,
The height of the 50-milliliter beaker is one-third the height of the 2000-milliliter beaker.
Let the height of 2000 ml beaker = x
Given,
Height of 50 ml beaker, y = 1/3 of x
The equation to find the height of the 2000 ml beaker will be
y = 3x
which means the height of the 2000 ml beaker is three times the height of the 500 ml beaker.
Therefore, the equation is y = 3x.

Question 6.
There are 16 teams in a basketball tournament. After two rounds, 12 teams are eliminated. Write and solve an equation to find the number of teams remaining after two rounds.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations crr 6
Answer:
Given,
There are 16 teams in a basketball tournament. After two rounds, 12 teams are eliminated.
x = 16
y = 12
Number of teams remaining after two rounds = z
z = x – y
z = 16 – 12
z = 4

Question 7.
Write an equation that has a solution of x = 8.
Answer: 4x = 32

Question 8.
Write a word sentence for the equation y + 3 = 5.
Answer: The sum of the numbers y and 3 is 5.

6.2 Solving Equations Using Addition or Subtraction (pp. 251–258)
Learning Target: Write and solve equations using addition or subtraction.

Question 9.
Tell whether x = 7 is a solution of x + 9 = 16.
Answer: Yes

Explanation:
Given the equation
x + 9 = 16
x = 16 – 9
x = 7

Solve the equation. Check your solution.
Question 10.
x – 1 = 8
Answer: 9

Explanation:
Given the equation
x – 1 = 8
x = 8 + 1
x = 9

Question 11.
m + 7 = 11
Answer: 4

Explanation:
Given the equation
m + 7 = 11
m = 11 – 7
m = 4

Question 12.
21 = p – 12
Answer: 33

Explanation:
Given the equation
21 = p – 12
p – 12 = 21
p = 21 + 12
p = 33

Write the word sentence as an equation. Then solve the equation.
Question 13.
5 more than a number x is 9.
Answer: 5 + x = 9

Explanation:
We have to write the word sentence as an equation
The phrase more than indicates ‘+’
Thus the equation would be 5 + x = 9

Question 14.
82 is the difference of a number b and 24.
Answer: b – 24 = 82

Explanation:
We have to write the word sentence as an equation
The phrase difference indicates ‘-‘
Thus the equation would be b – 24 = 82

Question 15.
A stuntman is running on the roof of a train. His combined speed is the sum of the speed of the train and his running speed. The combined speed is 73 miles per hour, and his running speed is 15 miles per hour. Find the speed of the train.
Answer:
Given,
A stuntman is running on the roof of a train. His combined speed is the sum of the speed of the train and his running speed.
The combined speed is 73 miles per hour, and his running speed is 15 miles per hour.
Speed of the train = ?
Z =  x – y
z = 73 – 15
z = 58

Question 16.
Before swallowing a large rodent, a python weighs 152 pounds. After swallowing the rodent, the python weighs 164 pounds. Find the weight of the rodent.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations crr 16
Answer:
Given that,
Before swallowing a large rodent, a python weighs 152 pounds.
After swallowing the rodent, the python weighs 164 pounds.
164 – 152 = 12 pounds

6.3 Solving Equations Using Multiplication or Division (pp. 259–264)
Learning Target: Write and solve equations using multiplication or division.

Solve the equation. Check your solution.
Question 17.
6 . q = 54
Answer: 9

Explanation:
Given the equation
6 . q = 54
q = 54/6
q = 9

Question 18.
k ÷ 3 = 21
Answer: 63

Explanation:
Given the equation
k ÷ 3 = 21
k = 21 × 3
k = 63

Question 19.
\(\frac{5}{7}\)a = 25
Answer: 35

Explanation:
Given the equation
\(\frac{5}{7}\)a = 25
5a = 7 × 25
a = 7 × 5
a = 35

Question 20.
The weight of an object on the Moon is about 16.5% of its weight on Earth. The weight of an astronaut on the Moon is 24.75 pounds. How much does the astronaut weigh on Earth?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations crr 20
Answer: 150 pounds

Explanation:
Given,
The weight of an object on the Moon is about 16.5% of its weight on Earth.
The weight of an astronaut on the Moon is 24.75 pounds.
Let the astronaut weight on Earth be represented by x.
Based on the information given in the question, thus can be formed into an equation as:
16.5% of x = 24.75
16.5% × x = 24.75
16.5/100 × x = 24.75
0.165x = 24.75
x = 24.75/0.165
x = 150 pounds
The astronaut weighs 150 pounds on Earth.

Question 21.
Write an equation that can be solved using multiplication and has a solution of x = 12.
Answer: 3x = 36

Question 22.
At a farmers’ market, you buy 4 pounds of tomatoes and 2 pounds of sweet potatoes. You spend 80% of the money in your wallet. How much money is in your wallet before you pay?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations crr 22
Answer: The money in your wallet before you pay is 20 dollars

Explanation:
Cost of 1 pound of tomato = 3 dollars
Therefore,
Cost of 4 pound of tomato = 4 x 3 = 12 dollars
Cost of 4 pound of tomato = 12 dollars
Cost of 1 pound of sweet potatoes = 2 dollars
Therefore,
Cost of 2 pound of sweet potatoes = 2 x 2 = 4 dollars
Cost of 2 pounds of sweet potatoes = 4 dollars
The combined cost spend at the market is:
cost spend at market = Cost of 4 pound of tomato + Cost of 2 pound of sweet potatoes
cost spend at market = 12 + 4 = 16 dollars
You spent 80% of the money in your wallet
Therefore, 80% of the money in your wallet is equal to 16 dollars
Let x be the money in your wallet
Then, we get
80 % of x = 16
80/100 × x = 16
0.8 x = 16
x = 16/0.8
x = 20
Thus money in your wallet before you pay is $20.

6.4 Writing Equations in Two Variables (pp. 265-272)
Learning Target: Write equations in two variables and analyze the relationship between the two quantities.

Tell whether the ordered pair is a solution of the equation.
Question 23.
y = 3x + 1; (2, 7)
Answer:
Given the equation
x = 2
y = 7
7 = 3(2) + 1
7 = 6 + 1
7 = 7
Yes, it is the solution of the equation.

Question 24.
y = 7x – 4; (4, 22)
Answer:
Given the equation
x = 4
y = 22
22 = 7(4) – 4
22 = 28 – 4
22 ≠ 24
No, it is not the solution of the equation.

Question 25.
The equation E = 360m represents the kinetic energy E (in joules) of a roller-coaster car with a mass of m kilograms. Identify the independent and dependent variables.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations crr 25
Answer: E is the dependent variable
m is the independent variable

Graph the equation.
Question 26.
y = x + 1
Answer:
Given,
y = x + 1
when x = 0
y = 0 + 1
y = 1
(x, y)  = (0, 1)
when x = 1
y = 1 + 1
y = 2
(x, y)  = (1, 2)
when x = 2
y = 2 + 1
y = 3
(x, y)  = (2, 3)
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations img_19

Question 27.
y = 7x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations img_20

Question 28.
y = 4x + 3
Answer:

Question 29.
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 5
Answer:
Given,
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 5
when x = 0
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)0+ 5
y = 5
when x = 0
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)1+ 5
y = 5\(\frac{1}{2}\)
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations img_21

Question 30.
A taxi ride costs $3 plus $2.50 per mile. Write and graph an equation that represents the total cost (in dollars) of a taxi ride. What is the total cost of a five-mile taxi ride?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations crr 30
Answer:
Given,
A taxi ride costs $3 plus $2.50 per mile.
5 × 2.50 = $25.50

Question 31.
Write and graph an equation that represents the total cost (in dollars) of renting the bounce house. How much does it cost to rent the bounce house for 6 hours?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 6 Equations crr 31
Answer:
C= $25 x 6 = $150
25×6=150+100=250

Question 32.
A car averages 50 miles per hour on a trip. Write and graph an equation that represents the relationship between the time and the distance traveled. How long does it take the car to travel 525 miles?
Answer:
Given,
A car averages 50 miles per hour on a trip.
50 miles – 1 hour
525 miles – x
50 × x = 525
x = 525/50
x = 10.50 hours
Thus it takes 10.5 hours to travel 525 miles.

Equations Practice Test

Question 1.
Write “7 times a number is 84” as an equation.
Answer: 7 × n = 84

Explanation:
We have to write the word sentence into the equation
The phrase times indicates ‘×’
Thus the equation would be 7 × n = 84

Solve the equation. Check your solution.
Question 2.
15 = 7 + b
Answer: b = 8

Explanation:
Given,
15 = 7 + b
b = 15 – 7
b = 8

Question 3.
v – 6 = 16
Answer: v = 22

Explanation:
Given,
v – 6 = 16
v = 16 + 6
v = 22

Question 4.
5x = 70
Answer: x = 14

Explanation:
Given,
5x = 70
x = 70/5
x = 14

Question 5.
\(\frac{6m}{7}\) = 30
Answer:
Given,
\(\frac{6m}{7}\) = 30
6m = 30 × 7
6m = 210
m = 210 ÷ 6
m = 35

Question 6.
Tell whether (3, 27) is a solution of y = 9x
Answer: solution

Explanation:
Given,
y = 9x
x = 3
y = 27
27 = 9(3)
27 = 27
Thus the ordered pair is a solution.

Question 7.
Tell whether (8, 36) is a solution of y = 4x + 2.
Answer: not a solution

Explanation:
Given,
y = 4x + 2.
x = 8
y = 36
36 = 4(8) + 2
36 = 32 + 2
36 ≠ 34

Question 8.
The drawbridge shown consists of two identical sections that open to allow boats to pass. Write s an equation you can use to find the length (in feet) of each section of the drawbridge.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 6 Equations pt 8
Answer: 2s = 366ft

Question 9.
Each ticket to a school dance is $4. The total amount collected in ticket sales is $332. Find the number of students attending the dance.
Answer:
Given,
Each ticket to a school dance is $4.
The total amount collected in ticket sales is $332.
The equation would be
4s = 332
s = 83

Question 10.
A soccer team sells T-shirts for a fundraiser. The company that makes the T-shirts charges $10 per shirt plus a $20 shipping fee per order.
a. Write and graph an equation that represents the total cost (in dollars) of ordering the shirts.

Answer:
For this case, the first thing we must do is define variables:
c = total cost
x = x number of shirts.
The equation that adapts to the problem is:
c (x) = 10x + 20

b. Choose an ordered pair that lies on your graph in part(a). Interpret it in the context of the problem.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 6 Equations pt 10
Answer:
Let’s choose the next ordered pair:
(x, c (x)) = (0, 20)
We verify that it is in the graph:
c (20) = 10 (0) + 20
c (20) = 20 (yes, it belongs to the graph).
In the context of the problem, this point means that the cost per shipment is $ 20

Question 11.
You hand in 2 homework pages to your teacher. Your teacher now has 32 homework pages to grade. Find the number of homework pages that your teacher originally had to grade.
Answer:
Given that,
You hand in 2 homework pages to your teacher.
Your teacher now has 32 homework pages to grade.
32 – 2 = 30

Question 12.
Write an equation that represents the total cost (in dollars) of the meal shown with a tip that is a percent of the check total. What is the total cost of the meal when the tip is 15%?
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 6 Equations pt 12
Answer: $41.40

Equations Cumulative Practice

Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 6 Equations cp 1
Question 1.
You buy roses at a flower shop for $3 each. How many roses can you buy with $27?
A. 9
B. 10
C. 24
D. 81
Answer: 9

Explanation:
given,
You buy roses at a flower shop for $3 each.
27/3 = 9
Thus you can buy 9 roses with $27.
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 2.
You are making identical fruit baskets using 16 apples, 24 pears, and 32 bananas. What is the greatest number of baskets you can make using all of the fruit?
F. 2
G. 4
H. 8
I. 16
Answer: 8

Explanation:
Given,
You are making identical fruit baskets using 16 apples, 24 pears, and 32 bananas.
8 baskets
MULTIPLES OF 16, 24, and, 32
16: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16
24: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 24
32: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32

Question 3.
Which equation represents the word sentence?
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 6 Equations cp 3
A. 18 – 5 = 9 – y
B. 18 + 5 = 9 – y
C. 18 + 5 = y – 9
D. 18 – 5 = y – 9
Answer: 18 + 5 = 9 – y

Explanation:
The suitable equation for the above word sentence is
18 + 5 = 9 – y
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 4.
The tape diagram shows the ratio of tickets sold by you and your friend. How many more tickets did you sell than your friend?
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 6 Equations cp 4
F. 6
G. 12
H. 18
I. 30
Answer: 6

Explanation:
Each rectangle = 6
6 × 5 = 30
6 × 2 = 12
30 + 12 = 42
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 5.
What is the value of x that makes the equation true?
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 6 Equations cp 5
59 + x = 112
Answer:
Given the equation
59 + x = 112
x = 112 – 59
x = 53
Thus the value of x that makes the equation true is 53

Question 6.
The steps your friend took to divide two mixed numbers are shown.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 6 Equations cp 6
What should your friend change in order to divide the two mixed numbers correctly?
A. Find a common denominator of 5 and 2.
B. Multiply by the reciprocal of \(\frac{18}{5}\).
C. Multiply by the reciprocal of \(\frac{3}{2}\).
D. Rename 3\(\frac{3}{5}\) as 2\(\frac{8}{5}\).
Answer:  Multiply by the reciprocal of \(\frac{3}{2}\).

Question 7.
A company ordering parts receives a charge of $25 for shipping and handling plus cp$20 per part. Which equation represents the cost (in dollars) of ordering parts?
F. c = 25 + 20p
G. c = 20 + 25p
H. p = 25 + 20c
I. p = 20 + 25c
Answer: c = 25 + 20p

Question 8.
Which property is illustrated by the statement?
5(a + 6) = 5(a) + 5(6)
A. Associative Property of Multiplication
B. Commutative Property of Multiplication
C. Commutative Property of Addition
D. Distributive Property
Answer: Distributive Property

Question 9.
What is the value of the expression?
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 6 Equations cp 5
46.8 ÷ 0.156
Answer:
Divide the two decimal numbers
we get the answer
300

Question 10.
In the mural below, the squares that are painted red are marked with the letter R.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 6 Equations cp 10
What percent of the mural is painted red?
F. 24%
G. 25%
H. 48%
I. 50%
Answer: 48%

Question 11.
Which expression is equivalent to 28x + 70?
A. 14 (2x + 5)
B. 14 (5x + 2)
C. 2 (14x + 5)
D. 14 (7x)
Answer: 14 (2x + 5)

Explanation:
28x + 70
Taking 14 as the common factor
14(2x + 5)
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 12.
What is the first step in evaluating the expression?
3 . (5 + 2)2 ÷ 7
F. Multiply 3 and 5.
G. Add 5 and 2
H. Evaluate 52.
I. Evaluate 22.
Answer: G. Add 5 and 2

Question 13.
Jeff wants to save $4000 to buy a used car. He has already saved $850. He plans to save an additional $150 each week.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 6 Equations cp 13
Part A Write and solve an equation to represent the number of weeks remaining until he can afford the car.
Jeff saves $150 per week by saving \(\frac{3}{4}\) of what he earns at his job each week.
He works 20 hours per week.
Part B Write an equation to represent the amount per hour that Jeff must earn to save $150 per week. Explain your reasoning.
Part C What is the amount per hour that Jeff must earn? Show your work and explain your reasoning.
Answer: 21 weeks

Explanation:
150 × 21 = 3150
3150 + 850 = 4000

Conclusion:

We have tried a lot to prepare the solutions in a simple manner. Hope you are satisfied with the Big Ideas Math Book 6th Grade Answer Key Chapter 6 Equations. If you have any doubts regarding the problems don’t hesitate to post the comments in the below-mentioned comment box. All the Best!!!

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties

Get free step by step solutions to Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties here. The topics covered in Algebraic Expressions and Properties chapter are Algebraic Expressions, Writing Expressions, Properties of Addition and Multiplication, and so on. We have provided solutions for all the problems in an easy manner. Learn the properties with examples on this page. This Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties will help you to enhance your performance in math.

Big Ideas Math Book 6th Grade Answer Key Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties

Quick and simple learning is possible only with our Big Ideas Math Book 6th Grade Solution Key Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties. The concepts of Algebraic Expressions and Properties are well explained by the math experts. We have provided the solutions as per the list of the topics. Just tap the links and start practicing the problems for the exams and score well.

Algebraic Expressions and Properties STEAM Video/Performance

Lesson: 1 Algebraic Expressions

Lesson: 2 Writing Expressions

Lesson: 3 Properties of Addition and Multiplication

Lesson: 4 The Distributive Property

Lesson: 5 Factoring Expressions

Chapter: 5 – Algebraic Expressions and Properties

Algebraic Expressions and Properties STEAM Video/Performance

Shadow Drawings
Expressions can be used to represent the growth of living things over time. Can you think of any other real-life situations in which you would want to use an expression to represent a changing quantity?
Watch the STEAM Video “Shadow Drawings.” Then answer the following questions.

Question 1.
Tory traces the shadow of a plant each week on the same day of the week and at the same time of day. Why does she need to be so careful about the timing of the drawing?

Answer:
Tory traces the shadow of a plant each week on the same day of the week and at the same time of day.
Because she needs to represent the growth of the plant over time. Thus she needs to be very careful about the timing of the drawing.

Question 2.
The table shows the height of the plant each week for the first three weeks. About how tall was the plant after 1.5 weeks? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 1

Answer: 10.5 inches

Explanation:
The above table represents the height of the plant for 3 weeks.
1 week = 7 inches
0.5 week = 7/2 = 3.5 inches
1.5 week = 7 + 3.5 = 10.5 inches

Question 3.
Predict the height of the plant when Tory makes her next three weekly drawings.

Answer: 42 inches (approx)

Explanation:
The height of the plant is increased by 7 inches every week.
The height of the plant is increased to 22 inches for the first three weeks.
7 × 6 = 42 inches
Thus we predict the height of the plant when Tory makes her next three weekly drawings is 42 inches.

Performance Task

Describing Change

After completing this chapter, you will be able to use the concepts you learned to answer the questions in the STEAM Video Performance Task. You will be given data sets for the following real-life situations.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 2
You will be asked to use given data to write expressions and make predictions. Do the expressions provide accurate predictions far into the future?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 3

Getting Ready for Chapter 5

Question 1.
Work with a partner.
a. You baby sit for 3 hours. You receive $24. What is your hourly wage?

  • Write the problem. Underline the important numbers and units you need to solve the problem.
  • Read the problem carefully a second time. Circle the key phrase for the question.
    Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 4
  • Write each important number or phrase, with its units, on a piece of paper. Write +, −, ×, ÷, and = on five other pieces of paper.
    Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 5
  • Arrange the pieces of paper to answer the question, “What is your hourly wage?”
  • Evaluate the expression that represents the hourly wage.
    Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 6

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-6-Chapter-5-Algebraic-Expressions-and-Properties-6
According to the given details, Babysit receives $24 for 3 hours.
3 hours = $24
1 hour = 24/3 = $8
Thus your hourly wage is $8

b. How can you use your hourly wage to find how much you will receive for any number of hours worked?

Answer:
You can multiply by $8 in given any number of hours worked to get the total receive.

Vocabulary

The following vocabulary terms are defined in this chapter. Think about what each term might mean and record your thoughts.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 7

Lesson 5.1 Algebraic Expressions

EXPLORATION 1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 8
Work with a partner. Identify any missing information that is needed to answer each question. Then choose a reasonable quantity and write an expression for each problem. After you have written the expression, evaluate it using mental math or some other method.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 9
a. You receive $24 for washing cars. How much do you earn per hour?

Answer:
Let the number of hours 8.
24 ÷ 8 = 3
Thus you earn $3 per hour.

b. You buy 5 silicone baking molds at a craft store. How much do you spend?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 10

Answer:
Let the cost of each silicone baking molds is $3
5 × $3 = $15
Thus you spend $15 to buy 5 silicone baking molds.
c. You are running in a mud race. How much farther do you have to go after running 2000 feet?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 11

Answer:
You are running a 4500-foot race.
4500 – 2000 = 2500 feet
Thus you have to run 2500 feet more.

d. A rattlesnake is 25 centimeters long when it hatches. The snake grows at a rate of about 1.6 centimeters per month for several months. What is the length of the rattlesnake?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 12

Answer:
Given,
A rattlesnake is 25 centimeters long when it hatches. The snake grows at a rate of about 1.6 centimeters per month for several months.
Let the number of months be m
25 + 1.6m
If months = 12
1.6 × 12 = 19.2 cms
25 + 19.2 = 44.2 centimeters

5.1 Lesson

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 13

An algebraic expression is an expression that may contain numbers, operations, and one or more variables. A variable is a symbol that represents one or more numbers. Each number or variable by itself, or product of numbers and variables in an algebraic expression, is called a term.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 14

Try It

Identify the terms, coefficients, and constants in the expression.

Question 1.
12 + 10c

Answer:
12 – constant
10 – coefficient
c – variable or term
A term without a variable is called a constant.
The numerical factor of a term that contains a variable is called a coefficient.
A variable is a symbol that represents one or more numbers. Each number or variable by itself, or product of numbers and variables in an algebraic expression, is called a term.

Question 2.
15 + 3w + \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Answer:
15 and \(\frac{1}{2}\) – constant
3 – coefficient
w – variable or term
A term without a variable is called a constant.
The numerical factor of a term that contains a variable is called a coefficient.
A variable is a symbol that represents one or more numbers. Each number or variable by itself, or product of numbers and variables in an algebraic expression, is called a term.

Question 3.
z2 + 9z

Answer:
2 – exponent
9 – coefficient
z – variable or term
An exponent is a number or letter written above and to the right of a mathematical expression called the base
The exponent tells us how many times the base is used as a factor
The numerical factor of a term that contains a variable is called a coefficient.
A variable is a symbol that represents one or more numbers. Each number or variable by itself, or product of numbers and variables in an algebraic expression, is called a term.

write the expression using exponents.

Question 4.
j . j . j . j . j . j

Answer:
j raised to the sixth power
An exponent is a number or letter written above and to the right of a mathematical expression called the base
The exponent tells us how many times the base is used as a factor

Question 5.
9 . k . k . k . k . k

Answer:
9 – constant
k raised to the fifth power
An exponent is a number or letter written above and to the right of a mathematical expression called the base
The exponent tells us how many times the base is used as a factor

Question 6.
Evaluate 24 + c when c = 9.

Answer: 33

Explanation:
Given equation
24 + c
and also given c is equal to 9
substitute c value in the equation we get
24 + 9 = 33

Question 7.
Evaluate d − 17 when d = 30.

Answer: 13

Explanation:
Given equation
d – 17
and also given d is equal to 30
substitute d value in the equation we get
30 – 17 = 13

Question 8.
Evaluate 18 ÷ q when q = \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Answer: 36

Explanation:
Given equation
18 ÷ q
and also given q is equal to \(\frac{1}{2}\)
substitute q value in the equation we get
18 ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 36

Evaluate the expression when p = 24 and q = 8.

Question 9.
p ÷ q

Answer:
p = 24
q = 8
p ÷ q
Substitute the value of p and q in the expression
24 ÷ 8 = 3

Question 10.
q + p

Answer:  32

Explanation:
Given,
p = 24
q = 8
q + p
Substitute the value of p and q in the expression
8 + 24 = 32
Hence we get the answer is 32

Question 11.
p – q

Answer: 16

Explanation:
Given,
p = 24
q = 8
p – q
Substitute the value of p and q in the expression
24 – 8 = 16
Hence we get the answer is 16

Question 12.
p . q

Answer: 192

Explanation:
Given,
p = 24
q = 8
p . q
Substitute the value of p and q in the expression
24 . 8  by multiplying 24 with 8 we get 192
Hence  the answer is 192

Evaluate the expression when y = 6.

Question 13.
5y + 1

Answer: 31

Explanation:
Given equation
5y + 1
and also given y = 6
Now substitute 6 in the given equation
5.6 + 1 is
5 multiply with 6 and then add with 1 we get 30 + 1 is 31
hence answer is 31

Question 14.
30 – 24 ÷ y

Answer: 1

Explanation:
Given equation
30 – 24 ÷ y
and also given y = 6
Now substitute 6 in the given equation
30 – 24 ÷ y is
30 – 24 ÷6
6 ÷ 6
six divided by six
we get 1
Hence answer is 1

Question 15.
y2 – 7

Answer: 29

Explanation:
Given equation
y² – 7
and also given y = 6
Now substitute 6 in the given equation
y2 – 7
6² – 7
6 × 6 – 7
36 – 7
29
Hence answer is 29

Question 16.
1.5 + y2

Answer: 37.5

Explanation:
Given equation
1.5 + y²
and also given y = 6
Now substitute 6 in the given equation
1.5 + 6²
1.5 +36
37.5
Hence answer is 37.5

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 17.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which expression does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 15

Answer: The expression 3(4) + 5 does not belong to the other three. Because it does not contain any variable in the expression.

Question 18.
ALGEBRAIC EXPRESSIONS
Identify the terms, coefficients, and constants in the expression 9h + 1.

Answer:
1 – constant
9 – coefficient
h – variable or term
A term without a variable is called a constant.
The numerical factor of a term that contains a variable is called a coefficient.
A variable is a symbol that represents one or more numbers. Each number or variable by itself, or product of numbers and variables in an algebraic expression, is called a term.

EVALUATING EXPRESSIONS
Evaluate the expression when m = 8.

Question 19.
m – 7

Answer: 1
Given equation
m – 7
given m value is 8
Now substitute m value 8  in the given equation we get
m – 7
8 – 7
1
Hence the answer is 1

Question 20.
5m + 4

Answer: 44
Given equation
5m + 4
given m value is 8
Now substitute m value 8  in the given equation we get
5 . 8 + 4
40 + 4
44
Hence the answer is 44

Question 21.
NUMBER SENSE
Does the value of the expression 20 − x increase, decrease, or stay the same as x increases? Explain.

Answer:
When the value of x increases, the value of 20 – x decreases. And when the value of x does not change, 20 – x remains the same. When greater values of x are subtracted from 20, you will have a lower value left. Therefore, as x increases, the value of the expression 20 – x will decrease.

Question 22.
OPEN-ENDED
Write an algebraic expression using more than one operation. When you evaluate the expression, how do you know which operation to perform first?

Answer:
Example  40 – 2(6 – 4)²
40 – 2 (2)²
40 – 2(4)
40 – 8
32

When evaluating an expression, proceed in this order:

parentheses are done first.
exponents are done next.
multiplication and division are done as they are encountered from left to right.
addition and subtraction are done as they are encountered from left to right.

Question 23.
STRUCTURE
Is the expression 8.2 ÷ m . m . m . m the same as the expression 8.2 ÷ m4? Explain your reasoning.

Answer: Yes
An exponent is a number or letter written above and to the right of a mathematical expression called the base
The exponent tells us how many times the base is used as a factor
Hence the expression 8.2 ÷ m . m . m . m the same as the expression 8.2 ÷ m⁴

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 24.
The expression 12.25m + 29.99 gives the cost (in dollars) of a gym membership for m months. You have $180 to spend on a membership. Can you buy a one-year membership?

Answer: Yes.
Given
The expression 12.25m + 29.99
gym membership for m months
You have $180 to spend on a membership
Let’s solve your equation step-by-step.
12.25m+29.99=180
Step 1: Subtract 29.99 from both sides.
12.25m+29.99−29.99=180−29.99
12.25m=150.01
Step 2: Divide both sides by 12.25.
12.25m/12.25=150.01/12.25
m=12.245714
The expression 12.25m + 29.99= 12.25(12.24)+29.99 = 179.93

Question 25.
DIG DEEPER!
The expression p −15 gives the amount (in dollars) you pay after using the coupon when the original amount of a purchase is p dollars. The expression 30 + 6n gives the amount of money (in dollars) you save after n weeks. A jacket costs $78. Can you buy the jacket after 6 weeks? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 16

Answer:
The amount you pay using coupon = p (purchase) -15
so we simply plug in our value into this equation
$78- $15 = $63
so $63 is the amount you pay after using the coupon on an original purchase of $78
n = 6 weeks
30 + 6n
30 + 6(6)
30 + 36 = 66
No, you cannot buy the jacket after 6 weeks.

Algebraic Expressions Homework & Practice 5.1

Review & Refresh

You ask 40 students which of three items from the cafeteria they like the best. You record the results on the piece of paper shown.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 500

Question 1.
What percent of students answered salad?

Answer: 25%

Explanation:
Total number of students = 40
The number of students who like a salad in the Cafeteria food is 10 students
40/10 = 4
The percentage of the students is
(10/40) × 100 = 25%
Thus the percentage of students who answered salad is 25%.

Question 2.
How many students answered pizza?

Answer: 12 students

Explanation:
Total number of students = 40
The number of students who like a salad in the Cafeteria food is 10 students
The number of students who answered pasta is 18
40 – 18 – 10 = 12
Thus the number of students who answered pizza is 12.

Question 3.
What percent of students answered pasta?

Answer: 45%

Explanation:
Total number of students = 40
The number of students who answered pasta is 18
(18/40) × 100 = 45
Thus the percentage of students who answered pasta is 45%

Find the missing quantity in the double number line.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 17

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-6-Chapter-5-Algebraic-Expressions-and-Properties-17
The ratio of 2 and 10 is 1:5
The equivalent ratio of 1:5 is 6:30
So, the missing quantity is 6.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 18

Answer:
Based on the ratios we can find the missing quantity.
The cost of 1 pastry is $2.5
The cost of 9 pastries is $22.5
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-6-Chapter-5-Algebraic-Expressions-and-Properties-18

Divide. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 6.
1\(\frac{3}{8}\) ÷ \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\)
To simplify a fraction, divide the top and bottom by the highest number that
can divide into both numbers exactly.
Simplifying (or reducing) fractions means making the fraction as simple as possible

Question 7.
2\(\frac{7}{9}\) ÷ 2

Answer: \(\frac{7}{9}\)
To simplify a fraction, divide the top and bottom by the highest number that
can divide into both numbers exactly.
Simplifying (or reducing) fractions means making the fraction as simple as possible

Question 8.
4 ÷ 4\(\frac{2}{5}\)

Answer: \(\frac{5}{2}\)
To simplify a fraction, divide the top and bottom by the highest number that
can divide into both numbers exactly.
Simplifying (or reducing) fractions means making the fraction as simple as possible

Question 9.
3\(\frac{2}{3}\) ÷ 1\(\frac{2}{7}\)

Answer: latex]\frac{14}{3}[/latex]
To simplify a fraction, divide the top and bottom by the highest number that
can divide into both numbers exactly.
Simplifying (or reducing) fractions means making the fraction as simple as possible

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

EVALUATING EXPRESSIONS
Write and evaluate an expression for the problem. (See Exploration 1, p. 201.)

Question 10.
The scores on your first two history tests are 82 and 95. By how many points did you improve on your second test?

Answer: 13

Explanation:
The scores on your first two history tests are 82 and 95.
95 – 82 = 13
Thus you have to improve 13 points on your second test.

Question 11.
You buy a hat for $12 and give the cashier a $20 bill. How much change do you receive?

Answer: $8

Explanation:
Given,
You buy a hat for $12 and give the cashier a $20 bill.
20 – 12 = 8
Thus you receive $8 change.

Question 12.
You receive $8 for raking leaves for 2 hours. What is your hourly wage?

Answer: $4

Explanation:
Given,
You receive $8 for raking leaves for 2 hours.
2 hour = $8
1 hour = ?
8/2 = 4
Thus the hourly wage is $4.

Question 13.
Music lessons cost $20 per week. How much do 6 weeks of lessons cost?

Answer: $120

Explanation:
Given,
Music lessons cost $20 per week.
1 week = $20
$20 × 6 = $120
Thus the cost of 6 weeks is $120.

ALGEBRAIC EXPRESSIONS
Identify the terms, coefficients, and constants in the expression.

Question 14.
7h + 3

Answer:
3 – constant
7 – coefficient
h – variable or term
A term without a variable is called a constant.
The numerical factor of a term that contains a variable is called a coefficient.
A variable is a symbol that represents one or more numbers. Each number or variable by itself, or product of numbers and variables in an algebraic expression, is called a term.

Question 15.
g + 12 + 9g

Answer:
12 – constant
9 – coefficient
g – variable or term
A term without a variable is called a constant.
The numerical factor of a term that contains a variable is called a coefficient.
A variable is a symbol that represents one or more numbers. Each number or variable by itself, or product of numbers and variables in an algebraic expression, is called a term.

Question 16.
5c2 + 7d

Answer:
2 – exponent
5 and 7 – coefficient
c and d – variable or term
An exponent is a number or letter written above and to the right of a mathematical expression called the base
The exponent tells us how many times the base is used as a factor
The numerical factor of a term that contains a variable is called a coefficient.
A variable is a symbol that represents one or more numbers. Each number or variable by itself, or product of numbers and variables in an algebraic expression, is called a term.

Question 17.
2m2 + 15 + 2p2

Answer:
15 – constant
2 – exponent
2 – coefficient
m and p – variable or term
A term without a variable is called a constant.
An exponent is a number or letter written above and to the right of a mathematical expression called the base
The exponent tells us how many times the base is used as a factor
The numerical factor of a term that contains a variable is called a coefficient.
A variable is a symbol that represents one or more numbers. Each number or variable by itself, or product of numbers and variables in an algebraic expression, is called a term.

Question 18.
6 + n2 + \(\frac{1}{2}\)d

Answer:
6 – constant
\(\frac{1}{2}\)– exponent
2 – coefficient
n and d – variable or term
A term without a variable is called a constant.
An exponent is a number or letter written above and to the right of a mathematical expression called the base
The exponent tells us how many times the base is used as a factor
The numerical factor of a term that contains a variable is called a coefficient.
A variable is a symbol that represents one or more numbers. Each number or variable by itself, or product of numbers and variables in an algebraic expression, is called a term.

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 19

Answer:
2 – exponent
8 and \(\frac{1}{3}\)– coefficient
x – variable or term
A term without a variable is called a constant.
An exponent is a number or letter written above and to the right of a mathematical expression called the base
The exponent tells us how many times the base is used as a factor
The numerical factor of a term that contains a variable is called a coefficient.
A variable is a symbol that represents one or more numbers. Each number or variable by itself, or product of numbers and variables in an algebraic expression, is called a term.

Question 20.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds the terms, coefficients, and constants in the algebraic expression 2x2y. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 20

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-6-Chapter-5-Algebraic-Expressions-and-Properties-20
A term without a variable is called a constant.
An exponent is a number or letter written above and to the right of a mathematical expression called the base
The exponent tells us how many times the base is used as a factor
The numerical factor of a term that contains a variable is called a coefficient.
A variable is a symbol that represents one or more numbers. Each number or variable by itself, or product of numbers and variables in an algebraic expression, is called a term.

Question 21.
PERIMETER
You can use the expression 2ℓ + 2w to find the perimeter of a rectangle, where ℓ is the length and w is the width.
a. Identify the terms, coefficients, and constants in the expression.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 21

Answer:
Given Expression 2ℓ + 2w
The coefficients of the expression are 2.
terms – l, w
b. Interpret the coefficients of the terms.

Answer: The coefficients of the terms are 2, 2
2 + 2 = 4

USING EXPONENTS
Write the expression using exponents.

Question 22.
b . b . b

Answer:
b raised to the third power
An exponent is a number or letter written above and to the right of a mathematical expression called the base
The exponent tells us how many times the base is used as a factor

Question 23.
g . g . g . g . g

Answer:
g raised to the fifth power
An exponent is a number or letter written above and to the right of a mathematical expression called the base
The exponent tells us how many times the base is used as a factor

Question 24.
8 . w . w . w . w

Answer:
8 – constant
w raised to the fourth power
An exponent is a number or letter written above and to the right of a mathematical expression called the base
The exponent tells us how many times the base is used as a factor

Question 25.
5 . 2 . y . y . y

Answer:
5 and 2 – constant
y raised to the third power
An exponent is a number or letter written above and to the right of a mathematical expression called the base
The exponent tells us how many times the base is used as a factor

Question 26.
a . a . c . c

Answer:
a and c  raised to the two power
An exponent is a number or letter written above and to the right of a mathematical expression called the base
The exponent tells us how many times the base is used as a factor

Question 27.
2 . 1 . x . z . z .z . z

Answer:
2 and 1 – constant
x raised to the 1 power
z raised to the fourth power
An exponent is a number or letter written above and to the right of a mathematical expression called the base
The exponent tells us how many times the base is used as a factor

Question 28.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend writes the product using exponents. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 22

Answer: correct
5  – constant
n  raised to the fourth power
An exponent is a number or letter written above and to the right of a mathematical expression called the base
The exponent tells us how many times the base is used as a factor

Question 29.
AREA
Write an expression using exponents that represents the area of the square.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 23

Answer:
Side = 5d
Area of the square = s × s
A = 5d × 5d
A = 25d²

Question 30.
REASONING
Suppose the man in the St. Ives poem has x wives, each wife has x sacks, each sack has x cats, and each cat has x kits. Write an expression using exponents that represent the total number of kits, cats, sacks, and wives.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 24

Answer:
Suppose the man in the St. Ives poem has x wives, each wife has x sacks, each sack has x cats, and each cat has x kits.
x = 7
7 × 7 × 7 × 7

EVALUATING EXPRESSIONS
Evaluate the expression when a = 3, b = 2, and c = 12.

Question 31.
6 + a

Answer: 9

Explanation:
Given equation
6 + a
given data
a = 3
now substitute given data in the equation we get
6 + 3 = 9
hence the answer is 9

Question 32.
b.5

Answer: 10

Explanation:
Given equation
b.5
given data
b = 2
now substitute given data in the equation we get
2 . 5= 10 (2 multiply by 5)
hence the answer is 10

Question 33.
c – 1

Answer: 11

Explanation:
Given equation
c – 1
given data
c = 12
now substitute given data in the equation we get
12 – 1 = 11
hence the answer is 11

Question 34.
27 ÷ a

Answer: 9

Explanation:
Given equation
27 ÷a
given data
a = 3
now substitute given data in the equation we get
27 ÷ 3 = 9
Hence the answer is 9

Question 35.
12 – b

Answer: 10

Explanation:
Given equation
12 -b
given data
b = 2
now substitute given data in the equation we get
12 – 2 = 10
Hence the answer is 10

Question 36.
c + 5

Answer: 17

Explanation:
Given equation
c + 5
given data
c = 12
now substitute given data in the equation we get
12+ 5 = 17
Hence the answer is 17

Question 37.
2a

Answer: 6

Explanation:
Given equation
2a
given data
a = 3
now substitute given data in the equation we get
2(3) = 6
Hence the answer is 6

Question 38.
c ÷ 6

Answer: 2

Explanation:
Given equation
c ÷ 6
given data
c = 12
now substitute given data in the equation we get
12 ÷ 6 = 2
Hence the answer is 2

Question 39.
a + b

Answer: 5

Explanation:
Given equation
a + b
given data
a = 3, b = 2
now substitute given data in equation we get
3 + 2 = 5
hence the answer is 5

Question 40.
c + a

Answer: 15

Explanation:
Given equation
a + b
given data
a = 3, b = 2
now substitute given data in equation we get
3 + 2 = 5
hence the answer is 5

Question 41.
c – a

Answer: 11

Explanation:
Given equation
c – a
given data
a = 3, c = 12
now substitute given data in equation we get
12 – 3 = 11
hence the answer is 11

Question 42.
a – b

Answer: 1

Explanation:
Given equation
a – b
given data
a = 3, b = 2
now substitute given data in equation we get
3 – 2 = 1
hence the answer is 1

Question 43.
\(\frac{c}{a}\)

Answer: 4

Explanation:
Given equation
\(\frac{c}{a}\)
given data
a = 3, c = 12
now substitute given data in equation we get
\(\frac{12}{3}\) = 4
hence the answer is 4

Question 44.
\(\frac{c}{b}\)

Answer: 6

Explanation:
Given equation
\(\frac{c}{b}\)
given data
b = 2, c = 12
now substitute given data in equation we get
\(\frac{12}{2}\) = 6
hence the answer is 6

Question 45.
b.c

Answer: 24

Explanation:
Given equation
b . a
given data
b = 2, c = 12
now substitute given data in equation we get
2(12) = 24
hence the answer is 24

Question 46.
c(a)

Answer: 36

Explanation:
Given equation
c(a)
given data
a = 3, c = 12
now substitute given data in equation we get
12(3) = 36
hence the answer is 36

Question 47.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You earn 15n dollars for mowing n lawns. How much do you earn for mowing 1 lawn? 7 lawns?

Answer:
Given,
You earn 15n dollars for mowing n lawns.
n = 1
15 × 1 = 15
n = 7
15 × 7 = 105
Thus you earn $15 for mowing 1 lawn and $105 for mowing 7 lawns.

EVALUATING EXPRESSIONS
Copy and complete the table.

Question 48.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 25

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-6-Chapter-5-Algebraic-Expressions-and-Properties-25
Explanation:
Given data from the table
x = 3 ,6, and 9
substitute x values in the given equation x . 8
3(8) = 24
6(8) = 48
9(8) = 72

Question 49.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 26

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-6-Chapter-5-Algebraic-Expressions-and-Properties-26
Explanation:
Given data from the table
x = 2 ,4, and 8
substitute x values in the given equation 64 ÷ x = 24
64 ÷ 2 = 32
64 ÷ 4 = 16
64 ÷ 8 = 8

Question 50.
MODELING REAL LIFE
Due to gravity, an object falls 16t2 feet in t seconds. You drop a rock from a bridge that is 75 feet above the water. Will the rock hit the water in 2 seconds? Explain.

Answer:  No
Given
Due to gravity, an object falls 16t2 feet in t seconds. You drop a rock from a bridge that is 75 feet above the water
d = 16t² (d in ft, t in sec)
Set d = 75 ft and solve for t.
75 = 16t²
t = √(75/16) sec ≅ 2.17 sec
It hits the water in 2.17 sec.

EVALUATING EXPRESSIONS
Evaluate the expression when a = 10, b = 9, and c = 4.

Question 51.
2a + 3

Answer: 23
Given equation
2a + 3
given data
a = 10,
now substitute given data in equation we get
2(10)+3
= 20 + 3
= 23
hence the answer is 23

Question 52.
4c – 7.8

Answer:
Given equation
4c – 7.8
given data
a = 10,
now substitute given data in equation we get
4(4) – 7.8
= 16 – 7.8
= 8.2
Hence the answer is 8.2

Question 53.
\(\frac{a}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Answer: \(\frac{17}{6}\) or 2.83
Given equation
\(\frac{a}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\)
given data
a = 10,
now substitute given data in equation we get
\(\frac{10}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\)
= \(\frac{17}{6}\)
= 2.83
hence the answer is \(\frac{17}{6}\) or 2.83

Question 54.
\(\frac{24}{b}\) + 8

Answer:
\(\frac{32}{3}\) or 10.66
Given equation
\(\frac{24}{b}\) + 8
given data
b = 9,
now substitute given data in equation we get
\(\frac{24}{9}\) + 8
= \(\frac{8}{3}\) + 8
= \(\frac{32}{3}\)
= 10.66
Hence the answer is \(\frac{32}{3}\) or 10.66

Question 55.
c2 + 6

Answer: 22
Given equation
c² + 6
given data
c = 4,
now substitute given data in equation we get
c² + 6
= 4² + 6
= (4 × 4) + 6
= 16 + 6
= 22
Hence the answer is 22

Question 56.
a2 – 18

Answer: 82
Given equation
a² – 18
given data
a = 10,
now substitute given data in equation we get
a² – 18
= 10² – 18
= (10 × 10) – 18
= 100 – 18
= 82
Hence the answer is 82

Question 57.
a + 9c

Answer: 40
Given equation
a  + 9c
given data
a = 10, c = 4
now substitute given data in equation we get
10 + 9(4)
= 10 + 36
= 46
Hence the answer is 46

Question 58.
bc + 12.3

Answer: 48.3
bc + 12.3
given data
b = 9, c = 4
now substitute given data in equation we get
9(4) + 12.3
= 36 + 12.3
= 48.3
Hence the answer is 48.3

Question 59.
3a + 2b – 6c

Answer: 24
3a + 2b – 6c
given data
a = 10, b = 9, c = 4
now substitute given data in equation we get
3(10) + 2(9) – 6(4)
= 30 + 18 – 24
= 24
Hence the answer is 24

Question 60.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend evaluates the expression when m = 8. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 27

Answer:  incorrect.

Explanation:
Given the expression 5m + 3
m = 8
5 × 8 + 3
40 + 3 = 43
By this we can say that your friend is incorrect.

Question 61.
PROBLEM SOLVING
After m months, the height of a plant is (10 + 3m) millimeters. How tall is the plant after 8 months? 3 years?

Answer:
8 months = 34 millimeters
EXPLANATION:
You have to plug in the number 8 as “m” in the equation then solve. 10 + 3(8)
3 years = 118 millimeters
3 years converted to months would be 12×3 which equals 36. Then put it into the equation 10 + 3(36) and you do the multiplication first.

Question 62.
STRUCTURE
You use a video streaming service to rent x new releases and y standard rentals. Which expression tells you how much money you will need?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 28
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 29

Answer:
4x+3y

Explanation:
It is given that,
The number of new releases are represented by ‘x’ and number of standard rentals are represented by ‘y’.
Also, the cost for one new release = $4 and the cost of one standard rental = $3.
Thus, the cost of ‘x’ new releases = $4x and the cost of ‘y’ new releases = $3y.
So, the total cost = cost of ‘x’ new releases + cost of ‘y’ standard rentals.
i.e. Total cost = 4x + 3y in dollars.
Thus, the expression to tell the money required is 4x+3y.

Question 63.
OPEN-ENDED
You float 2000 feet along a lazy river water ride. The ride takes less than 10 minutes. Give two examples of possible times and speeds.

Answer:
if you travel at 200 feet per minute you can make in ten minutes

Question 64.
DIG DEEPER!
The expression 20a + 13c is the cost (in dollars) for a adults and c students to enter a science center.
a. How much does it cost for an adult? a student? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
It costs $20 per adult. If this is a cost function,
which it is because the wording is “the cost (in dollars) for adults and c students”, the adult is the cost for 1 adult, 1a, is 20.
That relates the number of adults to the cost of 1 adult.
It costs $13 per student. Again, this is a cost function, so since the student is c,
the cost for 1 student, 1c, is 13. That relates the number of students to the cost of 1 student.

b. Find the total cost for 4 adults and 24 students.

Answer:
The total cost for 4 adult and 24 students looks like this:
20(4) + 13(24) which is 80 + 312 = $392

c. You find the cost for a group. Then the numbers of adults and students in the group both double. Does the cost double? Explain your answer using an example.

Answer:
If you have 3 adults and 3 students in your group, the cost is 20(3) + 13(3) which is $99.
If you double the number of each, let’s see if the cost doubles.
We will “up” the numbers to 6 each. 20(6) + 13(6) = $198. Is $198 the double of $99.
Yes it is. Let’s do it again to check. Let’s double the 6.
20(12) + 13(12) = $396, and $198 doubled does in fact equal $396

d. In part(b), the number of adults is cut in half, but the number of students doubles. Is the cost the same? Explain your answer.

Answer:
20(12) + 13(12) = $396, and $198 doubled does in fact equal $396.

Question 65.
REASONING
The volume of the cube (in cubic inches) is equal to four times the area of one of its faces (in square inches). What is the volume of the cube?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 30

Answer:
Given,
The volume of the cube (in cubic inches) is equal to four times the area of one of its faces (in square inches).
We know that,
The volume of a cube = x³
Multiply 3 sides = x × x × x = x³

Lesson 5.2 Writing Expressions

EXPLORATION 1
Writing Expressions
Work with a partner. You use a $20 bill to buy lunch at a café. You order a sandwich from the menu board shown.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 31
a. Complete the table. In the last column, write a numerical expression for the amount of change you receive.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 32

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-6-Chapter-5-Algebraic-Expressions-and-Properties-32
b. Write an algebraic expression that represents the amount of change you receive when you order any sandwich from the menu board.

Answer:
You have only $20 for lunch, so if you order any sandwich from the menu
the board then the amount will be change
if you ordered chicken salad then your changing amount is
price = $ 4.95
change Received = $20 – $4.95 = $15.05
change Received = $15.05

c. The expression 20 − 4.65 represents the amount of change one customer receives after ordering from the menu board. Explain what each part of the expression represents. Do you know what the customer ordered? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 32.1

Answer:
calculated changing amount for chicken salad in part (b),
so comparison between chicken salad expression and beef expression
For Chicken salad
Price = $4.95
change Recived = $20 – $4.95 = $15.05
change Recieved = $15.05
For Roast Beef
price = $6.75
Change Recived = $20 – $6.75 = $13.25
change Recived = $13.25

5.2 Lesson

Some words can imply math operations.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 33

Try It

Write the phrase as an expression.

Question 1.
the sum of 18 and 35

Answer: 53
Given
the sum of 18 and 35
so by add 18 with 35
we get 18+35
=53
So the answer is 53

Question 2.
6 times 50

Answer: 300
given
6 times 50
so multiply 6 with 50 we get
300
Hence the answer is 300

Write the phrase as an expression.

Question 3.
25 less than a number b

Answer: b – 25

Question 4.
a number x divided by 4

Answer:  \(\frac{x}{4}\)

Question 5.
the total of a number t and 11

Answer: t + 11

Question 6.
100 decreased by a number k.

Answer: 100 – k

Try It

Question 7.
Your friend has 5 more than twice as many game tokens as you. Let t be the number of game tokens you have. Write an expression for the number of game tokens your friend has.

Answer: 5+2t
given
Your friend has 5 more than twice as many game tokens as you
5+2t because 5 more then is adding 5 and twice as many is doubling or multiplying by 2

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

WRITING EXPRESSIONS
Write the phrase as an expression.

Question 8.
the sum of 7 and 11

Answer: 7 + 11 we get 18

Question 9.
5 subtracted from 9

Answer: 9 – 5 we get 4

Question 10.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Write “both” expressions.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 34

Answer: 12 more than x and x increased by 12 has different words but the question is same.

Question 11.
PRECISION
Your friend says that the phrases below have the same meaning. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 35

Answer: No your friend is incorrect.
“the difference of number x and 12” is x – 12
“the diffrence of 12 and number x” is 12 – x

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 12.
A company rents paddleboards by charging a rental fee plus an hourly rate. Write an expression that represents the cost (in dollars) of renting a paddleboard for h hours. How much does an eight-hour rental cost?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 36

Answer:
The independent variable is that whose values do not take into account the values of other variables.
That is the time in hours for this item. Then, for the dependent variable, the answer would be the cost of renting.
The value of the dependent variable is based on the changes done in the values of the independent variable.

Question 13.
DIG DEEPER!
A county fair charges an entry fee of $7 and $0.75 for each ride token. You have $15. Write an expression that represents the amount (in dollars) you have left after entering the fair and purchasing n tokens. How many tokens can you purchase? How much money do you have left after purchasing 6 tokens?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 37

Answer:
Given,
A county fair charges an entry fee of $7 and $0.75 for each ride token.
You have $15.
15.00 – 7.00 = 8.00
6 x .75 = 4.50
8.00- 4.5 = 3.50

Writing Expressions Homework & Practice 5.2

Review & Refresh

Identify the terms, coefficients, and constants in the expression.

Question 1.
4f + 8

Answer:
8 – constant
4 – coefficient
f- variable or term
A term without a variable is called a constant.
The numerical factor of a term that contains a variable is called a coefficient.
A variable is a symbol that represents one or more numbers. Each number or variable by itself, or product of numbers and variables in an algebraic expression, is called a term.

Question 2.
\(\frac{4}{5}\) + 3s + 2

Answer:
\(\frac{4}{5}\) and 2 – constant
3 – coefficient
s- variable or term
A term without a variable is called a constant.
The numerical factor of a term that contains a variable is called a coefficient.
A variable is a symbol that represents one or more numbers. Each number or variable by itself, or product of numbers and variables in an algebraic expression, is called a term.

Question 3.
9h2 + \(\frac{8}{9}\)p + 1

Answer:
1 – constant
2 – exponent
9 and \(\frac{8}{9}\)  – coefficient
h and p – variable or term
An exponent is a number or letter written above and to the right of a mathematical expression called the base
The exponent tells us how many times the base is used as a factor
The numerical factor of a term that contains a variable is called a coefficient.
A variable is a symbol that represents one or more numbers. Each number or variable by itself, or product of numbers and variables in an algebraic expression, is called a term.

Copy and complete the statement.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 38

Answer: 7.5 gallon per hour

Explanation:
Convert from cup per minute to gallon per hour
1 Cup per minute = 3.75 gallon per hour
2 cup per minute = 2 × 3.75 = 7.5 gallon per hour

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 39

Answer: 2362.2 feet per minute

Explanation:
Convert from meter per second to feet per minute
1 meter per second = 196.85 feet per minute
12 minute per second = 2362.2 feet per minute

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 40

Answer: 4898.79 kg per hour

Explanation:
Convert from lb per second to kg per hour
1 lb per second = 1632.93 kg per hour
3 lb per second = 4898.79 kg per hour

Divide. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 41

Answer:  \(\frac{8}{9}\) or 0.533

Explanation:
by dividing \(\frac{1}{2}\) with \(\frac{5}{8}\)
we get \(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ \(\frac{5}{8}\)
\(\frac{8}{9}\)
0.533

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 42

Answer: \(\frac{4}{9}\)

Explanation:
by dividing \(\frac{1}{3}\) with \(\frac{3}{4}\)
we get \(\frac{1}{3}\) ÷ \(\frac{3}{4}\)
\(\frac{4}{9}\)
0.44

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 43

Answer: \(\frac{2}{15}\) or 0.133

Explanation:
by dividing \(\frac{2}{5}\) with \(\frac{3}{1}\)
we get \(\frac{2}{5}\) ÷ \(\frac{3}{1}\)
\(\frac{2}{15}\)
0.133

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 44

Answer: \(\frac{7}{2}\) or 3.5

Explanation:
by dividing \(\frac{3}{1}\) with \(\frac{6}{7}\)
we get \(\frac{3}{1}\) ÷ \(\frac{6}{7}\)
\(\frac{7}{2}\)
3.5

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

STRUCTURE
The expression represents the amount of change you receive after buying n sandwiches. Explain what each part of the expression represents. (See Exploration 1, p. 209.)

Question 11.
10 – 5.25n

Answer:
Let us assume that you buy 1 sandwich.
10 – 5.25(1)
= 10 – 5.25
= 4.75

Question 12.
20 – 4.95n

Answer:
Let us assume that you buy 2 sandwiches.
20 – 4.95(2)
20 – 9.9 = 10.1

Question 3.
100 – 6.75n

Answer:
Let us assume that you buy 6 sandwiches.
100 – 6.75(6)
= 100 – 40.50
= 59.50

WRITING EXPRESSIONS
Write the phrase as an expression.

Question 14.
5 less than 8

Answer: 5 < 8

Explanation:
The phrase “less than” indicates < symbol.
So, the expression is 5 < 8

Question 15.
the product of 3 and 12

Answer: 3 × 12

Explanation:
The phrase “product” indicates multiplication.
So, the expression is 3 × 12

Question 16.
28 divided by 7

Answer: 28 ÷ 7

Explanation:
The phrase “divided by” indicates ÷ symbol
So, the expression is 28 ÷ 7

Question 17.
the total of 6 and 10

Answer: 6 + 10 = 16

Explanation:
The phrase “total” indicates ‘+’ symbol.
So, the expression is 6 + 10 = 16

Question 18.
3 fewer than 18

Answer: 18 – 3

Explanation:
The phrase fewer than indicates ‘subtraction’
So, the expression is 18 – 3

Question 19.
17 added to 15

Answer: 17 + 15

Explanation:
Given 17 added to 15
so add 17 with 15

Question 20.
13 subtracted from a number x

Answer: 13 – x

Explanation:
The number represents the variable x
So here we have to subtract number x from 13
That gives the expression 13 – x

Question 21.
5 times a number d

Answer: 5d

Explanation:
The number represents variable d.
The word “times” represents ×
So the expression is 5d

Question 22.
the quotient of 18 and a number a

Answer: 18 ÷ a

Explanation:
a represents the number
So, the expression would be 18 ÷ a

Question 23.
the difference of a number s and 6

Answer: s – 6

Question 24.
7 increased by a number w

Answer: 7 + w

Question 25.
a number t cubed

Answer: t³

YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend writes the phrase as an expression. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 45

Answer: incorrect

Explanation:
Given,
The quotient of 8 and a number is y is 8 ÷ y
By this, we can say that your friend is incorrect.

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 46

Answer: correct

Explanation:
Given,
16 decreased by a number x
It means we have to subtract x from 16.
Thus the expression is 16 – x.

Question 28.
NUMBER SENSE
Five friends share the cost of a dinner equally.
a. Write an expression that represents the cost (in dollars) per person.

Answer: 600 ÷ p

b. Make up a reasonable total cost and test your expression.

Answer:
The total cost of dinner is $600.
Now divide the cost per person.
There are 5 friends.
The expression is 600 ÷ p
p = 5
600 ÷ 5 = 12
The cost per person is $120

Question 29.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A biologist analyzes 15 bacteria samples each day.
a. Copy and complete the table.
b. Write an expression that represents the total number of samples analyzed after n days.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 47

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-6-Chapter-5-Algebraic-Expressions-and-Properties-47
The expression that represents the total number of samples analyzed after n days is 15n

Question 30.
PROBLEM SOLVING
To rent a moving truck for the day, it costs $33 plus $1 for each mile driven.
a. Write an expression that represents the cost (in dollars) to rent the truck.

Answer: 33 + d
b. You drive the truck 300 miles. How much do you pay?

Answer:
Use the expression 33 + d to find how much do you pay.
33 + 300 = 333
Thus you pay $333 for 300 miles.

WRITING PHRASES
Give two ways to write the expression as a phrase.

Question 31.
n + 6

Answer:
According to the given details, we can write the expression in two ways
a number n more than 6
the sum of a number n and 6

Question 32.
4w

Answer:
According to the given details, we can write the expression in two ways
a number w is four times
The product of 4 and a number w

Question 33.
15 – b

Answer:
According to the given details we can write the expression in two ways.
15 decreased by a number d
The difference of 15 and a number b

Question 34.
14 – 3z

Answer:
According to the given details, we can write the expression in two ways.
The product of 3 and z subtracted from 14.
The difference of 14 and product of 3 and a number z.

EVALUATING EXPRESSIONS
Write the phrase as an expression. Then evaluate the expression when x = 5 and y = 20.

Question 35.
3 less than the quotient of a number y and 4

Answer:
given 3 less than the quotient of a number y and 4
The quotient of a number y and 4
Now we are given that 3 less than the quotient of a number y and 4
So, \(\frac{y}{4}\) – 3
Hence the expression becomes \(\frac{y}{4}\) – 3

Question 36.
the sum of a number x and 4, all divided by 3

Answer:
given
a sum, x and 4, so that becomes x + 4
All divided by denotes that we need to do the addition before division, so we need to put it in parentheses:
(x + 4)
And it is divided by 3.
So you can write the answer down in a few different ways:
(x + 4) ÷ 3
(x + 4) / 3
\(\frac{x + 4}{3}\)

Question 37.
6 more than the product of 8 and a number x

Answer:
A Product is an answer to a multiplication.
The product of 8 and a number is 8×n=8n
6 more than that means to add on 6
So the expression “6 more than the product of 8 and a number” is
8n+6

Question 38.
the quotient of 40 and the difference of a number y and 16

Answer:
as we know that
The expression ” the quotient of and the difference of a number y and ” is equivalent to the algebraic equation
\(\frac{40}{y-16}\)
For  y = 20  given problem
substitute the value of y in the equation
\(\frac{40}{20-16}\)  = \(\frac{40}{4}\) = 10

Question 39.
MODELING REAL LIFE
It costs $3 to bowl a game and $2 for shoe rental.
a. Write an expression that represents the total cost (in dollars) of g games.
b. Use your expression to find the total cost of 8 games.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 48

Answer:
a. If shoes are for all games in row, P=2+3g
b. If not, P=5g, with g the number of games
Explanation:
The price depends if shoes are included for the whole games, you just have to pay them once and then you have to pay g games, so P(g)=2+3g
Else, you have to pay for g shoes and g bowl party, so P(g)=2g+3g⇔P(g)=5g

Question 40.
MODELING REAL LIFE
Florida has 8 less than 5 times the number of counties in Arizona. Georgia has 25 more than twice the number of counties in Florida.
a. Write an expression that represents the number of counties in Florida.
b. Write an expression that represents the number of counties in Georgia.
c. Arizona has 15 counties. How many do Florida and Georgia have?

Answer:
Number of countries in Florida=5×a-8
Number of countries in Georgia=2×f+25
Explanation:
Given that the number of countries in Florida is denoted by f,
The number of countries in Arizona is given by a and the number of countries in Georgia is given by g.
as Florida has 8 less than five times the number of countries in Arizona
So f=5×a-8
Georgia has 25 more than twice the number of countries in Florida
So g=2×f+25
Now it is given that Arizona has 15 countries i.e. a=15
So f=5×15-8
f=67
g=2×67+25
g=159
Hence, the number of countries in Florida is:67
number of countries in Georgia is:159

Question 41.
PATTERNS
There are 140 people in a singing competition. The graph shows the results for the first five rounds.
a. Write an expression that represents the number of people after each round.
b. Assuming this pattern continues, how many people compete in the ninth round? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 49

Answer:
a) The expression is y = 140 – 15 x
b ) There are 5 participants in the 9th round

Step-by-step explanation:
Step 1 :
From the graph we can see that,
Number of people in the singing competition = 140
Number of people in the first round = 125
Number of people in the second round = 110
Number of people in the third round = 95
Number of people in the fourth round = 80
Number of people in the fifth round = 65
Step 2 :
From the given data, We can get that the difference between the number of people participating in each round is 15 less than the previous round .
The first round has 15 people less than the total number of 140
Let x represent the number of the round and y represent the number of people participating in each round .
Then the expression to represent this would be
y = 140 – 15 x
Step 3 :
To find the number of participants in the 9th round given the same pattern continues.
For the 9th round x = 9, as x represents the number of the round
Substituting this in the equation obtained in step 2, we get
y = 140 -15 (9) = 140 – 135 = 5
There are 5 participants in the 9th round

Question 42.
NUMBER SENSE
The difference between two numbers is 8. The lesser number is a. Write an expression that represents the greater number.

Answer:
Given The difference between the two numbers is 8. The lesser number is a.
b-a=8
b is the greater number; b>a
So, b=a+8

Question 43.
NUMBER SENSE
One number is four times another. The greater number is x. Write an expression that represents the lesser number

Answer: y = x/4

Let us assume the smaller number y.
We know that four times the smaller number is equal to x. So, four times y is equal to x.
Turning this into an expression, you get 4y = x.
This means, to get y on its own, we need to divide by 4 on both sides, giving us the answer of y = x/4

Lesson 5.3 Properties of Addition and Multiplication

EXPLORATION 1

Identifying Equivalent Expressions
Work with a partner.
a. Choose four values for a variable x. Then evaluate each expression for each value of x. Are any of the expressions equivalent? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 49.1

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-6-Chapter-5-Algebraic-Expressions-and-Properties-49.1
The equation x + 8, 4 + 4 + x, x + 4 + 4 are equal.
The equation 16x, 4.(x.4), (4.x).x are equal.
b. You have used the following properties in a previous course. Use the examples to explain the meaning of each property.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 50
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 51
Are these properties true for algebraic expressions? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
Commutative property of addition: The commutative property of addition says that changing the order of addends does not change the sum. Here’s an example: 5 + 2 = 7 or 2 + 5 = 7
Commutative property of multiplication: The commutative property of multiplication tells us that we can multiply a string of numbers in any order. Basically: 2 x 3 x 5 will create the same answer as 3 x 5 x 2, or 2 x 5 x 3
Associative property of addition: The associative property of addition says that changing the grouping of the addends does not change the sum.
Example: 2 + (7 + 5) = (2 + 7) + 5
Associative Property of Multiplication: The associative property is a math rule that says that the way in which factors are grouped in a multiplication problem does not change the product.
Example: 2 × (7 × 5) = (2 × 7) × 5

5.3 Lesson

Expressions that result in the same number for any value of each variable are equivalent expressions. You can use the Commutative and Associative Properties to write equivalent expressions.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 52

Try It

Simplify the expression. Explain each step.

Question 1.
10 + (a + 9)

Answer: a+19
Step 1: Eliminate redundant parentheses
10+(a+9)=10+a+9
Step 2:Add the numbers
Step 3: Rearrange terms
a+19

Question 2.
(c + \(\frac{2}{3}\)) + \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Answer: c + \(\frac{7}{6}\)
(c + \(\frac{2}{3}\)) + \(\frac{1}{2}\)
c+ \(\frac{7}{6}\)

Question 3.
5(4n)

Answer: 20n
Multiply 5 with 4n
we get 20n

Simplify the expression. Explain each step.

Question 4.
12.b.0

Answer: 0
step 1
12 multiply with a number b
and then multiply with 0
we get 0

Question 5.
1.m.24

Answer: 24m
step 1
1 multiply with a number m
and then multiply with 24
we get 24m

Question 6.
(t + 15) + 0

Answer: t + 15
step 1
Add t + 15 with 0
and then
we get t + 15

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

USING PROPERTIES
Simplify the expression. Explain each step.

Question 7.
(7 + c) + 4

Answer:
Step 1: Eliminate redundant parentheses
4+(7+c)= 4+7+c
Step 2:Add the numbers
Step 3: Rearrange terms
11 + c

Question 8.
4(b.6)

Answer: 24b
Step 1: Eliminate redundant parentheses
4 × b× 6 = 4 × 6× b
multiply 4 with 6 we get 24 and then with b
so we get 24b

Question 9.
0.b.9

Answer: 0
Step 1: Eliminate redundant parentheses
0 × b× 9 = 0 × 9× b
multiply 0 with 9 we get 0 and then with b
so we get 0

Question 10.
WRITING
Explain what it means for expressions to be equivalent. Then give an example of equivalent expressions.

Answer:
equivalent expressions are algebraic expressions that, although they look different, turn out to really be the same.

Example:
Let’s consider this algebraic expression: 2(x^2 + x). If we substitute 1 for the variable, the expression equals 4. But what about the expression
2x^2 + 2x? If, again, we substitute 1 for the variable x, we still get 4. How does this happen?
What we really did was simplify the original expression by distributing the 2 into the part in parentheses. So we really haven’t changed the expression at all – all we’ve done is rewrite it in a different form.
Because these two expressions are really the same, no matter what number we substitute for x, the results will always be identical. If we use 0, both expressions come out to 0. If we use 10, both expressions come out to 220. If we use 100, both expressions come out to 20,200. We get the same result no matter how large or small the number we use for x.

Question 11.
OPEN-ENDED
Write an algebraic expression that can be simplified using the Associative Property of Multiplication and the Multiplication Property of One.

Answer:
Let us consider an expression 4 × 30.
We can simplify the expression by using the Associative Property of Multiplication
4 × 30 = 4 × (5 × 6)
(4 × 5) × 6 = 4 × (5 × 6)
20 × 6 = 4 × 30
120 = 120

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 12.
You and five friends form a team for an outdoor adventure race. Your team needs to raise money to pay for $130 of travel fees, x dollars for each team member’s entry fee, and $85.50 for food. Use an algebraic expression to find the total amount your team needs to raise when the entry fee is $25.50 per person.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 53

Answer: (130+85)+25.5p=total amount

Step-by-step explanation:
130+85 is how much you’d need just for the fees and food, for the entry fee its per person
so it would be $25.5 for every person that is part of your team.

Question 13.
You have $50 and a $15 gift card to spend online. You purchase a pair of headphones for $34.99 and 8 songs for x dollars each. Use an algebraic expression to find the amount you have left when each song costs $1.10.

Answer: $21.21
Given
You have $50 and a $15 gift card to spend online
purchase a pair of headphones for $34.99 and 8 songs for x dollars each.
Use an algebraic expression to find the amount you have left when each song costs $1.10.
so
50 + 15 -34.99 – 8x
65 – 34.99 – 8(1.10)
30.01 – 8.8
$21.21

Properties of Addition and Multiplication Homework & Practice 5.3

Review & Refresh

Write the phrase as an expression.

Question 1.
10 added to a number p

Answer:  p + 10
First consider the expression for
10 added to a number p
we get p + 10
An algebraic expression is a mathematical phrase that contains a combination of numbers, variables and operational symbols.
A variable is a letter that can represent one or more numbers.

Question 2.
the product of 6 and a number m

Answer: 6m
First consider the expression for
the product of 6 and a number m
so multiply 6 with m
we get 6m
An algebraic expression is a mathematical phrase that contains a combination of numbers, variables and operational symbols.
A variable is a letter that can represent one or more numbers.

Question 3.
the quotient of a number b and 15

Answer: \(\frac{b}{15}\)
First consider the expression for
the quotient of a number b and 15
so divide b by 15
we get \(\frac{b}{15}\)
An algebraic expression is a mathematical phrase that contains a combination of numbers, variables and operational symbols.
A variable is a letter that can represent one or more numbers.

Question 4.
7 fewer than a number s

Answer:  s – 7
First consider the expression for
7 fewer than a number s
so subtract a number s with 7
we get s – 7
An algebraic expression is a mathematical phrase that contains a combination of numbers, variables and operational symbols.
A variable is a letter that can represent one or more numbers.

Write the prime factorization of the number.

Question 5.
36

Answer:
The number 36 can be written as a product of primes as
36 = 2² x 3².
The expression 2² x 3² is said to be the prime factorization of 36

Question 6.
144

Answer:
The prime factor of the 144 is 24 x 32.
144 = 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 3 x 3

Question 7.
147

Answer:
Factors of 147: 1, 3, 7, 21, 49, 147.
Prime factorization: 147 = 3 x 7 x 7,
which can also be written
147 = 3 x (7²)

Question 8.
205

Answer:
the prime factors of the number 205.
If we put all of it together we have the factors 5 x 41 = 205.
it can also be written in exponential form as 5¹ x 41¹.

Evaluate the expression.

Question 9.
8.092 + 3.5

Answer: 11.592
Given expression 8.092 + 3.5
now add 8.092 with 3.5 we get
11.592

Question 10.
16.78 – 12.237

Answer: 4.543
Given expression 16.78 – 12.237
now subtract  16.75 with 12.237  we get
4.543

Question 11.
9.17 + 1.83 + 2.641

Answer:  13.641
Given expression 9.17 + 1.83 + 2.641
now add 9.17  with 1.83  we get  11 then add with 2.641
we get 13.641

Question 12.
8.43 – 6.218 + 4.2

Answer:
Given expression 8.43 – 6.218 + 4.2
now subtract  8.43 with 6.218  we get 2.212  then add with 4.2
we get  6.412

Represent the ratio relationship using a graph.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 54

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties Answers img_1

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 55

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties Answers img_2

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving
MATCHING
Match the expression with an equivalent expression. (See Exploration 1, p. 215.)

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 56

Answer: B

Explanation:
3 + 3 + y is equivalent to y + 3 + 3
So, the correct answer is option B

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 57

Answer: C

Explanation:
(y.y).3 = y(3 . y)
So, the correct answer is option C.

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 58

Answer: A

Explanation:
3 . 1 . y = y . 3
So, the correct answer is option A.

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 59

Answer: D

Explanation:
(3 + 0) + (y + y)
(3 + y) + y
So, the correct answer is option D.

IDENTIFYING PROPERTIES
Tell which property the statement illustrates.

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 60

Answer: commutative property of multiplication

Explanation:
The commutative property of multiplication tells us that we can multiply a string of numbers in any order.
5 . p = p . 5

Question 20.
2 + (12 + r) = (2 + 12) + r

Answer: associative property of addition

Explanation:
Associative property of addition: Changing the grouping of addends does not change the sum.
2 + (12 + r) = (2 + 12) + r

Question 21.
4 . (x . 10) = (4 . x) . 10

Answer: associative property of multiplication

Explanation:
The associative property is a math rule that says that the way in which factors are grouped in a multiplication problem does not change the product.

Question 22.
x + 7.5 = 7.5 + x

Answer: commutative property of addition

Explanation:
The commutative property of addition says that changing the order of addends does not change the sum.

Question 23.
(c + 2) + 0 = c + 2

Answer: Additive Identity

Explanation:
Additive identity is a number, which when added to any number, gives the sum as the number itself. It means that additive identity is “0” as adding 0 to any number, gives the sum as the number itself.

Question 24.
a . 1 = a

Answer: Multiplicative Identity

Explanation:
According to the multiplicative identity property of 1, any number multiplied by 1, gives the same result as the number itself. It is also called the Identity property of multiplication because the identity of the number remains the same.

Question 25.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend states the property that the statement illustrates. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 61

Answer: correct

Explanation:
Associative property of addition: Changing the grouping of addends does not change the sum.
(7 + x) + 3 = (x + 7) + 3
Thus we can say that your friend is correct.

USING PROPERTIES
Simplify the expression. Explain each step.

Question 26.
6 + (5 + x)

Answer: 11 + x
Step 1: Eliminate redundant parentheses
6 + (5 + x) = 6+5+x
Step 2:Add the numbers
Step 3: Rearrange terms
11 + x

Question 27.
(14 + y) + 3

Answer: 17 + y
Step 1: Eliminate redundant parentheses
(14 + y) + 3 = 14 + 3 + y
Step 2:Add the numbers
Step 3: Rearrange terms
17 + y

Question 28.
6(2b)

Answer: 12b
Step 1: Eliminate redundant parentheses
6(2b) = 6 × 2 ×b
Step 2:multiply  the numbers
Step 3: Rearrange terms
we get 12b

Question 29.
7(9w)

Answer: 63w
Step 1: Eliminate redundant parentheses
7(9w) = 7 ×  ×w
Step 2:multiply  the numbers
Step 3: Rearrange terms
we get 63w

Question 30.
3.2 + (x + 5.1)

Answer: 8.3 + x
Step 1: Eliminate redundant parentheses
3.2 + (x + 5.1) = 3.2 + 5.1 + x
Step 2:Add the numbers
Step 3: Rearrange terms
8.3 + x

Question 31.
(0 + a) + 8

Answer: 8 + a
Step 1: Eliminate redundant parentheses
(0 + a) + 8 = 0 + 8 +a
Step 2:Add the numbers
Step 3: Rearrange terms
8 + a

Question 32.
9 . c . 4

Answer: 36c
Step 1: Eliminate redundant parentheses
9 . c . 4 = 9 . 4 . c
Step 2: multiply the numbers
Step 3: Rearrange terms
36c

Question 33.
(18.6 . d) . 1

Answer: 18.6 d
Step 1: Eliminate redundant parentheses
(18.6 . d) . 1 = (18.6 . 1) d
Step 2: multiply the numbers
Step 3: Rearrange terms
18.6 d

Question 34.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 62

Answer:
Step 1: Eliminate redundant parentheses
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 62 = 3k + (4\(\frac{1}{5}\) + 8\(\frac{3}{5}\))
Step 2: add the numbers
Step 3: Rearrange terms
3k + 12\(\frac{4}{5}\)

Question 35.
(2.4 + 4n) + 9

Answer:
Step 1: Eliminate redundant parentheses
(2.4 + 4n) + 9 = 2.4 + 9 + 4n
Step 2:Add the numbers
Step 3: Rearrange terms
11.4 + 4n

Question 36.
(3s) . 8

Answer: 24s
Step 1: Eliminate redundant parentheses
(3s) . 8 = (3 . 8) s
Step 2: multiply the numbers
Step 3: Rearrange terms
24s

Question 37.
z . 0 . 12

Answer: 0
Step 1: Eliminate redundant parentheses
z . 0 . 12 = z × 0 × 12
Step 2: multiply the numbers
Step 3: Rearrange terms
0

Question 38.
GEOMETRY
The expression 12 + x + 4 represents the perimeter of a triangle. Simplify the expression.

Answer: x+16

Explanation:
your simplifying so you only combine like terms.
12 and 4 dont have any variables following them so you add the two.
12+4=16
there is only 1 x in the expression so just add it on.
16+x

Question 39.
PRECISION
A case of scout cookies has 10 cartons. A carton has 12 boxes. The amount you earn on a whole case is 10(12x) dollars.
a. What does x represent?
b. Simplify the expression.

Answer:
Given
A case of scout cookies has 10 cartons. A carton has 12 boxes
A. x represents the money made per box
B. 10(12x) = 120x

Question 40.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A government estimates the cost to design new radar technology over a period of m months. The government estimates $840,000 for equipment, $15,000 for software,and $40,000 per month for wages. Use an algebraic expression to find the total cost the government estimates when the project takes 16 months to complete.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 63

Answer: $1,495,000.

Explanation:
The cost that is affected by the number of months mm is the wages while the first two costs are fixed. Hence, you multiply $40,000 by the number of months so that
840,000+15,000+40,000m
840,000+15,000+40,000m
For m=16m=16 (16 months),
=840,000+15,000+40,000(16)
=840,000+15,000+40,000(16)
=840,000+15,000+640,000
=840,000+15,000+640,000
=1,495,000
=1,495,000
So, the total cost is $1,495,000.

WRITING EXPRESSIONS
Write the phrase as an expression. Then simplify the expression.

Question 41.
7 plus the sum of a number x and 5

Answer:
7+(x+5)  sum means addition and it says x and 5. then it says 7 plus that so you put 7.
In reality, you wouldn’t need parenthesis,
but if you want it to match the phrase, you can put it in parenthesis.

Question 42.
the product of 8 and a number y, multiplied by 9

Answer: 8y x 9 ⇒ 72y
Given
the product of 8 and a number y ⇒ 8 × y = 8y
and also given multiplied by 9 ⇒ 8y × 9
so we get 72 y

USING PROPERTIES
Copy and complete the statement using the specified property.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 64

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-6-Chapter-5-Algebraic-Expressions-and-Properties-64

Question 48.
GEOMETRY
Five identical triangles form the trapezoid shown.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 65
a. What is the perimeter of the trapezoid?

Answer:
The perimeter of the trapezoid is a + b + c + d
P = sum of four sides
P = 3x + 7 + 7 + 2x
P = 5x + 14
Thus the perimeter of the trapezoid is 5x + 14
b. How can you use some or all of the triangles to form a new trapezoid with a perimeter of 3x +14? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
You can reduce the size of the triangle to form a new trapezoid with a perimeter of 3x +14
The perimeter of the trapezoid is a + b + c + d
P = sum of four sides
P = 2x + 7 + 7 + 1x
P = 3x + 14

Question 49.
DIG DEEPER!
You and a friend sell hats at a fair booth. You sell 16 hats on the first shift and 21 hats on the third shift. Your friend sells x hats on the second shift.
a. The expression 37(14) + 10x represents the amount (in dollars) that you both earn. How can you tell that your friend is selling the hats for a lower price?
b. You earn more money than your friend. What can you say about the value of x?

Answer:
37+x

Explanation:
1st shift: 16 hats were sold
2nd shift: x hats were sold
3rd shift: 21 hats were sold
The total is
16+x+21
Simplifying
37+x
another step
16 + 21 + x = y
y = the number of hats sold
16 = hats sold on first shift
21 = hats on the third shift
x = hats on the second shift

Lesson 5.4 The Distributive Property

EXPLORATION 1
Using Models to Simplify Expressions
Work with a partner.
a. Use the models to simplify the expressions. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 66

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-6-Chapter-5-Algebraic-Expressions-and-Properties-66
b. In part(a), check that the original expressions are equivalent to the simplified expressions.
c. You used the Distributive Property in a previous course. Use the example to explain the meaning of the property.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 67
Distributive Property: 6(20 + 3) = 6(20) + 6(3)
Is this property true for algebraic expressions? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
The distributive property of multiplication over addition can be used when you multiply a number by a sum.
6(20 + 3) = 6(20) + 6(3)
6(23) = 120 + 18
138 = 138
Yes this property true for algebraic expressions

Try It

Use the Distributive Property to simplify the expression.

Question 1.
7(a + 2)

Answer: 7(a) + 7(2)

Explanation:
Given,
The distributive property of multiplication over addition can be used when you multiply a number by a sum.
7(a + 2) = (7 × a) + (7 × 2)
7a + 14
Thus 7(a + 2) = 7a + 14

Question 2.
3(d – 11)

Answer: 3(d) – 3(11)

Explanation:
Given,
The distributive property of multiplication over addition can be used when you multiply a number by a sum.
3(d – 11) = (3 × d) – (3 × 11)
3d – 33
Thus 3(d – 11) = 3d – 33

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 68

Answer: 12a + 12\(\frac{2}{3}\)b

Explanation:
Given,
The distributive property of multiplication over addition can be used when you multiply a number by a sum.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 68= (12 × a) + (12 × \(\frac{2}{3}\)b)
= 12a + 12\(\frac{2}{3}\)b
Thus Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 68= 12a + 12\(\frac{2}{3}\)b

Question 4.
7(2 + 6 – 4d)

Answer: 7(2) + 7(6) – 7(4d)

Explanation:
Given,
The distributive property of multiplication over addition can be used when you multiply a number by a sum.
7(2 + 6 – 4d) = 7(8 – 4d)
56 – 28d
Thus 7(2 + 6 – 4d) = 56 – 28d

Simplify the expression.

Question 5.
8 + 3z – z

Answer: 8 + 2z

Explanation:
Combine the like terms and simplify the expression.
8 + 3z – z
8 + z(3 – 1)
8 + 2z
So, 8 + 3z – z = 8 + 2z

Question 6.
3(b + 5) + b + 2

Answer: 4b + 17

Explanation:
Combine the like terms and simplify the expression.
3(b + 5) + b + 2
= 3b + 15 + b + 2
= 3b + b + 15 + 2
= 4b + 17
Thus 3(b + 5) + b + 2 = 4b + 17

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 7.
WRITING
One meaning of the word distribute is to give something to each member of a group. How can this help you remember the Distributive Property?

Answer:
You must distribute or give the number outside the parenthesis to all the numbers inside the parenthesis

SIMPLIFYING EXPRESSIONS
Use the Distributive Property to simplify the expression.

Question 8.
3(x + 10)

Answer: 3(x) + 3(10)

Explanation:
We can simplify the expression by using the Distributive Property
The distributive property of multiplication over addition can be used when you multiply a number by a sum.
3(x + 10) = (3 × x) + (3 × 10)
= 3x + 30
So, 3(x + 10) = 3x + 30

Question 9.
15(4n – 2)

Answer: 15(4n) – 15(2)

Explanation:
We can simplify the expression by using the Distributive Property
The distributive property of multiplication over addition can be used when you multiply a number by a sum.
15(4n – 2) = (15 × 4n) – (15 × 2)
= 60n – 30
So, 15(4n – 2) = 60n – 30

Question 10.
2w + 4 + 13w + 1

Answer:15w + 5 = 5(3w + 1)

Explanation:
We can simplify the expression by using the Distributive Property
The distributive property of multiplication over addition can be used when you multiply a number by a sum.
2w + 4 + 13w + 1
Combine the like terms
=2w + 13w + 4 + 1
=15w + 5
=5(3w + 1)

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 11.
You purchase a remote-controlled drone for d dollars. Your friend purchases a drone that costs $35 more than your drone. Your brother purchases a drone that costs three times as much as your friend’s drone. Write and simplify an expression that represents the cost (in dollars) of your brother’s drone.

Answer:
Brother = 105+3d

Explanation:
Given
Drone = d
Friend = $35 more expensive than yours.
Brother = 3 times as much as your friend
Required
Write an expression for the cost of your brother’s drone
I’ll solve by analyzing the question one sentence after the other
You: Drone = d

Your friend:
Friend = $35 more expensive than yours.
This means
Brother = 3 × Friend
Substitute 35 + d for Friend
Brother = 3 × (35+d)
Open bracket
Brother = 3×35+3×d
Brother=105+3d

Question 12.
Write and simplify an expression that represents the total cost (in dollars) of buying the items shown for each member of a baseball team.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 68.1

Answer: 9(10 + x)

Explanation:
Number of members in the baseball team = 9
Cost of the pant = $10
Cost of a belt = $x
The expression that represents the total cost (in dollars) of buying the items shown for each member of a baseball team is 9(10 + x)

Question 13.
DIG DEEPER!
One molecule of caffeine contains x oxygen atoms, twice as many nitrogen atoms as oxygen atoms, 4 more carbon atoms than nitrogen atoms, and 1.25 times as many hydrogen atoms as carbon atoms. Write and simplify an expression that represents the number of hydrogen atoms in one molecule of caffeine.

Answer:
Given,
One molecule of caffeine contains x oxygen atoms, twice as many nitrogen atoms as oxygen atoms, 4 more carbon atoms than nitrogen atoms, and 1.25 times as many hydrogen atoms as carbon atoms.
One molecule of caffeine contains x oxygen atoms = x
twice as many nitrogen atoms as oxygen atoms = 2 . x
4 more carbon atoms than nitrogen atoms = 4 . x
1.25 times as many hydrogen atoms as carbon atoms = 1.25 × x
x + 2x + 6x + 1.25(6x)

The Distributive Property Homework & Practice 5.4

Review & Refresh

Simplify the expression. Explain each step.

Question 1.
(s + 4) + 8

Answer: s + 12

Explanation:
According to the distributive property, multiplying the sum of two or more addends by a number will give the same result as multiplying each addend individually by the number and then adding the products together.
(s + 4) + 8
= s + 4 + 8
= s + 12

Question 2.
(12 + x) + 2

Answer: 14 + x

Explanation:
According to the distributive property, multiplying the sum of two or more addends by a number will give the same result as multiplying each addend individually by the number and then adding the products together.
12 + x + 2
x + 12 + 2
x + 14

Question 3.
3(4n)

Answer: 12n

Explanation:
According to the distributive property, multiplying the sum of two or more addends by a number will give the same result as multiplying each addend individually by the number and then adding the products together.
3 × 4n = 12n

You are given the difference of the numbers of boys and girls in a class and the ratio of boys to girls. How many boys and how many girls are in the class?

Question 4.
3 more boys; 5 for every 4

Answer:
Let the total number of boys in the class be x.
The ratio of boys and girls is 5 : 4
Number of boys = 5x
Number of girls = 4x
5x – 4x = 3
x = 3
Number of boys = 5(3) = 15
15 + 3 = 18
Number of girls = 4(3) = 12
To find the total number of boys and girls in the class we have to add them
18 + 12 = 30
Thus there are 30 boys and girls in the class.

Question 5.
8 more girls; 3 for every 2

Answer:
Let the total number of boys in the class be x.
The ratio of boys and girls is 3 : 2
Number of boys = 3x
Number of girls = 2x
3x – 2x = 8
x = 8
Number of boys = 3x = 3(8) = 24
Number of girls = 2x = 2(8) = 16
More number of girls = 16 + 8 = 24
To find the total number of boys and girls in the class we have to add them
24 + 24 = 48
Thus there are 48 boys and girls in the class.

Question 6.
4 more girls; 9 for every 13

Answer:
Let the total number of boys in the class be x.
The ratio of girls and boys is 13 : 9
Number of boys = 9x
Number of girls = 13x
13x – 9x = 4
4x = 4
x = 1
Number of boys = 9x = 9(1) = 9
Number of girls = 13x = 13(1) = 13
13 + 4 = 17
To find the total number of boys and girls in the class we have to add them
9 + 17 = 26
Thus there are 26 boys and girls in the class.

Question 7.
6 more boys; 7 for every 4

Answer:
Let the total number of boys in the class be x.
The ratio of girls and boys is 7 : 4
Number of boys = 7x
Number of girls = 4x
7x – 4x = 6
3x = 6
x = 2
Number of boys = 7(2) = 14
Number of girls = 4(2) = 8
15 + 6 = 21
To find the total number of boys and girls in the class we have to add them
21 + 8 = 29
Thus there are 29 boys and girls in the class.

Divide.

Question 8.
301 ÷ 7

Answer: 43
So divide 301 with 7
then we get 43

Question 9.
1722 ÷ 14

Answer: 123
So divide 1722 with 14
then we get 123

Question 10.
629 ÷ 12

Answer: 52.41
So divide 629 with 12
then we get 52.14

Question 11.
8068 ÷ 31

Answer: 260.25
So divide 8068 with 31
then we get 260.25

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving
USING MODELS
Use the model to simplify the expression. Explain your reasoning. (See Exploration 1, p. 221.)

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 69

Answer: 5z + 30

Explanation:
The shape of the above figure is a rectangle.
Area of the rectangle = l × b
A = (z + 6) × 5
A = 5z + 30

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 70

Answer: 6s

Explanation:
Combine the like terms
There are 4s in the first block
There are 2s in the second block
4s + 2s = 6s

SIMPLIFYING EXPRESSIONS
Use the Distributive Property to simplify the expression.

Question 14.
3(x + 4)

Answer: 3x + 12

Explanation:
We can use the distributive property to simplify the expression.
3(x + 4) = (3 × x) + (3 × 4)
= 3x + 12

Question 15.
10(b – 6)

Answer: 10b – 60

Explanation:
We can use the distributive property to simplify the expression.
10(b – 6) = (10 × b) – (10 × 6)
= 10b – 60

Question 16.
6(s – 9)

Answer: 6s – 54

Explanation:
We can use the distributive property to simplify the expression.
6(s – 9) = (6 × s) – (6 × 9)
= 6s – 54

Question 17.
7(8 + y )

Answer: 56 + 7y

Explanation:
We can use the distributive property to simplify the expression.
7(8 + y) = (7 × 8) + (7 × y)
= 56 + 7y

Question 18.
8(12 + a)

Answer: 96 + 8a

Explanation:
We can use the distributive property to simplify the expression.
8(12 + a) = (8 × 12) + (8 × a)
= 96 + 8a

Question 19.
9(2n + 1)

Answer: 18n + 9

Explanation:
We can use the distributive property to simplify the expression.
9(2n + 1) = (9 × 2n) + (9 × 1)
= 18n + 9

Question 20.
12(6 – k)

Answer: 72 – 12k

Explanation:
We can use the distributive property to simplify the expression.
12(6 – k) = (12 × 6) – (12 × k)
= 72 – 12k

Question 21.
18(5 – 3w)

Answer: 90 – 54w

Explanation:
We can use the distributive property to simplify the expression.
18(5 – 3w) = (18 × 5) – (18 × 3w)
= 90 – 54w

Question 22.
9(3 + c + 4)

Answer: 63 + 9c

Explanation:
We can use the distributive property to simplify the expression.
9(3 + c + 4) = 9(7 + c)
(9 × 7) + ( 9 × c)
63 + 9c

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 71

Answer: 3 + x/4

Explanation:
We can use the distributive property to simplify the expression.
1/4(8 + x + 4) = 1/4(12 + x)
= 3 + x/4

Question 24.
8(5g + 5 – 2)

Answer: 40g + 24

Explanation:
We can use the distributive property to simplify the expression.
8(5g + 5 – 2) = 8(5g) + 8(5) – 8(2)
40g + 40 – 16
40g + 24

Question 25.
6(10 + z + 3)

Answer: 78 + 6z

Explanation:
We can use the distributive property to simplify the expression.
6(10 + z + 3) = 6(10) + 6(z) + 6(3)
= 60 + 6z + 18
= 78 + 6z

Question 26.
4(x + y)

Answer: 4x + 4y

Explanation:
We can use the distributive property to simplify the expression.
4(x + y) = (4 × x) + (4 × y)
= 4x + 4y

Question 27.
25(x – y)

Answer: 25x – 25y

Explanation:
We can use the distributive property to simplify the expression.
25(x – y) = (25 × x) – (25 × y)
= 25x – 25y

Question 28.
7(p + q + 9)

Answer: 7p + 7q + 63

Explanation:
We can use the distributive property to simplify the expression.
7(p + q + 9) = (7 × p) + (7 × q) + (7 × 9)
= 7p + 7q + 63

Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 72

Answer: n + 3m + 2

Explanation:
We can use the distributive property to simplify the expression.
1/2 (2n + 4 + 6m) = 1/2 (2n) + 1/2 (4) + 1/2 (6m)
= n + 2 + 3m

MATCHING
Match the expression with an equivalent expression.

Question 30.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 73

Answer: C

Explanation:
Given,
6(n + 4) = 6n + 24
Now take 3 as common factor
3(2n + 8)
Thus the equivalent expression is option C.

Question 31.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 74

Answer: A

Explanation:
Given,
2(3n + 9) = 6n + 18
Now take 3 as common factor
6n + 18 = 3(2n + 6)
Thus the equivalent expression is option A.

Question 32.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 75

Answer: D

Explanation:
Given,
6(n + 2) = 6n + 12
Thus the equivalent expression is option D.

Question 33.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 76

Answer: B

Explanation:
Given,
3(2n + 3) = 6n + 9
Thus the equivalent expression is option B.

Question 34.
STRUCTURE
Each day, you run on a treadmill for r minutes and lift weights for 15 minutes. Which expressions can you use to find how many minutes of exercise you do in 5 days? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 77

Answer: 5(r + 15)

Explanation:
Each day, you run on a treadmill for r minutes and lift weights for 15 minutes.
They are both expressions with r as the variable.
They are not equivalent expressions.
They are equivalent expressions.
Both expressions contain the terms 5, r, and 15.
5(15 + r) = 5(15) + 5(r)

Question 35.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A cheetah can run 103 feet per second. A zebra can run x feet per second. Write and simplify an expression that represents how many feet farther the cheetah can run in 10 seconds.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 78

Answer:
Given,
A cheetah can run 103 feet per second. A zebra can run x feet per second.
We are given that the rate of cheetah Rc is:
Rc = 103 ft / sec
And the rate of zebra Rz is:
Rz = x ft / sec
We are to find the distance between the two after 10 seconds, that is:
distance = (103 – x) 10
distance = 1030 – 10 x

COMBINING LIKE TERMS
Simplify the expression.

Question 36.
6(x + 4) + 1

Answer: 6x + 25

Explanation:
Given the expression
6(x + 4) + 1
= (6 × x) + (6 × 4) + 1
= 6x + 24 + 1
= 6x + 25
Thus, 6(x + 4) + 1 = 6x + 25

Question 37.
5 + 8(3 + x)

Answer: 29 + 8x

Explanation:
Given the expression
5 + 8(3 + x)
= 5 + (8 × 3) + (8 × x)
= 5 + 24 + 8x
= 29 + 8x
Thus 5 + 8(3 + x) = 29 + 8x

Question 38.
x + 3 + 5x

Answer: 6x + 3

Explanation:
Given the expression
x + 3 + 5x
Combine the like terms
x + 5x + 3
6x + 3
So, x + 3 + 5x = 6x + 3

Question 39.
7y + 6 – 1 + 12y

Answer: 19y + 5

Explanation:
Given the expression
7y + 6 – 1 + 12y
Combine the like terms
7y + 12y + 6 – 1
= 19y + 5
So, 7y + 6 – 1 + 12y = 19y + 5

Question 40.
4d + 9 – d – 8

Answer: 3d + 1

Explanation:
Given the expression
4d + 9 – d – 8
Combine the like terms
4d – d + 9 – 8
3d + 1
So, 4d + 9 – d – 8 = 3d + 1

Question 41.
n + 3(n – 1)

Answer: 4n – 3

Explanation:
Given the expression
n + 3(n – 1)
n + (3 × n) – (3 × 1)
n + 3n – 3
4n – 3
So, n + 3(n – 1) = 4n – 3

Question 42.
2v + 8v – 5v

Answer: 5v

Explanation:
Given the expression
2v + 8v – 5v
Combine the like terms
v(2 + 8 – 5)
v(5) = 5v
Thus 2v + 8v – 5v = 5v

Question 43.
5(z + 4) + 5(2 – z)

Answer: 30

Explanation:
Given the expression
5(z + 4) + 5(2 – z)
= (5 × z) + (5 × 4) + (5 × 2) – (5 × z)
= 5z + 20 + 10 – 5z
Now combine the like terms
5z + 20 + 10 – 5z = 30

Question 44.
2.7(w – 5.2)

Answer: 2.7w – 14.04

Explanation:
Given the expression
2.7(w – 5.2)
= (2.7 × w) – (2.7 × 5.2)
= 2.7w – 14.04
Thus 2.7(w – 5.2) = 2.7w – 14.04

Question 45.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 79

Answer:1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)y

Explanation:
Given the expression
\(\frac{2}{3}\)y + \(\frac{1}{6}\)y + y
y(\(\frac{2}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\) + 1)
= 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)y
So, Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 79 = 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)y

Question 46.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 80

Answer: 2\(\frac{3}{4}\)z + \(\frac{3}{10}\)

Explanation:
Given the expression
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 80
\(\frac{3}{4}\)z + \(\frac{3}{10}\) + 2z
2\(\frac{3}{4}\)z + \(\frac{3}{10}\)

Question 47.
7(x + y) – 7x

Answer: 7y

Explanation:
Given the expression
7(x + y) – 7x
= (7 × x) + (7 × y) – 7x
= 7x + 7y – 7x
= 7y
So, 7(x + y) – 7x = 7y

Question 48.
4x + 9y + 3(x + y)

Answer: 7x + 12y

Explanation:
Given the expression
4x + 9y + 3(x + y)
=4x + 9y + 3x + 3y
=4x + 3x + 9y + 3y
=7x + 12y
Thus 4x + 9y + 3(x + y) = 7x + 12y

Question 49.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend simplifies the expression. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 81

Answer: your friend is incorrect

Explanation:
8x – 2x + 5x
= 6x + 5x
= 11x
By this we can say that your friend is incorrect.

Question 50.
REASONING
Evaluate each expression by(1) using the Distributive Property and (2) evaluating inside the parentheses first. Which method do you prefer? Is your preference the same for both expressions? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 82

Answer:
a. 2(3.22 – 0.12)
We can solve this by using the Distributive Property
= 2(3.22) – 2(0.12)
= 6.44 – 0.24
= 6.20
2(3.22 – 0.12) = 6.20
b. 12(\(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{3}\))
We can solve this by using the Distributive Property
(12 × \(\frac{1}{2}\)) + (12 × \(\frac{2}{3}\))
= 6 + 8
= 14
12(\(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{3}\)) = 14

Question 51.
DIG DEEPER!
An art club sells 42 large candles and 56 small candles.
a. Write and simplify an expression that represents the profit.
b. A large candle costs $5, and a small candle costs $3. What is the club’s profit?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 83

Answer:
For large candles, the selling price is $10 and its making cost is $x.
So, by selling a large candle the profit is $(10 – x)
Again for small candles, the selling price is $5 and its making cost is $y.
So, by selling a small candle the profit is $(5 – y)
Therefore, in a sale of 42 large candles and 56 small candles, the total profit will be, P = 42 (10 – x) + 56 (5 – y)
P = 420 – 42x + 280 – 56y
P = $(700 – 42x – 56y

Question 52.
REASONING
Find the difference between the perimeters of the rectangle and the hexagon. Interpret your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 84

Answer:
Rectangle:
Perimeter of the Rectangle = 2l + 2w
P = 2(2x + 7) + 2(2x)
P = 4x + 14 + 4x
P = 8x + 14
Hexagon:
Perimeter of the Hexagon = 6a
P = x + x + 2x + 2x + x + 6 + x + 8
P = 8x + 14
The difference between the perimeters of the rectangle and the hexagon is (8x + 14) – (8x + 14) = 0

Question 53.
PUZZLE
Add one set of parentheses to the expression 7 . x + 3 + 8 . x + 3 . x + 8 − 9 so that it is equivalent to 2(9x + 10).

Answer:
7×(X+3)+8×X+3×X+8-9
=7×(X+3)+11×X-1
=7×X+21+11×X-1
=18×X+20
=2(9X+10)

Lesson 5.5 Factoring Expressions

EXPLORATION 1
Finding Dimensions
Work with a partner.
a. The models show the area (in square units) of each part of a rectangle. Use the models to find missing values that complete the expressions. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 85
b. In part(a), check that the original expressions are equivalent to the expressions you wrote. Explain your reasoning.
c. Explain how you can use the Distributive Property to rewrite a sum of two whole numbers with a common factor.

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-6-Chapter-5-Algebraic-Expressions-and-Properties-85

Try It

Factor the expression using the GCF.

Question 1.
9 + 15

Answer: 3

Explanation:
The factors of 9 are: 1, 3, 9
The factors of 15 are: 1, 3, 5, 15
The number does not contain any common variable factors.
Then the greatest common factor is 3.

Question 2.
60 + 45

Answer: 15

Explanation:
The factors of 45 are: 1, 3, 5, 9, 15, 45
The factors of 60 are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 12, 15, 20, 30, 60
The number does not contain any common variable factors.
Then the greatest common factor is 15.

Question 3.
30 – 20

Answer: 10

Explanation:
The factors of 20 are: 1, 2, 4, 5, 10, 20
The factors of 30 are: 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30
Then the greatest common factor is 10.

Factor the expression using the GCF.

Question 4.
7x + 49

Answer: 7

Explanation:
Since 7x, 49 contain both numbers and variables, there are two steps to find the GCF.
The factors of 7 are: 1, 7
The factors of 49 are: 1, 7, 49
Then the greatest common factor is 7.

Question 5.
8y – 44

Answer: 4

Explanation:
Since 8y, 44 contain both numbers and variables, there are two steps to find the GCF.
The factors of 8 are: 1, 2, 4, 8
The factors of 44 are: 1, 2, 4, 11, 22, 44
Then the greatest common factor is 4.

Question 6.
25a + 10b

Answer: 5

Explanation:
Since 25a, 10b contain both numbers and variables, there are two steps to find the GCF.
The factors of 10 are: 1, 2, 5, 10
The factors of 25 are: 1, 5, 25
Then the greatest common factor is 5.

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

FACTORING EXPRESSIONS
Factor the expression using the GCF.

Question 7.
16 + 24

Answer: 8

Explanation:
The factors of 16 are: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16
The factors of 24 are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 24
Then the greatest common factor is 8.

Question 8.
49 – 28

Answer: 7

Explanation:
The factors of 28 are: 1, 2, 4, 7, 14, 28
The factors of 49 are: 1, 7, 49
Then the greatest common factor is 7.

Question 9.
8y + 14

Answer: 2

Explanation:
Since 8y, 14 contain both numbers and variables, there are two steps to find the GCF.
The factors of 8 are: 1, 2, 4, 8
The factors of 14 are: 1, 2, 7, 14
Then the greatest common factor is 2.

Question 10.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which expression does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 86

Answer: 6(4n + 3)

Explanation:
i. 3(8n + 12)
= 24n + 36
ii. 4(6n + 9)
24n + 36
iii. 6(4n + 3)
24n + 18
iv. 12(2n + 3)
24n + 36
Thus the third expression does not belong to the other three.

Question 11.
REASONING
Use what you know about factoring to explain how you can factor the expression 18x + 30y + 9z. Then factor the expression.

Answer: 3 (6x + 10y + 3z)

Explanation:
Factoring is a mathematical representation of the expression with the help of common factors.
In this expression, we have given terms and their coefficients. Since we cannot factorize the terms, they will be intact in the process.
We can factorize this expression with the help of prime numbers:
2 × 3 × 3 × x + 2 × 3 × 5 × y + 3 × 3 × z
And finally, we will be able to obtain common factor from this expression:
3 ( 6x + 10y + 3z)

Question 12.
CRITICAL THINKING
Identify the GCF of the terms (x . x) and (4 . x). Explain your reasoning. Then use the GCF to factor the expression x2 + 4x.

Answer:
x2 + 4x
= x(x + 4)
The factors of 1 are: 1
The factors of 4 are: 1, 2, 4
Then the greatest common factor is 1.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 13.
A youth club receives a discount on each pizza purchased for a party. The original price of each pizza is x dollars. The club leader purchases 8 pizzas for a total of (8x − 32) dollars. Factor the expression. What can you conclude about the discount?

Answer:
Given that,
A youth club receives a discount on each pizza purchased for a party.
The original price of each pizza is x dollars.
The club leader purchases 8 pizzas for a total of (8x − 32) dollars.

Question 14.
Three crates of food are packed on a shuttle departing for the Moon. Each crate weighs x pounds. On the Moon, the combined weight of the crates is (3x − 81) pounds. What can you conclude about the weight of each crate on the Moon?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 87

Answer:
Three crates of food are packed on a shuttle departing for the Moon.
Each crate weighs x pounds. On the Moon, the combined weight of the crates is (3x − 81) pounds.
The factors of 3 are: 1, 3
The factors of 81 are: 1, 3, 9, 27, 81
Then the greatest common factor is 3.

Factoring Expressions Homework & Practice 5.5

Review & Refresh

Use the Distributive Property to simplify the expression.

Question 1.
2(n + 8)

Answer: 2n + 16

Explanation:
Given the expression 2(n + 8)
The distributive property explains that multiplying two numbers (factors) together will result in the same thing as breaking up one factor into two addends, multiplying both addends by the other factor, and adding together both products.
(2 × n) + (2 × 8)
= 2n + 16

Question 2.
3(4 + m)

Answer: 12 + 3m

Explanation:
The distributive property explains that multiplying two numbers (factors) together will result in the same thing as breaking up one factor into two addends, multiplying both addends by the other factor, and adding together both products.
3(4 + m)
= (3 × 4) + (3 × m)
= 12 + 3m

Question 3.
7(b – 3)

Answer: 7b – 21

Explanation:
The distributive property explains that multiplying two numbers (factors) together will result in the same thing as breaking up one factor into two addends, multiplying both addends by the other factor, and adding together both products.
7(b – 3)
= (7 × b) – (7 × 3)
= 7b – 21

Question 4.
10(4 – w)

Answer: 40 – 10w

Explanation:
The distributive property explains that multiplying two numbers (factors) together will result in the same thing as breaking up one factor into two addends, multiplying both addends by the other factor, and adding together both products.
10 (4 – w)
= (10 × 4) – (10 × w)
= 40 – 10w

Write the phrase as an expression.

Question 5.
5 plus a number p

Answer: 5 + p

Explanation:
The phrase plus indicates addition.
The Express would be 5 + p

Question 6.
18 less than a number r

Answer: 18 < r

Explanation:
The phrase less than indicates < symbol.
So the expression would be 18 < r

Question 7.
11 times a number d

Answer: 11d

Explanation:
The phrase times indicates × symbol.
So, the expression would be 11d

Question 8.
a number c divided by 25

Answer: c ÷ 25

Explanation:
The phrase divided by indicates ÷
So, the expression would be c ÷ 25

Decide whether the rates are equivalent.

Question 9.
84 feet in 12 seconds
217 feet in 31 seconds

Answer: The rates are equivalent

Explanation:
Given,
84 feet in 12 seconds
217 feet in 31 seconds
Here we have to check whether the rates are equivalent or not.
84 feet in 12 seconds = 7 : 1
217 feet in 31 seconds = 7 : 1
Thus the rates are equivalent.

Question 10.
12 cups of soda for every 54 cups of juice
8 cups of soda for every 36 cups of juice

Answer: the rates are equivalent

Explanation:
Given,
12 cups of soda for every 54 cups of juice
8 cups of soda for every 36 cups of juice
Here we have to check whether the rates are equivalent or not.
12 cups of soda for every 54 cups of juice = 2 : 9
8 cups of soda for every 36 cups of juice = 2 : 9
Thus the rates are equivalent.

Match the decimal with its equivalent percent.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 88

Answer: C

Explanation:
The fraction form of the decimal 0.36 is \(\frac{36}{100}\)
\(\frac{36}{100}\) × 100 = 36%
Thus the equivalent percent is option C.

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 89

Answer: B

Explanation:
The fraction form of the decimal 3.6 is \(\frac{36}{10}\)
\(\frac{36}{10}\) × 100 = 36 × 10 = 360%
Thus the equivalent percent is option B.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 90

Answer: A

Explanation:
The fraction form of the decimal 0.0036 is \(\frac{36}{10000}\)
\(\frac{36}{10000}\) × 100 = \(\frac{36}{100}\) = 0.36%
Thus the equivalent percent is option A.

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 91

Answer: B

Explanation:
Explanation:
The fraction form of the decimal 0.0036 is \(\frac{36}{1000}\)
\(\frac{36}{1000}\) × 100 = \(\frac{36}{10}\) =3.6%
Thus the equivalent percent is option D.

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving
FINDING DIMENSIONS
The model shows the area (in square units) of each part of a rectangle. Use the model to find missing values that complete the expression. Explain your reasoning. (See Exploration 1, p. 227.)

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 92

Answer:4(3 + 4)

Explanation:
We can find the area of the rectangle by using the distributive property.
Let us take 4 as the common factor
(12 + 16) = 4(3 + 4)

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 93

Answer: 8(6 + 4)

Explanation:
We can find the area of the rectangle by using the distributive property.
Let us take 8 as a common factor
48 + 32 = 8 (6 + 4)

FACTORING NUMERICAL EXPRESSIONS
Factor the expression using the GCF.

Question 17.
7 + 14

Answer: 7

Explanation:
The factors of 7 are: 1, 7
The factors of 14 are: 1, 2, 7, 14
Then the greatest common factor is 7.

Question 18.
12 + 42

Answer: 6

Explanation:
The factors of 12 are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 12
The factors of 42 are: 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 14, 21, 42
Then the greatest common factor is 6.

Question 19.
22 + 11

Answer: 11

Explanation:
The factors of 11 are: 1, 11
The factors of 22 are: 1, 2, 11, 22
Then the greatest common factor is 11.

Question 20.
70 + 95

Answer: 5

Explanation:
The factors of 70 are: 1, 2, 5, 7, 10, 14, 35, 70
The factors of 95 are: 1, 5, 19, 95
Then the greatest common factor is 5.

Question 21.
60 – 36

Answer: 12

Explanation:
The factors of 36 are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 9, 12, 18, 36
The factors of 60 are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 12, 15, 20, 30, 60
Then the greatest common factor is 12.

Question 22.
100 – 80

Answer: 20

Explanation:
The factors of 80 are: 1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 40, 80
The factors of 100 are: 1, 2, 4, 5, 10, 20, 25, 50, 100
Then the greatest common factor is 20.

Question 23.
84 + 28

Answer: 28

Explanation:
The factors of 28 are: 1, 2, 4, 7, 14, 28
The factors of 84 are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 12, 14, 21, 28, 42, 84
Then the greatest common factor is 28.

Question 24.
48 + 80

Answer: 16

Explanation:
The factors of 48 are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 24, 48
The factors of 80 are: 1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 40, 80
Then the greatest common factor is 16.

Question 25.
19 + 95

Answer: 19

Explanation:
The factors of 19 are: 1, 19
The factors of 95 are: 1, 5, 19, 95
Then the greatest common factor is 19.

Question 26.
44 – 11

Answer: 11

Explanation:
The factors of 11 are: 1, 11
The factors of 44 are: 1, 2, 4, 11, 22, 44
Then the greatest common factor is 11.

Question 27.
18 – 12

Answer: 6

Explanation:
The factors of 12 are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 12
The factors of 18 are: 1, 2, 3, 6, 9, 18
Then the greatest common factor is 6.

Question 28.
48 + 16

Answer: 16

Explanation:
The factors of 16 are: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16
The factors of 48 are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 24, 48
Then the greatest common factor is 16.

Question 29.
98 – 70

Answer: 14

Explanation:
The factors of 70 are: 1, 2, 5, 7, 10, 14, 35, 70
The factors of 98 are: 1, 2, 7, 14, 49, 98
Then the greatest common factor is 14.

Question 30.
58 + 28

Answer: 2

Explanation:
The factors of 28 are: 1, 2, 4, 7, 14, 28
The factors of 58 are: 1, 2, 29, 58
Then the greatest common factor is 2.

Question 31.
72 – 39

Answer: 3

Explanation:
The factors of 39 are: 1, 3, 13, 39
The factors of 72 are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 12, 18, 24, 36, 72
Then the greatest common factor is 3.

Question 32.
69 + 84

Answer: 3

Explanation:
The factors of 69 are: 1, 3, 23, 69
The factors of 84 are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 12, 14, 21, 28, 42, 84
Then the greatest common factor is 3.

Question 33.
REASONING
The whole numbers a and b are divisible by c, where b is greater than a. Is a + b divisible by c ? Is b − a divisible by c ? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
Let the whole numbers a and b be 12 and 54
Let c be 6.
In this case b is greater than a.
Now let us check whether and b are divisible by c.
a + b ÷ c:
12 + 54 ÷ 6
66 ÷ 6 = 11
b – a ÷ c:
54 – 12 ÷ 6
42 ÷ 6 = 7

Question 34.
MULTIPLE CHOICE
Which expression is not equivalent to 81x + 54?
A. 27(3x + 2)
B. 3(37x + 18)
C. 9(9x + 6)
D. 6(13x + 9)

Answer: B. 3(37x + 18), D. 6(13x + 9)

Explanation:
Given the expression 81x + 54
A. 27(3x + 2)
= (27 × 3x) + (27 × 2)
= 81x + 54
B. 3(37x + 18)
= 111x + 54
C. 9(9x + 6)
= 81x + 54
D. 6(13x + 9)
78x + 54
Thus the expression is not equivalent to 81x + 54 are option B and D.

FACTORING ALGEBRAIC EXPRESSIONS
Factor the expression using the GCF.

Question 35.
2x + 10

Answer: 2

Explanation:
Since 2x, 10 contain both numbers and variables, there are two steps to find the GCF.
The factors of 2 are: 1, 2
The factors of 10 are: 1, 2, 5, 10
Then the greatest common factor is 2.

Question 36.
15x + 6

Answer: 3

Explanation:
Since 15x, 6 contain both numbers and variables, there are two steps to find the GCF.
The factors of 6 are: 1, 2, 3, 6
The factors of 15 are: 1, 3, 5, 15
Then the greatest common factor is 3.

Question 37.
26x – 13

Answer: 13

Explanation:
Since 26x, 13 contain both numbers and variables, there are two steps to find the GCF.
The factors of 13 are: 1, 13
The factors of 26 are: 1, 2, 13, 26
Then the greatest common factor is 13

Question 38.
50x – 60

Answer: 10

Explanation:
Since 50x, 60 contain both numbers and variables, there are two steps to find the GCF.
The factors of 50 are: 1, 2, 5, 10, 25, 50
The factors of 60 are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 12, 15, 20, 30, 60
Then the greatest common factor is 10.

Question 39.
36x + 9

Answer: 9

Explanation:
Since 36x, 9 contain both numbers and variables, there are two steps to find the GCF.
The factors of 9 are: 1, 3, 9
The factors of 36 are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 9, 12, 18, 36
Then the greatest common factor is 9

Question 40.
14x – 98

Answer: 14

Explanation:
Since 14x, 98 contain both numbers and variables, there are two steps to find the GCF.
The factors of 14 are: 1, 2, 7, 14
The factors of 98 are: 1, 2, 7, 14, 49, 98
Then the greatest common factor is 14.

Question 41.
18p + 26

Answer: 2

Explanation:
Since 18p, 26 contain both numbers and variables, there are two steps to find the GCF.
The factors of 18 are: 1, 2, 3, 6, 9, 18
The factors of 26 are: 1, 2, 13, 26
Then the greatest common factor is 2.

Question 42.
16m + 40

Answer: 8

Explanation:
Since 16m, 40 contain both numbers and variables, there are two steps to find the GCF.
The factors of 16 are: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16
The factors of 40 are: 1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 20, 40
Then the greatest common factor is 8.

Question 43.
24 + 72n

Answer: 24

Explanation:
Since 24, 72n contain both numbers and variables, there are two steps to find the GCF.
The factors of 24 are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 24
The factors of 72 are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 12, 18, 24, 36, 72
Then the greatest common factor is 24.

Question 44.
50 + 65h

Answer: 5

Explanation:
Since 50, 65h contain both numbers and variables, there are two steps to find the GCF.
The factors of 50 are: 1, 2, 5, 10, 25, 50
The factors of 65 are: 1, 5, 13, 65
Then the greatest common factor is 5.

Question 45.
76d – 24

Answer: 4

Explanation:
Since 76d, 24 contain both numbers and variables, there are two steps to find the GCF.
The factors of 24 are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 24
The factors of 76 are: 1, 2, 4, 19, 38, 76
Then the greatest common factor is 4.

Question 46.
27 – 45c

Answer: 9

Explanation:
Since 27, 45c contains both numbers and variables, there are two steps to find the GCF.
The factors of 27 are: 1, 3, 9, 27
The factors of 45 are: 1, 3, 5, 9, 15, 45
Then the greatest common factor is 9.

Question 47.
18t + 38x

Answer: 2

Explanation:
Since 18t, 38x contains both numbers and variables, there are two steps to find the GCF.
The factors of 18 are: 1, 2, 3, 6, 9, 18
The factors of 38 are: 1, 2, 19, 38
Then the greatest common factor is 2.

Question 48.
90y + 65z

Answer: 5

Explanation:
Since 90y, 65z contains both numbers and variables, there are two steps to find the GCF.
The factors of 65 are: 1, 5, 13, 65
The factors of 90 are: 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 9, 10, 15, 18, 30, 45, 90
Then the greatest common factor is 5.

Question 49.
10x – 25y

Answer: 5

Explanation:
Since 10x, 25y contains both numbers and variables, there are two steps to find the GCF.
The factors of 10 are: 1, 2, 5, 10
The factors of 25 are: 1, 5, 25
Then the greatest common factor is 5.

Question 50.
24y + 88x

Answer: 8

Explanation:
Since 24y, 88x contains both numbers and variables, there are two steps to find the GCF.
The factors of 24 are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 24
The factors of 88 are: 1, 2, 4, 8, 11, 22, 44, 88
Then the greatest common factor is 8.

Question 51.
OPEN-ENDED
Use the Distributive Property to write two expressions that are equivalent to 8x + 16.

Answer: 8(x + 2), 4(2x + 4)

Explanation:
By using the Distributive Property we can write 8x + 16 in two ways.
8x + 16
Take 8 as a common factor
8(x + 2)
Next take 4 as a common factor
4(2x + 4)
The expressions 8(x + 2) and 4(2x + 4) are equivalent to 8x + 16

MATCHING
Match the expression with an equivalent expression.

Question 52.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 94

Answer: C

Explanation:
Given the expression 8x + 16y
Let us take 4 as a common factor.
4(2x + 4y)
Thus the equivalent expression is option C.

Question 53.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 95

Answer: B

Explanation:
Given the expression 4x + 8y
Let us take 2 as a common factor.
4x + 8y = 2(4y + 2x)
Thus the equivalent expression is option B.

Question 54.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 96

Answer: D

Explanation:
Given the expression 16x + 8y
Let us take 8 as a common factor.
16x + 8y = 8(2x + y)
This can also be written as 8(y + 2x)
Thus the equivalent expression is option D.

Question 55.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 97

Answer: A

Explanation:
Given the expression 8x + 4y
Let us take 4 as a common factor.
8x + 4y = 4(2x + y)
Thus the equivalent expression is option A.

Question 56.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend factors the expression 24x + 56. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 98

Answer: your friend is incorrect

Explanation:
Given the expression 24x + 56
Take 8 as the common factor from the expression.
24x + 56 = 8(3x + 7)
By this, we can say that your friend is incorrect.

Question 57.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You sell soup mixes for a fundraiser. For each soup mix you sell, the company that makes the soup receives x dollars, and you receive the remaining amount. You sell 16 soup mixes for a total of (16x + 96) dollars. How much money do you receive for each soup mix that you sell?

Answer: $6

Explanation:
Here, the cost price of each soup = x dollars
The cost price of 16 soup = 16 x
The selling price of 16 soup = 16 x + 96
Since, the total money received for 16 soup = The selling price of 16 soup – The cost price of 16 soup
= 16 x + 96 – 16 x
= 96
Thus, the total money received for 16 soup = 96 dollars
⇒ The total money received for 1 soup = 96/16 dollars
⇒ The total money received for 1 soup = 6 dollars
Hence, for each soup 6 dollars is received.

Question 58.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A clothing store is having a sale on holiday socks. Each pair of socks costs x dollars. You leave the store with 6 pairs of socks and spend a total of (6x − 14) dollars. You pay with $40. How much change do you receive? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 99

Answer: $14

Explanation:
Given,
A clothing store is having a sale on holiday socks. Each pair of socks costs x dollars.
You leave the store with 6 pairs of socks and spend a total of (6x − 14) dollars.
You pay with $40.
Since, the cost of 1 pair of socks = x
The cost of 6 pair of socks = 6 x
Total amount spend = $ 40
According to the question,
6 x – 14 = 40
6 x = 40 + 14
6 x = 54
x = 9
Thus, the original price of one pair of socks = $ 9
The original price of 6 pairs of socks = $ 54
Hence, the total change = original price of socks – the price of socks in the sale = 54 – 40 = $ 14

Question 59.
STRUCTURE
You buy 37 concert tickets for $8 each, and then sell all 37 tickets for $11 each. The work below shows two ways you can determine your profit. Describe each solution method. Which do you prefer? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 100

Answer:
Given,
You buy 37 concert tickets for $8 each, and then sell all 37 tickets for $11 each.
I prefer the second method which is simplified using the distributive property.
Number of concert tickets = 37
Actual price = $8
selling price = $11
Profit = Number of tickets (selling price – cost price)
P = 37 (11 – 8)
P = 37(3)
P = $111

Question 60.
NUMBER SENSE
The prime factorizations of two numbers are shown, where a and b represent prime numbers. Write the sum of the two numbers as an expression of the form Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 101. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 101.1

Answer:
Let us consider a and b are 2 and 5
Number 1:
2 × 11 × 5 × a
Number 2:
7 × b × 3 × 3
14 (2 + 5) = 140

Algebraic Expressions and Properties Connecting Concepts

Connecting Concepts
Using the Problem-Solving Plan

Question 1.
A store sells 18 pairs of the wireless earbuds shown. Customers saved a total of $882 on the earbuds. Find the original price of the earbuds.
Understand the problem.
You know the percent discount on a pair of wireless earbuds, the number of pairs of earbuds sold, and the total amount of money that customers saved. You are asked to find the original price of the earbuds.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 102
Make a plan
First, write an expression that represents the total amount of money that customers pay for the earbuds. Then factor the expression to find the discount (in dollars) on each pair of earbuds. Finally, solve a percent problem to find the original price.
Solve and check.
Use the plan to solve the problem. Then check your solution.

Answer:
Number of pairs = 18
Amount saved = $882
Let d be the cost of the wireless earbuds
So, the expression would be 18d + 882

Question 2.
All of the weight plates in a gym are labeled in kilograms. You want to convert the weights to pounds. Write an expression to find the number of pounds in z kilograms. Then find the weight in pounds of a plate that weighs 20.4 kilograms.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 103

Answer:
All of the weight plates in a gym are labeled in kilograms. You want to convert the weights to pounds
Convert from kilograms to pounds
1 kg = 2.20 pounds
The expression would be 2.20z
Now we have to find the weight of 20.4 kilograms to pounds.
20.4kg = 2.20 × 20.4
= 44.97 pounds

Question 3.
You buy apple chips and banana chips in the ratio of 2 : 7.
a. How many ounces of banana chips do you buy when you buy n ounces of apple chips? Explain.

Answer:
The ratio of apple chips and banana chips = 2 : 7
Apple chips = 2
Banana chips = 7
2 + 7 = 9
n/2 = 9
n = 18
18 ounces of apple chips
n/7 = 9
n = 9 × 7
n = 63
63 ounces of banana chips for 18 ounces of apple chips.
b. You buy 12 ounces of apple chips. How many ounces of banana chips do you buy?

Answer:
You buy 12 ounces of apple chips.
The ratio of apple chips and banana chips = 2 : 7
Apple chips = 2x
Banana chips = 7x
2 + 7 = 9
n = 12
For 12 ounces of apple chips you buy 42 ounces of banana chips

Performance Task

Describing Change

At the beginning of this chapter, you watched a STEAM video called “Shadow Drawings.” You are now ready to complete the performance task related to this video, available at BigIdeasMath.com. Be sure to use the problem-solving plan as you work through the performance task.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 104

Algebraic Expressions and Properties Chapter Review

Review Vocabulary

Write the definition and give an example of each vocabulary term.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 105

Graphic Organizers

You can use an Example and Non-Example Chartto list examples and non-examples of a concept. Here is an Example and Non-Example Chart for the CommutativeProperty of Addition.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 106

Choose and complete a graphic organizer to help you study the concept.

  1. algebraic expressions
  2. variable
  3. Commutative Property of Multiplication
  4. Associative Property of Addition
  5. Associative Property of Multiplication
  6. Addition Property of Zero
  7. Multiplication Property of Zero
  8. Multiplication Property of One
  9. Distributive Property

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 107

Chapter Self-Assessment

As you complete the exercises, use the scale below to rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 108

5.1 Algebraic Expressions (pp. 201 – 208)

Identify the terms, coefficients, and constants in the expression.

Question 1.
9x + 2 + 8y

Answer:
2 – constant
9, 8 – coefficient
x, y – variable or term
A term without a variable is called a constant.
The numerical factor of a term that contains a variable is called a coefficient.
A variable is a symbol that represents one or more numbers. Each number or variable by itself, or product of numbers and variables in an algebraic expression, is called a term.

Question 2.
3x2 + x + 7

Answer:
7 – constant
3, 1 – coefficient
x – variable or term
2 is the exponent
A term without a variable is called a constant.
The numerical factor of a term that contains a variable is called a coefficient.
An exponent refers to the number of times a number is multiplied by itself.
A variable is a symbol that represents one or more numbers. Each number or variable by itself, or product of numbers and variables in an algebraic expression, is called a term.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 109

Answer:
1 – constant
7, 1/4 – coefficient
q – variable or term
A term without a variable is called a constant.
The numerical factor of a term that contains a variable is called a coefficient.
A variable is a symbol that represents one or more numbers. Each number or variable by itself, or product of numbers and variables in an algebraic expression, is called a term.

Evaluate the expression when x = 20, y = 4, and z = 7.

Question 4.
x ÷ 5

Answer: 4

Explanation:
Given expression is x ÷ 5
Where x = 20
20 ÷ 5 = 4
Thus x ÷ 5 = 4

Question 5.
12 – z

Answer: 5

Explanation:
Given expression is 12 – z
Where z = 7
12 – z
= 12 – 7
= 5
Thus 12 – z = 5

Question 6.
4y

Answer: 16

Explanation:
The given expression is 4y
Where
y = 4
4y = 4(4) = 16

Question 7.
y + x

Answer: 24

Explanation:
Given expression is y + x
Where
y = 4
x = 20
y + x
= 4 + 20 = 24
Thus y + x = 24

Question 8.
x . z

Answer: 80

Explanation:
Given expression is x . z
Where
x = 20
z = 7
x . z = 20 × 7 = 140
Thus x . z = 140

Question 9.
x – y

Answer: 16

Explanation:
Given expression is x – y
Where
y = 4
x = 20
20 – 4 = 16
Thus x – y = 16

Question 10.
3z + 8

Answer: 29

Explanation:
Given expression is 3z + 8
Where
z = 7
3z + 8 = 3(7) + 8
= 21 + 8
= 29
Thus 3z + 8 = 29

Question 11.
8y – x

Answer: 12

Explanation:
Given expression is 8y – x
Where
y = 4
x = 20
8y – x = 8(4) – 20
= 32 – 20
= 12
Thus 8y – x = 12

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 110

Answer:

Explanation:
Given expression is Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 110
Where
y = 4
x = 20
(20)²/4
= (20 × 20)/4
= 5 × 20
= 100

Question 13.
The amount earned (in dollars) for recycling pounds of copper is 2p. How much do you earn for recycling 28 pounds of copper?

Answer: 56

Explanation:
Given,
The amount earned (in dollars) for recycling pounds of copper is 2p.
Substitute the value of p in the expression.
p = 28
2p = 2(28) = 56

Question 14.
While playing a video game, you score p game points and b triple bonus points. An expression for your score is p + 3b. What is your score when you earn 245 game points and 20 triple bonus points?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 111

Answer:
Given,
While playing a video game, you score p game points and b triple bonus points. An expression for your score is p + 3b.
p = 245
b = 20
Substitute the value of p and b in the given expression
p + 3b = 245 + 3(22)
245 + 66 = 311

Question 15.
Tickets for a baseball game cost a dollars for adults and c dollars for children. The expression 2a + 3c represents the cost (in dollars) for a family to go to the game. What is the cost for the family when an adult ticket is $17 and a child ticket is $12?

Answer:
Given,
Tickets for a baseball game cost a dollars for adults and c dollars for children.
The expression 2a + 3c represents the cost (in dollars) for a family to go to the game.
a = 17
c = 12
2a + 3c
Substitute the value of a and c in the given expression
= 2(17) + 3(12)
= 34 + 36
= 70

Question 16.
Add one set of parentheses to the expression 2x2 + 4 − 5 so that the value of the expression is 75 when x = 6.

Answer:
2x2 + 4 − 5
x = 6
2(6)2 + 4 − 5
= 2(36) – 1
= 72 – 1
= 71
Add 4 to the expression to get the value 75
2x2 + 4 − 5 + 4
x = 6
2(6)2 + 4 − 5 + 4
= 2(36) – 1 + 4
= 72 – 1 + 4
= 71 + 4
= 75

5.2 Writing Expressions (pp. 209–214)

Write the phrase as an expression.

Question 17.
9 fewer than 23

Answer: 9 – 23

Explanation:
The phrase “fewer than” represents – symbol
Thus the expression would be 9 – 23

Question 18.
6 more than the quotient of 15 and 3

Answer: 6 + (15 ÷ 3)

Explanation:
The phrase more than represents ‘+’ and quotient represents ‘÷’
Thus the expression would be 6 + (15 ÷ 3)

Question 19.
the product of a number d and 32

Answer: 32d

Explanation:
The phrase product represents ‘×’ symbol.
Thus the expression would be 32d

Question 20.
a number t decreased by 17

Answer: d – 17

Explanation:
The phrase “decreased” represents ‘-‘ symbol.
Thus the expression would be d – 17

Question 21.
Your basketball team scored 4 fewer than twice as many points as the other team.
a. Write an expression that represents the number of points your team scored.

Answer:
Your basketball team scored 4 fewer than twice as many points, x, as the other team.
n = 2x – 4
b. The other team scored 24 points. How many points did your team score?

Answer: 14

Explanation:
The other team scored 24 points i.e. n=24.
24 = 2x – 4
2x = 24 + 4
2x = 28
x = 28/2
x = 14
Thus the team score 14 points.

Question 22.
The boiling temperature (in degrees Celsius) of platinum is 199 more than four times the boiling temperature (in degrees Celsius) of zinc.
a. Write an expression that represents the boiling temperature (in degrees Celsius) of platinum.

Answer: P = 199 + 4z
b. The boiling temperature of zinc is 907 degrees Celsius. What is the boiling temperature of platinum?

Answer:
The boiling temperature of zinc is 907 degrees Celsius.
P = 199 + 4z
P = 199 + 4(907)
P = 3827

Question 23.
Write an algebraic expression with two variables, x and y, that has a value of 50 when x = 3 and y = 5. (pp. 215–220)

Answer: 5x + 7y = 50

Explanation:
Let us assume that the algebraic expression is 5x + 7y = 50
Where x = 3 and y = 5
5(3) + 7(5) = 50
15 + 35 = 50
50 = 50
Our assumption is correct.

5.3 Properties of Addition and Multiplication

Simplify the expression. Explain each step.

Question 24.
10 + (2 + y)

Answer: 12 + y

Explanation:
Given the expression 10 + (2 + y)
Combine the like terms
10 + 2 + y = 12 + y

Question 25.
(21 + b) + 1

Answer: 22 + b

Explanation:
Given the expression (21 + b) + 1
Combine the like terms
21+ 1 + b
22 + b

Question 26.
3(7x)

Answer: 21x

Explanation:
Given the expression 3(7x)
3 × 7x = 21x

Question 27.
1(3.2w)

Answer: 3.2w

Explanation:
Given the expression 1(3.2w)
1 × 3.2w = 3.2w

Question 28.
5.3 + (w + 1.2)

Answer: 6.5 + w

Explanation:
Given the expression 5.3 + (w + 1.2)
Combine the like terms
5.3 + 1.2 + w
= 6.5 + w

Question 29.
(0 + t) + 9

Answer: t + 9

Explanation:
Given the expression (0 + t) + 9
Combine the like terms
(0 + t) + 9 = t + 9

Question 30.
The expression 7 + 3x+ 4 represents the perimeter of the triangle. Simplify the expression.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 112

Answer:
Given,
The expression 7 + 3x+ 4 represents the perimeter of the triangle.
Combine the like terms
7 + 3x+ 4 = 11 + 3x

Question 31.
Write an algebraic expression that can be simplified using the Associative Property of Addition.

Answer:
Associative property of addition: Changing the grouping of addends does not change the sum. For example, ( 2 + 3 ) + 4 = 2 + ( 3 + 4 ) (2 + 3) + 4 = 2 + (3 + 4) (2+3)+4=2+(3+4) left parenthesis, 2, plus, 3, right parenthesis, plus, 4, equals, 2, plus, left parenthesis, 3, plus, 4, right parenthesis.

5.4 The Distributive Property

Use the Distributive Property to simplify the expression.

Question 32.
2(x + 12)

Answer:
We can simplify the expression by using the Distributive Property.
The distributive property explains that multiplying two numbers together will result in the same thing as breaking up one factor into two addends, multiplying both addends by the other factor, and adding together both products.
2(x + 12) = 2 × x + 2 × 12
= 2x + 24

Question 33.
11(4b – 3)

Answer:
Given the expression 11(4b – 3)
We can simplify the expression by using the Distributive Property.
The distributive property explains that multiplying two numbers together will result in the same thing as breaking up one factor into two addends, multiplying both addends by the other factor, and adding together both products.
11(4b – 3) = 11 × 4b – 11 × 3
= 44b – 33

Question 34.
8(s – 1)

Answer:
Given the expression 8(s – 1)
We can simplify the expression by using the Distributive Property.
The distributive property explains that multiplying two numbers together will result in the same thing as breaking up one factor into two addends, multiplying both addends by the other factor, and adding together both products.
8(s – 1) = 8 × s – 8 × 1
= 8s – 8

Question 35.
6(6 + y)

Answer:
Given the expression 6(6 + y)
We can simplify the expression by using the Distributive Property.
The distributive property explains that multiplying two numbers together will result in the same thing as breaking up one factor into two addends, multiplying both addends by the other factor, and adding together both products.
6(6 + y) = 6 × 6 + 6 × y
36 + 6y

Simplify the expression.

Question 36.
5(n + 3) + 4n

Answer:
Given the expression 5(n + 3) + 4n
Combine the like terms
5(n + 3) + 4n
= 5 × n + 5 × 3 + 4n
= 5n + 15 + 4n
= 9n + 15

Question 37.
t + 2 + 6t

Answer:
Given the expression t + 2 + 6t
Combine the like terms
t + 2 + 6t
7t + 2

Question 38.
3z + 14 + 5z – 9

Answer:
Given the expression 3z + 14 + 5z – 9
Combine the like terms
3z + 14 + 5z – 9
8z – 5

Question 39.
A family of three goes to a salon. Each person gets a haircut and highlights. The cost of each haircut is $15, and the cost per person for highlights is x dollars. Write and simplify an expression that represents the total cost (in dollars) for the family at the salon.

Answer: 45 + 3(x)

Explanation:
Given,
A family of three goes to a salon. Each person gets a haircut and highlights.
The cost of each haircut is $15, and the cost per person for highlights is x dollars.
The expression would be 45 + 3x
Each person gets a haircut = 3 × 15 = 45

Question 40.
Each day, you take vocal lessons for v minutes and trumpet lessons for 30 minutes. Write and simplify an expression to find how many minutes of lessons you take in 4 days.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 113

Answer:
Given,
Minutes of vocal lessons I take each day =
Minutes of trumpet lessons I take each day = 30
To write and simplify how many minutes of lessons I take in 4 days.
Solution:
Total number of minutes of lesson I take each day can be calculated by adding the minutes of lessons taken each day and can be given as:
= v + 30
The expression would be (v + 30)
So in 4 days I will take = 4(v + 30)
= 4v + 120
Thus, total minutes of lessons I take in 4 days = 4v + 120

5.5 Factoring Expressions (pp. 227 – 232)

Factor the expression using the GCF.

Question 41.
42 – 12

Answer: 6

Explanation:
The factors of 12 are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 12
The factors of 42 are: 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 14, 21, 42
Then the greatest common factor is 6.

Question 42.
15 + 35

Answer: 5

Explanation:
The factors of 15 are: 1, 3, 5, 15
The factors of 35 are: 1, 5, 7, 35
Then the greatest common factor is 5.

Question 43.
36x – 28

Answer: 4

Explanation:
The factors of 28 are: 1, 2, 4, 7, 14, 28
The factors of 36 are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 9, 12, 18, 36
Then the greatest common factor is 4.

Question 44.
24 + 64x

Answer: 8

Explanation:
The factors of 24 are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 24
The factors of 64 are: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64
Then the greatest common factor is 8.

Question 45.
60 – 150x

Answer: 30

Explanation:
The factors of 60 are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 12, 15, 20, 30, 60
The factors of 150 are: 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 10, 15, 25, 30, 50, 75, 150
Then the greatest common factor is 30.

Question 46.
16x + 56y

Answer: 8

Explanation:
The factors of 16 are: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16
The factors of 56 are: 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, 14, 28, 56
Then the greatest common factor is 8.

Question 47.
A soccer team receives a discount on each jersey purchased. The original price of each jersey is x dollars. The team buys 18 jerseys for a total of (18x − 36) dollars. What can you conclude about the discount?

Answer:
Given,
A soccer team receives a discount on each jersey purchased.
The original price of each jersey is x dollars.
The team buys 18 jerseys for a total of (18x − 36) dollars.
Multiply 18 with the original price after that you decrease 36 dollars.
By this, we can conclude that $36 is the discount

Question 48.
You sell apple cider for a fundraiser. For each gallon of cider you sell, the company that makes the cider receives x dollars, and you receive the remaining amount. You sell 15 gallons of cider for (15x + 45) dollars. How much money do you receive for each gallon of cider that you sell?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 113.1

Answer:
Given,
You sell apple cider for a fundraiser. For each gallon of cider you sell, the company that makes the cider receives x dollars, and you receive the remaining amount.
You sell 15 gallons of cider for (15x + 45) dollars
Let x = 1
15(1) + 45 = 60
x = 2
15(2) + 45 = 30 + 45 = 75

Algebraic Expressions and Properties Practice Test

Question 1.
Identify the terms, coefficients, and constants of \(\frac{q}{3}\) + 6 + 9q.

Answer:
6 – constant
9,  \(\frac{1}{3}\) – coefficient
q – variable or term
A term without a variable is called a constant.
The exponent tells us how many times the base is used as a factor
The numerical factor of a term that contains a variable is called a coefficient.
A variable is a symbol that represents one or more numbers. Each number or variable by itself, or product of numbers and variables in an algebraic expression, is called a term.

Question 2.
Evaluate 4b – a when a = 12 and b = 7.

Answer: 16

Explanation:
Given the expression 4b – a
where a = 12 and b = 7
4(7) – 12
28 – 12 = 16
Thus 4b – a = 16

Write the phrase as an expression.

Question 3.
25 more than 50

Answer: The phrase for the expression 25 more than 50 is 25 + 50

Question 4.
6 less than the quotient of 32 and a number y.

Answer: The phrase for the expression 6 less than the quotient of 32 and a number y is 6 – 32 ÷ y

Simplify the expression. Explain each step.

Question 5.
3.1 + (8.6 + m)

Answer:
Given the expression 3.1 + (8.6 + m)
Combine the like terms
3.1 + (8.6 + m)
3.1 + 8.6 + 3
11.7 + m

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 114

Answer:
Given the expression (\(\frac{2}{3}\) × t) × 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
First, convert the mixed fraction to the improper fraction
1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{3}{2}\)
\(\frac{3}{2}\) × \(\frac{2}{3}\) × t
= t
Thus (\(\frac{2}{3}\) × t) × 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = t

Question 7.
4(x + 8)

Answer:
Given the expression 4(x + 8)
= 4 × x + 4 × 8
= 4x + 32

Question 8.
4t + 7 + 2t – 2

Answer: 6t + 5

Explanation:
Combine the like terms
4t + 7 + 2t – 2
6t + 5
Thus 4t + 7 + 2t – 2 = 6t + 5

Factor the expression using the GCF.

Question 9.
18 + 24

Answer:
Find the GCF for 18, 24
The factors of 18 are 1, 2, 3, 6, 9, 18
The factors of 24 are 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 24
The common factors are 1, 2, 3, 6.
Thus the GCF of 18 + 24 is 6.

Question 10.
15x + 20

Answer:
Since 15x, 20 contain both numbers and variables, there are two steps to find the GCF.
Find the GCF fo the numerical part 15, 20
The factors of 20 are 1, 2, 4, 5, 10, 20
The factors of 15 are 1, 3, 5, 15
The number do not contain any common variable factors.
The greatest common factor is 5

Question 11.
32x – 40y

Answer: 8

Explanation:
Since 32x, 40y contain both numbers and variables, there are two steps to find the GCF.
Find the GCF for the numerical part 32, 40
The factors of 32 are 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32
The factors of 40 are: 1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 20, 40
The number do not contain any common variable factors.
Then the greatest common factor is 8.

Question 12.
Playing time is added at the end of a soccer game to make up for stoppages. An expression for the length (in minutes) of a 90-minute soccer game with minutes of stoppage time is 90 + x. How long is a game with 4 minutes of stoppage time?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 114.1

Answer: 94

Explanation:
Given,
Playing time is added at the end of a soccer game to make up for stoppages.
An expression for the length (in minutes) of a 90-minute soccer game with minutes of stoppage time is 90 + x.
x = 4
Substitute the value of x in the expression
90 + 4 = 94

Question 13.
The expression 15 . x . 6 represents the volume of a rectangular prism with a length of 15, a width of x, and a height of 6. Simplify the expression.

Answer:
Given,
The expression 15 . x . 6 represents the volume of a rectangular prism with a length of 15, a width of x, and a height of 6.
The formula for the volume of a rectangular prism is lwh
V = 15 × x × 6
V = 90x

Question 14.
The Coiling Dragon Cliff Skywalk in China is 128 feet longer than the length x (in feet) of the Tianmen Skywalk in China. The world’s longest glass-bottom bridge, located in China’s Zhangjiajie National Park, is about 4.3 times longer than the Coiling Dragon Cliff Skywalk. Write and simplify an expression that represents the length (in feet) of the world’s longest glass-bottom bridge.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 115

Answer:
The Coiling Dragon Cliff Skywalk in China is 128 feet longer than the length x (in feet) of the Tianmen Skywalk in China.
128 + x
The world’s longest glass-bottom bridge, located in China’s Zhangjiajie National Park, is about 4.3 times longer than the Coiling Dragon Cliff Skywalk.
(128 + x) × 4.3
128 × 4.3 + 4.3 × x
550.4 + 4.3x
Thus the expression is 4.3x + 550.4ft

Question 15.
A youth group is making and selling sandwiches to raise money. The cost to make each sandwich is dollars. The group sells 150 sandwiches for a total of (150h + 450) dollars. How much profit does the group earn for each sandwich sold?

Answer:
We are given that
Cost to make each sandwich= h dollar
The total selling price of 150 sandwiches=(150h+450 )dollars
We have to find the profit earn by the group on each sandwich sold.
Total cost for making 150 sandwiches= 150 × h
Total cost for making 150 sandwiches=150 h
Now,
Profit made by the group on 150 sandwiches
=150h+450-150h
=450 dollars
Profit earn by group for each sandwich sold= 450/150
Profit earn by group for each sandwich sold=$ 3

Question 16.
You make party favors for an event. You tie 9 inches of ribbon around each party favor. Write an expression for the number of inches of ribbon needed for n party favors. The ribbon costs $3 for each yard. Write an expression for the total cost (in dollars) of the ribbon.

Answer:
Need 9n inches of ribbon Cost is $0.75n
Since you need 9 inches per party favor and you have n party favors, the amount of ribbon you need is 9 times n inches.
So R = 9n inches
Since the ribbon costs $3 per yard and our current equation is inches, we need to do a bit of conversion.
There are 36 inches per yard and 9 inches per ribbon, so each yard of ribbon can make 36/9 = 4 ribbons for the party favors.
So the cost per party favor will be one-fourth of the cost per yard of ribbon per party favor.
So $3.00 / 4 = $0.75, making the cost equation: C = $0.75n

Algebraic Expressions and Properties Cumulative Practice

Question 1.
The student council is organizing a school fair. Council members are making signs to show the prices for admission and for each game a person can play.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 116

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 117

Let x represent the number of games. Which expression can you use to determine the total amount (in dollars) a person pays for admission and playing x games?
A. 2.25
B. 2.25x
C. 2 + 0.25x
D. 2x + 0.25

Answer: 2 + 0.25x

Explanation:
Given the data,
The student council is organizing a school fair. Council members are making signs to show the prices for admission and for each game a person can play.
Admission fee is $2
Price per game is $0.25
Let x represent the number of games.
The expression would be the sum of admission and product of price and number of games
That is 2 + 0.25x
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 2.
Which ratio relationship is represented in the graph?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 118
F. 2 cups of flour for every cup of sugar \(\frac{1}{2}\) up of sugar
G. 6 cups of flour for every 3 cups of sugar
H. 1 cup of flour for every 4 cups of sugar
I. \(\frac{1}{2}\) cup of flour for every 1 cup of sugar

Answer: 2 cups of flour for every cup of sugar \(\frac{1}{2}\) up of sugar

Explanation:
The graph represents that 2 cups of flour for every cup of sugar.
Thus the correct answer is option F.

Question 3.
At a used bookstore, you can purchase two types of books.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 119
You can use the expression 3h + 2p to find the total cost (in dollars) for h hardcover books and p paperback books. What is the total cost (in dollars) for 6 hardcover books and 4 paperback books?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 120

Answer:
Given expression 3h + 2p
h represents hardcover books
p represents paperback books
The cost of hardcover books is $3
The cost of paperback books is $2
3h + 2p = 3(3) + 2(2)
= 9 + 4
= 13
We have to find the total cost (in dollars) for 6 hardcover books and 4 paperback books.
The equation will be 6h + 4p
= 6(3) + 4(5)
= 18 + 20
= 38
The total cost (in dollars) for 6 hardcover books and 4 paperback books is $38.

Question 4.
Your friend divided two decimal numbers. Her work is shown in the box below. What should your friend change in order to divide the two decimal numbers correctly?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 121

Answer: C

Explanation:
0.07 ÷ 14.56 can be written as
7 ÷ 0.1456
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 5.
What is the value of 4.391 + 5.954?
F. 9.12145
G. 9.245
H. 9.345
I. 10.345

Answer: 10.345

Explanation:
Add two decimal numbers 4.391 and 5.954
4.391
+5.954
10.345
Thus the correct answer is option I.

Question 6.
The circle graph shows the eye color of students in a sixth-grade class. Nine students in the class have brown eyes. How many students are in the class?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 122
A. 4 students
B. 18 students
C. 20 students
D. 405 students

Answer: 20 students

Explanation:
By seeing the above figure we can find the number of students in the class.
The circle graph shows the eye color of students in a sixth-grade class. Nine students in the class have brown eyes.
45/9 = 5
Each student is equal to 5%
35/5 = 7 students
20/5 = 4 students
9 + 7 + 4 = 20 students
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 7.
Properties of Addition and Multiplication are used to simplify an expression.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 123
What number belongs in place of the x?

Answer:
36 × 23 + 33 × 64 = 36 × 23 + 64 × 33
= 36 × 23 + 64 × (23 + 10)
= 36 × 23 + 64 × 23 + 64 × 10
= 23(36 + 64) + 64 × 10
= 100 × 23 + 64 × 10
x = 100
Thus the number that belong to x is 100.

Question 8.
What is the prime factorization of 1350?
F. 10 . 135
G. 2 . 3 . 5
H. 6 . 225
I. 2 . 33 . 52

Answer:
The prime factorisation of 1350 is
1350 = 2 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 5 × 5
1350 = 2 . 33 . 52
Thus the correct answer is option I.

Question 9.
A horse gallops at a speed of 44 feet per second. What is the speed of the horse in miles per hour?
A. \(\frac{1}{2}\) mile per hour
B. 30 miles per hour
C. 64\(\frac{8}{15}\) miles per hour
D. 158,400 miles per hour

Answer: 30 miles per hour

Explanation:
Given,
A horse gallops at a speed of 44 feet per second.
Convert from feet per second to miles per hour.
1 foot per second = 0.68 miles per hour
44 feet per second = 30 miles per hour
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 10.
Which equation correctly demonstrates the Distributive Property?
F. a(b + c) = ab + ac
G. a(b + c) = ab + ac
H. a + (b + c) = (a + b) + (a + c)
I. a + (b + c) = (a + b) . (a + c)

Answer: F

Explanation:
The distributive property explains that multiplying two numbers (factors) together will result in the same thing as breaking up one factor into two addends, multiplying both addends by the other factor, and adding together both products.
a(b + c) = ab + ac
Thus the correct answer is option F.

Question 11.
Which number is equivalent to 2\(\frac{4}{5}\) . 1\(\frac{2}{7}\) ?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 124

Answer: C

Explanation:
Convert the mixed fraction to the improper fraction.
2\(\frac{4}{5}\) = \(\frac{14}{5}\)
1\(\frac{2}{7}\) = \(\frac{9}{7}\)
Now multiply both the fractions
\(\frac{14}{5}\) × \(\frac{9}{7}\) = \(\frac{126}{35}\)
Now convert from improper fraction to the mixed fractions.
\(\frac{126}{35}\) = 3 \(\frac{3}{5}\)
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 12.
Which pair of numbers does not have a least common multiple of 24?
F. 2, 12
G. 3, 8
H. 6, 8
I. 12, 24

Answer: 6, 8
The least common multiple of 24 is 24.
2, 12 is 24
3, 8 is 24
6, 8 is 48
Thus the correct answer is option H.

Question 13.
Use the Properties of Multiplication to simplify the expression in an efficient way. Show your work and explain how you used the Properties of Multiplication.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 125
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties 126

Answer:
We can use the associative property of multiplication to simplify the expression.
The associative property is a math rule that says that the way in which factors are grouped in a multiplication problem does not change the product.
(25 × 18) × 4 = 25 × (18 × 4)
450 × 4 = 1800

Question 14.
Which number is not a perfect square?
A. 64
B. 81
C. 96
D. 100

Answer: 96

Explanation:
A. 64 = 8 × 8
It is a perfect square.
B. 81 = 9 × 9
It is a perfect square.
C. 96 = 12 × 8
96 is not a perfect square.
D. 100 = 10 × 10
It is a perfect square.
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Conclusion:

I wish the article regarding the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 5 Algebraic Expressions and Properties is helpful for you. For any queries, you can ask your questions in the below-mentioned comment box. Also, share the pdf link with your friends and help them to overcome the issues in maths.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure

Hey guys!!! Are you looking for the Solution Key of Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure? If our guess is correct then you are on the right platform. Yes, here you can get the solutions for all the questions in pdf format. All you have to do is to Download Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure pdf and practice in a correct way. The topics covered in Convert and Display Measure are Length in Metric Units, Mass and Capacity in Metric Units, Length in Customary Units, Weight in Customary Units, Capacity in Customary Units, etc.

Big Ideas Math Book 5th Grade Answer Key Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure

The answers for Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure are prepared by the math professionals. So, don’t worry about the solutions just have a look at the Big Ideas Math Book 5th Grade Answer Key Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure by clicking on the below attached links. With the help of our BIM Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Measure you can learn the concepts in depth and also score good marks in the exams.

Lesson: 1 Length in Metric Units

Lesson: 2 Mass and Capacity in Metric Units

Lesson: 3 Length in Customary Units

Lesson: 4 Weight in Customary Units

Lesson: 5 Capacity in Customary Units

Lesson: 6 Make and Interpret Line Plots

Lesson: 7 Problem Solving: Measurement

Chapter – 11: Convert and Display Units of Measure

Lesson 11.1 Length in Metric Units

Explore and Grow

Work with a partner. Find 3 objects in your classroom and use a meter stick to measure them. Record your measurements in the table.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 1
Answer:
1 centimeter is 0.1 times as long as 1 millimeter.
1 meter is 0.01 times as long as 1 centimeter.
1 meter is 0.001 times as long as 1 millimeter.

Structure
How can you convert a metric length from a larger unit to a smaller unit? How can you convert a metric length from a smaller unit to a larger unit?
Answer:
We can convert a metric length from a larger unit to a smaller unit by Multiplying.
Example: There are 1000 meters in one kilometer. Then the answer is  5km = 5000 meters. (5 × 1000)
We can convert a metric length from a smaller unit to a larger unit by Dividing.
Example: one meter is equal to 0.001 km.  1 meter = 0.001 km ( 1m/1000=0.001km)

Think and Grow: Convert Metric Lengths

You can use powers of 10 to find equivalent measures in the metric system.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 2
Key Idea
When finding equivalent metric lengths, multiply to convert from a larger unit to a smaller unit. Divide to convert from a smaller unit to a larger unit.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 3
Example
Convert 6 centimeters to millimeters.
Answer:
There are 10 millimeters in 1 centimeter.

Explanation:
Because you are converting from a larger unit to a smaller unit, multiply.
6 × 10 = 60
So, 6 centimeters is 60 millimeters.

Example
Convert 14,000 meters to kilometers.
Answer: There are 1,000 meters in 1 kilometer.

Explanation:
Because you are converting from a smaller unit to a larger unit, divide.
14,000 ÷ 1000 = 14.
So, 14,000 meters is 14 kilometers.

Show and Grow

Convert the length.

Question 1.
8.5 km = 8500 m.

Answer:
8.5 × 1000 = 8500.

Explanation:
Convert from kilometers to meters.
We know that,
1 km= 1000m
8.5 km = 8.5 × 1000 = 8500 m

Question 2.
180 cm = 1.8 m
Answer: 180/100 = 1.8 m

Explanation:
Convert from centimeters to meters.
1 m = 100 cm
1 cm = 1/100 m
180 cm = 180/100 = 1.8 m

Apply and Grow: Practice

Convert the length.

Question 3.
150 m = 0.15 km
Answer:
150 m = 0.15 km

Explanation:
Convert from meters to kilometers.
(Divide the meter value by 1000)
150m/1000 = 0.15 km

Question 4.
90 cm = 900 mm
Answer: 90 cm = 900 mm

Explanation:
Convert from centimeters to millimeters.
multiply the length value (i.e., cm value) by 10
90cm × 10 = 900 mm

Question 5.
0.03 m = 3 cm.
Answer: 0.03 m = 3 cm

Explanation:
Convert from meter to centimeter
Multiply the length value by (i.e., m value ) by 100
0.03 m × 100 = 3cm

Question 6.
0.6 km = 60,000 cm
Answer: 0.6 km = 60,000 cm

Explanation:
Convert from kilometers to centimeters
multiply the length value (i.e., km value by 100000)
0.6km × 100000 = 60,000 cm

Question 7.
800 mm = 0.8 m
Answer: 800 mm = 0.8 m

Explanation:
Convert from millimeters to meters
Divide the length value(i.e., mm value by 1000)
800/1000 = 0.8 m

Question 8.
700 cm = 0.007 km
Answer: 700 cm = 0.007 km

Explanation:
Convert from centimeters to meters
Divide the length value (i.e., cm value by 100000)
700/100000 = 0.007 km

Compare.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 4

 

 

Answer:
0.02 m = 20 mm
multiply the length value (i.e., m value by 1000)
0.02 × 1000 = 20mm
3mm = 0.003 m
divide the length value(i.e., mm value by 1000)
3/1000 = 0.003 m
0.02 m < 3 mm
Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 6
Answer:
0.025 km = 25000 mm
multiply the km value by 1e+6
3,500 mm = 0.0035 km
divide the length mm value by 1e+6

Question 12.

The giant anteater has the longest tongue in relation to its body size of any mammal. Its tongue is about 0.6 meter long. How many centimeters long is its tongue?

Answer:
The giant anteater has the longest tongue in relation to its body size of any mammal. Its tongue is about 0.6 meter long. Its tongue is about 60 centimeters long.

Explanation:
(0.6 meter = 60 centimeters) multiply the length value with 100.  i.e., (0.6 × 100 = 60)
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 7

Question 13.
Number Sense
The length of an object can be written as b millimeters or c kilometers. Compare the values of b and c. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
The length of an object can be written as b millimeters or c kilometers
Let us assume that b = 2mm,  c = 2km
By comparing the b and c values
c value is greater than b
kilometers is greater than millimeters  ( 1km = 1000000 mm , 1mm = 1 × 10 ^ -6 km).

Question 14.
Writing
Why does the decimal point move to the left when converting from a smaller measure to a larger measure?

Answer:
As we move from a smaller unit to a larger unit, the number of larger units required will be less. Therefore the decimal point will always move to the left when you want to make a number smaller. Therefore the decimal point will always move to the right when you want to make the number Bigger.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
The base of Mauna Kea extends about 5.76 kilometers below sea level. What is the total height of the volcano in meters?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 8
Convert the distance below sea level to meters.
Answer: There are 1000 meters in 1 kilometer.

Explanation:
Given,
The base of Mauna Kea extends about 5.76 kilometers below sea level.
5.76 × 1000 = 5,760
So, the volcano extends 5,760 meters below sea level.
Adding below sea level and above sea level
Given in question distance of above sea level = 4,200
The distance of below sea level = 5,760
Adding both values 4,200 + 5,760 = 9,960
So, the total height of the volcano is about 9,960 meters.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 9

Show and Grow

Question 15.
A pool is 3.65 meters deep. A diving board is 100 centimeters above the surface of the water. What is the distance from the diving board to the bottom of the pool in centimeters?
Answer: Given pool depth = 3.65 meters
Explanation: The diving board is above the surface of water = 100 centimeters
Converting 3.65 meters into centimeters ( Since, 1m = 100 cm )
3.65 meters = 365 centimeters ( Multiply the meters value by 100 )
3.65 × 100 = 365 cm
The distance from the diving board to the bottom of the pool = 365 + 100 = 465 cm

Question 16.
You hike 1.6 kilometers from a cabin to a lookout. You plan to hike the same way back. On your way back, you stop after 1,050 meters to look at a map. How many meters have you hiked so far? How many kilometers are you from the cabin?
Answer: Given, that hike from a cabin toa lookout = 1.6 km

Explanation:
on the way you stopped after = 1,050 meters
so, 1.6 km = 1600 meters
1600 m + 1,050 m = 2,650 meters
Therefore, 2,650 meters have you hiked so far
Therefore , 550 meters from the cabin  ( 1600m – 1050m = 550m )
Converting 550 meters to kilometers = 0.55 km ( divide the meter value by 1000).
Therefore,0.55 km from the cabin.
Question 17.
DIG DEEPER!
You can take one of two routes to school. Which route is longer? How much longer? Write your answer two different ways.

Answer: Here, we are taking one route to school i.e., (Route A)

Explanation: From Route A and Route B the longer route is “Route A”.
So, we are taking “Route A” values.
Here 1.3km = 1300 meters (1.3km × 1000 = 1300 meters)
[Since we know that  1kilometer(km)  = 1000metres] 0.6 km = 600 meters (0.6km × 1000 = 600 meters)
So, we are adding1.3km + 0.6km
= 1300m + 600m
= 1900 meters
(OR)
Method (2): Here, we are having two routes:- Route A and Route B.
From the question, We observed that
We have to find out the longer route from Route A and Route B.
The value of Route A is 1.3km and 0.6km
The value of Route B is  625m and 800m
Now add both the routes A and B
We are converting the Route A value from “Kilometers to Meters”
Here (1.3km = 1300metres and 0.6km = 600metres)
By Adding we get 1300m+600m = 1900m
Now take Route B = 800m + 625m = 1425m
By comparing both Route A and Route B, “Route A is longer than Route B”.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 10                          

Length in Metric Units Homework & Practice 11.1

Convert the length

Question 1.
0.8 cm = __ mm
Answer: 0.8 cm = 8 millimeters (mm)

Explanation:
We have to convert from centimeters to millimeters
1 mm = 0.1 cm
Multiply the 0.8 with 10  (0.8 × 10 =8)

Question 2.
7 m = _ km
Answer: 7 m =  0.007 km

Explanation:
Convert from meters to kilometers
1 km = 1000 m
Divide the length value by 1000 ( 7/1000 =  0.007)

Question 3.
6.4 km = ___ m
Answer: 6.4 km = 6400 m

Explanation:
Convert from kilometers to meters
1 km = 1000 m
Multiply the length value by 1000 (6.4 × 1000 = 6400)

Question 4.
1,300 mm = __ cm
Answer: 1,300 mm = 130 cm

Explanation:
Convert from millimeters to centimeters.
1 mm = 0.1 cm
Divide the length value by 10 ( 1300/10 = 130)

Question 5.
91,000 cm = ___ km
Answer: 91,000 cm = 0.91 km

Explanation:
Convert from centimeters to kilometers.
1 cm = 1e – 5
Divide the length value by 100000 ( 91000/100000 = 0.91)

Question 6.
20,000 mm = ___ km
Answer: 20,000 mm = 0.02 km

Explanation:
Convert from millimeters to kilometers
Multiply the value in mm by the conversion factor 1.0E-6.
So, 20000 mm times 1.0E-6 is equal to 0.02 km.

Compare

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 11
Answer: 1.6 m is greater than 16 cm

Explanation:
16cm = 0.16 m
16cm/100 = 0.16m
1.6 m = 1.6m × 100 = 160 cm

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 12
Answer:
300 mm = 0.3 m
1mm = 0.001 m ( divide the 300mm by 1000 )
0.3 m = 300 mm
1m = 1000mm ( multiply the 0.3m by 1000 )

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 13
Answer: 0.045 km = 45,000 mm

Explanation:
Convert from kiometers to millimeters
1km = 1000000 mm
45 mm = 4.5 × 10 ^ -5 km ( it is spelled as 10 to the power of -5)  (or)   4.5 e^-5

Question 10.
Dolphins can hear sounds underwater that are 24 kilometers away. How many meters away can dolphins hear sounds underwater?
Answer:
Given,
Dolphins can hear sounds underwater that are 24 kilometers away.
24000 meters away dolphins can hear sounds underwater.

Question 11.
Reasoning
How can you convert 7.8 meters to kilometers by moving the decimal point? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Converting 7.8 meters to kilometers
7.8 meters = 0.0078 kilometers.

Explanation:
7.8 m / 1000 = 0.0078 km ( Divide the meter value by 1000 ) ( 1km = 1000 m )
To convert from meters to kilometers, divide the meter value by 1000
since , 1km = 1000m
divide the whole meter value by 1000, put a decimal point at the end of the number and then move it three places to the left.
(But in question we have the decimal number that is 7.8  so, that is why we have moved the decimal point to the fourth number from left).

Question 12.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend divides by 100 to convert a length from meters to centimeters. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:
No, it is not correct.

Explanation:
Converting a length from meters to centimeters, We have to multiply the length value by 100.

Question 13.
Which One Doesn’t Belong? Which measurement does not belong with the other three?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 14

Answer:
5,000 cm measurement does not belong with the other three.

Explanation:
500,000 mm = 500 m
500 m = 0.5km
But, 5000 cm = 50m (Here the value 50 m is didn’t belong with given values in question)

Question 14.
Modeling Real Life
A small chunk of ice called a growler breaks away from an ice burg. The growler sticks out of the water 840 millimeters and is 3.5 meters deep in the water. What is the total height of the growler in meters?
Answer:
Converting 840 millimeters into meters

Explanation:
840 mm = 0.84 meter
( Divide the length value by 1000)
840/1000 = 0.84 meter
Total Height of the growler = 0.84 m × 3.5 m (Multiply 0.84m and 3.5m)
= 2.94 meters.

Question 15.
DIG DEEPER!
A spaceship’s route from Earth to the moon is 384,400 kilometers long. The spaceship travels 500,000 meters. How many kilometers does it have left to travel?
Answer:
The Spaceship has left to travel from Earth to the Moon = 500 kilometers.

Explanation:
According, to the question
We are converting 500,000 meters to Kilometers ( 500,000 meters = 500 kilometers)
So, the spaceship has left to travel is 500 kilometers.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 15

Review & Refresh

Write the fraction in the simplest form.

Question 16.
\(\frac{2}{8}\)
Answer: \(\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Question 17.
\(\frac{10}{100}\)
Answer: \(\frac{10}{100}\) = \(\frac{1}{10}\)

Question 18.
\(\frac{24}{16}\)
Answer: \(\frac{24}{16}\) = \(\frac{3}{2}\)

Lesson 11.2 Mass and Capacity in Metric Units

Explore and Grow

Use a balance and weights to help you complete the statement.
Answer: 1 kilogram is 0.001 times as much as 1 gram.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 16
Structure
How can you convert kilograms to grams? How can you convert grams to kilograms?

Use a 1-liter beaker to help you complete the statement.
Answer: 1 liter is 0.001 times as much as 1 milliliter.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 17

Structure
How can you convert liters to milliliters? How can you convert milliliters to liters?
Answer: Converting liters to milliliters ( 1 liter = 1000 milliliters )

Explanation:
multiply the volume (i.e., liter value by 1000 )
For example :-  0.01 liter = 10 ml
0.1 liter = 100 ml
1 liter = 1000 ml
Converting milliliters to liters ( 1 milliliters = 0.001 liters)
Divide the volume value ( i.e., liter value by 1000)
1/1000 = 0.001 liter .

Think and Grow: Convert Metric Measures

Key Idea
When finding equivalent metric masses or capacities, multiply to convert from a larger unit to a smaller unit. Divide to convert from a smaller unit to a larger unit.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 18
Example
Convert 12.4 grams to milligrams.
Answer: There are 1000 milligrams in 1 gram.

Explanation:
Because you are converting from a larger unit to a smaller unit, multiply.
12.4 × 1000 = 12400
So, 12.4 grams is 12400 milligrams.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 19

Example
Convert 18,000 milliliters to liters.
Answer:
There are 1000 milliliters in 1 liter.
Because you are converting from a smaller unit to a larger unit, divide.
18,000 ÷ 1000 = 18 liters .
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 20
So, 18,000 milliliters is 18 liters.

Show and Grow

Convert the mass.

Question 1.
8 kg = ___ g
Answer: 8 kg = 8000 g (8 × 1000 = 8000g)

Explanation:
Convert from kilograms to grams
1 kg = 1000 g
8 kg = 8 × 1000 g = 8000 g

Question 2.
3,800 mg = __ g
Answer: 3,800 mg = 3.8 g
Explanation:
Convert from milligrams to grams
Divide the mass value ( mg value) by 1000
( 3800/1000 = 3.8 g )

Convert the capacity.

Question 3.
22,000 mL = __ L
Answer: 22,000 mL = 22 L
Explanation:
Convert from milliliters to liters.
Divide the volume value ( mL value) by 1000
( 22000/1000 = 22 L )

Question 4.
4.6 L = __ mL
Answer: 4.6 L = 4600 mL

Explanation:
Convert from liters to milliliters
Multiply the volume value ( L  value) by 1000
4.6 × 1000 = 4600 mL

Apply and Grow: Practice

Convert the mass.

Question 5.
5,000 g = ___ kg
Answer: 5,000 g = 5 kg

Explanation:
Convert from grams to kgs
Divide the mass value ( g value) by 1000
1000 grams = 1 kg
5000/1000 = 5kg

Question 6.
67 g = ___ mg
Answer: 67 g = 67000 mg

Explanation:
Convert from grams to milligrams
1 g = 1000 mg
Multiply the mass value ( g value ) by 1000
67 × 1000 = 67000 mg

Question 7.
0.2 kg = __ mg
Answer: 0.2 kg = 200000 mg

Explanation:
Multiply the mass value ( kg value) by 1e+6

Question 8.
30,000 mg = __ kg
Answer: 30,000 mg = 0.03 kg

Explanation:
Divide the mass value ( mg value ) by 1e+6

Convert the capacity.

Question 9.
8 L = ___ mL
Answer: 8 L = 8000 mL  ( 8 × 1000 = 8000 mL )

Explanation:
Convert from liters to milliliters
1L = 1000 mL
( Multiply the volume ( L ) value by 1000)
8 liters = 8 × 1000 ml = 8000 ml

Question 10.
70 mL = ___ L
Answer: 70 mL = 0.07 L

Explanation:
Convert from milliliters to liters
Divide the volume ( mL ) value by 1000
70/1000 = 0.07 L

Question 11.
1.200 mL = __ L
Answer: 1.200 mL = 0.0012 L

Explanation:
Convert from milliliters to liters
Divide the volume ( mL ) value by 1000
1.200/1000 = 0.0012 L

Question 12.
0.4 L = ___ mL
Answer: 0.4 L = 400 mL

Explanation:
Convert from milliliters to liters
Multiply the volume ( L ) value by 1000
( 0.4 × 1000 = 400 mL )

Question 13.
What is the mass of the pumpkin in kilograms?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 21

Answer:
Given, the mass of the pumpkin = 6,000 grams
According to the question, we have to find out the mass of pumpkin in kilograms.
Converting the 6,000 grams into kilograms = 6 kilograms

Explanation:
Divide the mass ( grams ) value by 1000
[1 kilogram = 1000 grams] , [ 6 kilogram = 6,000 grams ]
(6000/1000 = 6 kilograms )
So, the mass of pumpkin in kilograms is 6 kilograms.

Question 14.
Which One Doesn’t Belong? Which one does not have the same capacity as the other three?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 22
Answer:
Here , 2000 ml = 2L
2L = 2000 ml
2 × 10³ ml =2000 ml
But 2 ml = 0.002 L

Explanation:
So, the 2ml does not have the same capacity as the other three

Question 15.
DIG DEEPER!
Order the masses from least to greatest. Explain how you converted the masses.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 23
Answer: Order the masses from least to greatest is
14000 mg , 0.039 kg  ,  56 g , 0.14 kg

Explanation:
0.039 kg = 39 grams
0.14 kg = 140 grams
56 g = 0.056 kg
14,000 mg = 14 grams.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
You have a 5-kilogram bag of dog food. You give your dog 50 grams of food each day. How many days does the bag of food last?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 24
Answer: Convert the mass of the bag to grams.

Explanation:
There are 1000 grams in 1 kilogram.
5 × 1000 = 5000
So, the bag contains 5000 grams of dog food.
Divide the amount of dog food in the bag by the amount you give your dog each day.
5000 ÷ 50 =100
So, the bag lasts for 100 days.

Show and Grow

Question 16.
You have 6 liters of juice to make frozen treats. You pour 30 milliliters of juice into each treat mold. How many treats can you make?
Answer: We can make 200 treats.

Explanation:
We have 6 Liters of juice
6 Liters = 6000 milliliters
From the formula ( 1 liter = 1000 milliliter )
30 milliliters of juice is poured into each treat mold
so , 6000 / 30 = 200
so, we can make 200 treats.

Question 17.
Your goal is to eat no more than 2.3 grams of sodium each day. You record the amounts of sodium you eat. How many more milligrams of sodium can you eat and not exceed your limit?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 25
Answer: Given 2.3 grams of sodium you have to eat each day

Explanation:
convert 2.3 grams into milligrams
2.3 grams = 2300 milligrams ( multiply the value of the gram by 1000 )
subtract the sodium you eat values
2300 – 210 – 250 – 690 = 1150
so, you can take 1150 more milligrams of sodium.

Question 18.
Which contains more juice, 3 of the bottles, or 32 of the juice boxes? How much more? Write your answer in milliliters.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 26
Answer: 1 bottle of juice contains = 2 L
1 juice box contains = 200 mL

Explanation:
from the question, we have to find 3 juice bottles quantity and 32 juice boxes quantity in milliliters.
1 L = 1000 mL ( from formula )
2L = 2000 mL
for 3 juice bottles = 3 × 2000 = 6000 ml
for 32 juice boxes = 32 × 200 = 6400 ml
so, 6400 – 6000 = 400 ml
400 mL is more
Therefore, 32 juice boxes contain more juice than 3 juice bottles.

Mass and Capacity in Metric Units Homework & Practice 11.2

Convert the mass

Question 1.
9 g = 9000 mg
Answer: 9 g = 9000 mg

Explanation:
Convert from grams to milligrams
1 g = 1000 mg
9 g = 9000 mg ( multiply the g value by 1000 )

Question 2.
78 g = 0.078 kg
Answer: 78 g = 0.078 kg

Explanation:
Convert from grams to kilograms.
1 g = 0.001 kg
78 g = 0.078 kg ( divide the g value by 1000 )

Question 3.
260,000 mg = _0.26_ kg
Answer: 260,000 mg = 0.26 kg

Explanation:
Convert from milligrams to kilograms.
1 mg = 1e + 6
260,000 mg = 0.26 kg

Question 4.
0.148 kg = 148000 mg
Answer: 0.148 kg = 148000 mg

Explanation:
Convert from kilograms to milligrams
1kg = 1000000 mg
0.148 kg = 148000 mg

Convert the capacity

Question 5.
600 mL = 0.6 L
Answer: 600 mL = 0.6 L

Explanation:
Convert from milliliters to liters.
1mL = 0.001 L
600 mL = 0.6 L
divide the mL by 1000

Question 6.
3 L = 3000 mL
Answer: 3 L = 3000 mL

Explanation:
Convert from liters to milliliters.
1 L = 1000 mL
3 L = 3000 mL ( multiply the L value by 1000 )

Question 7.
0.21L = 210 mL
Answer: 0.21 L = 210 mL

Explanation:
Convert from liters to milliliters.
1 L = 1000 mL
0.21 L = 210 mL ( multiply the L value by 1000 )

Question 8.
35 mL = 0.035 L
Answer: 35 mL = 0.035 L

Explanation:
Convert from milliliters to liters.
1 mL = 0.001 L
35 mL = 0.035 L
divide the mL value by 1000

Question 9.
There are 3.2 liters of iced tea in a pitcher. How many milliliters of iced tea are in the pitcher?
Answer: Given that iced tea in a pitcher = 3.2 Liters
we have to find out iced tea in the pitcher in milliliters

Explanation:
Convert from liters to milliliters.
3.2 Liters = 3200 milliliters
1 Liter = 1000 milliliter
3.2 Liters = 3200 milliliters ( multiply the Liters value by 1000 )
so, therefore 3200 milliliters of iced tea are in the pitcher.

Question 10.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend says that 0.04 kilogram is less than 4 × 105 milligrams. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer: 0.04 kilogram = 40,000 mg
4 × 105 mg = 0.4 kg

Explanation:
yes, your friend is correct
0.04 kg is less than 4 × 105 mg
Question 11.
Number Sense
How does the meaning of each prefix relate to the metric units of mass and capacity?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 27
Answer: The metric system is the system of measurement primarily used in science and in countries outside of the united states.

Explanation:
The metric system includes units of length ( meters ), mass ( grams ), and capacity (liters).
from the given question we have to relate each prefix to the metric units of mass and capacity is:-
metric units of mass of prefix kilo are:-  kilo is the prefix of the kilogram(kg),  kilogram (kg)=1000 grams
Milli is the prefix of milligram(mg) , milligram(mg) = 0.001 gram
metric units of the capacity of prefix kilo is:- kilo is the prefix of Kiloliter(KL), Kiloliter (KL) = 1000 liters
Milli is the prefix of Milliliter(mL), Milliliter (mL) = 0.001 liters

Question 12.
Modeling Real Life
You have 9 kilograms of corn kernels. You put 450 grams of corn kernels in each bag. How many bags can you make?
Answer: we can make 20 bags.

Explanation:
Given that you have 9 kilograms of corn kernels
convert 9 kilograms to grams = 9 kilograms = 9000grams
you put 450 grams of corn kernels in each bag.
we have to find out the how many bags we can make
so, divide the 9000 grams by 450 grams = 9000/450 = 20
so, we can make 20 bags.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 28

Question 13.
DIG DEEPER!
Your teacher has one of each of the beakers shown. You need to measure exactly 2 liters of liquid for an experiment. What are three different ways you can do this?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 29
Answer: We have 3 beakers as shown in figure with 400ml , 600ml , 1L

Explanation:
We have to measure exactly 2 Liters of liquid for each beaker  ( 2L = 2000 ml )
The three different ways we can do this is :-
for first beaker = 400ml × 5 = 2000ml
for second beaker = 600ml × 2 + 400ml × 2
= 1200ml + 800ml = 2000ml
for third beaker = 1 L + 1 L = 2 L

Review & Refresh

Question 14.
Newton rides to the store in a taxi. He owes the driver $12. He calculates the driver’s tip by multiplying $12 by 0.15. How much money does he pay the driver, including the tip?
Answer:
Given that newton rides to the store in a taxi.
He owes the driver $12.
so, he multiplies the drivers tip by $12 by 0.15
$12 × 0.15 + $12 = 13.8
so, newton paid the driver including a tip is 13.8

Lesson 11.3 Length in Customary Units

Explore and Grow

Work with a partner. Use a yardstick to draw 3 lines on a whiteboard that are 1 yard, 2 yards, and 3 yards in length. Then measure the lengths of the lines in feet and in inches. Record your measurements in the table:-
Table values are:-
1  Length(yards) = 3 (feet) ,  36(inches)
2  Length(yards) = 6 (feet) , 72(inches)
3  Length(yards) = 9 (feet) , 108(inches)

Answer:
1 foot is 12 times as long as 1 inch.
1 yard is 3 times as long as 1 foot.
1 yard is 3 × 12 times as long as 1 inch.

Structure
How can you convert a customary length from a larger unit to a smaller unit? How can you convert a customary length from a smaller unit to a larger unit?
Answer:
When converting customary units of measure from a larger unit to a smaller unit, multiply the larger unit by its smaller equivalent unit.
when converting customary units of measure from a smaller unit to a larger unit, divide the smaller unit by its larger equivalent unit.

Think and Grow: Convert Customary Lengths

Key Idea
When finding equivalent customary lengths, multiply to convert from a larger unit to a smaller unit. Divide to convert from a smaller unit to a larger unit.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 31
Example
Convert 3 miles to yards.
Answer: There are 1760 yards in 1 mile.

Explanation:
Because you are converting from a larger unit to a smaller unit, multiply.
3 × 1760 = 5280
So, 3 miles is 5280 yards.

Example
Convert 42 inches to feet and inches.
Answer: There are 12 inches in 1 foot.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 32
Because you are converting from a smaller unit to a larger unit, divide.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 33
Answer:
There are 12 inches in 1 foot
so, 42 inches is 3 feet 6 inches ( 42 / 12 = 3.5 )

Show and Grow

Convert the length.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 34
Answer:
6 1/2 ft = 78 inches

Explanation:
Convert from feet to inches
1 foot = 12 inches
6 feet = 6 × 12 = 72 inches
1/2 ft = 6 inches
72 + 6 = 78 inches
multiply the ft value by 12
6 1/2 ft = 78 inches

Question 2.
94 in. = ft in.
Answer: 94 in = 7 ft 10 in

Explanation: divide the inch value by 12

Apply and Grow: Practice

Convert the length.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 35
Answer:  3 × 3/4 ft = 45 in.

Explanation: multiply the ft value by 12

Question 4.
60 in. = _5_ ft
Answer:- 60 in = 5 f

Explanation:
divide the in value by 12

Question 5.
375 ft = __ yd
Answer: 375 ft = 125 yd

Explanation: divide the ft value by 3

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 36
Answer: 12 × 2/3 yd = 38 feet

Explanation:
Convert from yards to feet.
1 yard = 3 feet
multiply the yd value by 3

Question 7.
51 in. = __ ft___in.
Answer: 51 in = 4 feet 3 inches

Explanation:
Convert from inches to feet.
divide the 51-inch value by 12

Question 8.
5 yd = __ in.
Answer: 5 yd = 180 inches

Explanation:
Convert from yards to inches.
1 yard = 36 inches
multiply the yd value by 36
5 yards = 5 × 36 = 180 inches

Compare.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 37
Answer: 7 × 1/3 yd = 22 ft

Explanation:
Convert from yards to feet.
multiply the yd value by 3
22 ft = 7.333 yd
divide the ft value by 3

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 38
Answer: 54 in = 4 feet 6 inches

Explanation:
Convert from inches to feet.
divide the inch value by 12
4 ft 8 in = 56 inches
multiply the length value by 12

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 39
Answer: 216 in = 6 yards

Explanation:
Convert from inches to yards.
divide the in value by 36
6 yd = 216 inches
multiply the  yd value by 36

Question 12.
A dugong is 8\(\frac{1}{3}\) feet long. How many inches long is the dugong?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 40
Answer: A dugong is 8 × 1/3 feet long
8 × \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet = 32 inches

Explanation:
Therefore 32 inches long is the dugong.

Question 13.
DIG DEEPER!
Order the lengths from shortest to longest. Explain how you converted the lengths.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 41

Answer:
1)  5 × \(\frac{1}{2}\) =\(\frac{5}{2}\) feet
5/2 feet = 30 inches
multiply the feet value by 12
2) 5 feet 3 inches = 63 inches
multiply the 5 feet 3 inches value by 12
3) 5 × \(\frac{2}{3}\) feet = 40 inches
multiply the feet value by 12
4)  5 × \(\frac{3}{4}\) feet = 45 inches
multiply the feet value by 12
So, order from shortest to longest = 5 × 1/2 , 5 × 2/3 , 5 × 3/4 , 5 feet 3 inches .

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
A golfer uses a device to determine that his golf ball is 265 feet from a hole. After his next shot, his ball is 15 feet short of the hole. How many yards did the golfer hit his ball?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 42
Because the golfer’s ball is 15 feet short of the hole after his next shot, subtract 265 from 15 to find how many feet the golfer hit his ball.
265 – 15 = _250_ feet
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 43
Answer: 265 – 15 = 250 feet

Explanation:
There are 3 feet in 1 yard.
250/3 = 83.33 yards
= 83 × \(\frac{1}{3}\) yards.

Show and Grow

Question 14.
A tree is 27 feet tall. After the tree is struck by lightning, it is 96 inches shorter. How many feet tall is the tree after it is struck by lightning?
Answer:
Given a tree is 27 feet tall. After the tree is struck by lightning, it is 96 inches shorter
we have to find the feet of the tree after it is struck by lightning.
27 feet = 324 inches
Subtract 324 – 96 = 228 inches
converting 228 inches to feet ( i.e., 228 inches = 19 feet )
So, therefore after the tree is struck by lightning its feet tall = 19 feet

Question 15.
DIG DEEPER!
The rope ladder is 2\(\frac{1}{2}\) yards tall. Each knot is made using 16 inches of rope. How many feet of rope are used to make the ladder? Explain.
Answer: 22 feet of rope are used to make the ladder.

Explanation:
2 yards = 6 feet
1 knot is 16 inches
Total 12 knots
12 × 16 = 16 feet ,  16 + 16 = 22 feet.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 44

Question 16.
DIG DEEPER!
The Chesapeake Bay Bridge is 4\(\frac{3}{10}\) miles long. Road work begins 1,200 yards from one end of the bridge and ends 2 miles from the other end of the bridge. How many yards long is the road work?
Answer: 11760 yards

Explanation:
Given,
The Chesapeake Bay Bridge is 4\(\frac{3}{10}\) miles long.
Road work begins 1,200 yards from one end of the bridge and ends 2 miles from the other end of the bridge.
1760 × 4 = 7,040
1760 × 2 = 3,520
given 1200 yards
so, 7040 + 3520 + 1200 = 11760 yards  ( since 1 mile = 1760 yards )

Length in Customary Units Homework & Practice 11.3

Convert the length.

Question 1.
2\(\frac{1}{3}\) yd = __ in.
Answer:- 2 × \(\frac{1}{3}\) yd = 84 in

Explanation:-
Convert from yards to inches
1 yard = 36 inches
Multiply the yd value by 36

Question 2.
5 mi = __ yd.
Answer: 5 mi = 8800 yards

Explanation:
Convert from miles to yards
1 mile = 1760 yards
multiply  the mi value by 1760
5 miles = 5 × 1760 yards
5 mi = 8800 yards

Question 3.
3\(\frac{1}{3}\) yd = __ ft
Answer:
Convert from yards to feet.
multiply the yd value by 3
3 × 1/3 yd = 1 yd
1 yd = 3 feet

Question 4.
27 in. = __ ft __ in.
Answer: 27 in = 2 feet 3 inches

Explanation:
Convert from inches to feet.
divide the 27 inches value by 12

Question 5.
108 in. = __ yd
Answer: 108 in = 3 yards

Explanation:
Convert from inches to yards
1 yard = 36 inches
divide the in value by 36

Question 6.
34 in. = __ ft
Answer: 34 in = 2 feet 10 inches

Explanation:
Convert from inches to feet
1 foot = 12 inches
Divide the in value by 12

Compare.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 45
Answer:
5 × 3/4 ft = 45 inches
65 in = 5 feet 5 inches ( divide the in value by 12 )

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 46
Answer:
19 in = 1 feet 7 inches
1 ft 5 in = 17 inches

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 47
Answer:
2 mi = 10560 feet
10,650 ft = 2.017 miles

Question 10.
A football player runs 93 yards. How many feet does he run?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 48
Answer:
Given a football player runs 93 yards
we have to find how many feet does he run
convert 93 yards to feet
93 yards = 279 feet
So, therefore a football player runs 279 feet

Question 11.
Precision
Write whether you would use multiplication or division for each conversion.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 49
Answer:
yards to feet:- 1 yard = 3 feet ( multiply the yard value by 3 )
miles to inches:- 1 mile = 63360 inches ( multiply the mile value by 63360 )
feet to miles:- 1 feet = 0.000189 mile ( divide the feet value by 5280 )
inches to feet :- 1 inch = 0.0833 feet ( divide the inch value by 12 )
miles to yards:- 1 mile = 1760 yards ( multiply the mile value by 1760 ).

Question 12.
Reasoning
Match each measurement with the best customary unit of measure.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 50
Answer:
the height of jump = feet
length of a crayon = inches
length of river = miles
length of football field = yards.

Question 13.
Modeling Real Life
How long is the velociraptor in yards?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 51
Answer: we have to find the value of velociraptor in yards

Explanation:
Given velociraptor in ft = 28 ft
Converting 28 ft into yards = 28 ft = 9.333 yards
Divide the ft value by 3.

Question 14.
DIG DEEPER!
You wrap a cube-shaped box with ribbon as shown. The ribbon is wrapped around all of the faces of the cube. You use 9 inches of ribbon for the bow. How many inches of ribbon do you use altogether? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 52
Answer: Cube sides = 6

Explanation:
one side height = 1 feet 9 inches
so, 12 + 9 = 21 inches
6 × 21 inches = 126 inches
9 inches for the bow
so, 126 + 9 = 135 inches
Therefore 135 inches of ribbon is used altogether.

Review & Refresh

Find the quotient.

Question 15.
3,200 ÷ 40 = 80
Answer: 3,200 ÷ 40 = 80

Question 16.
5,400 ÷ 9 = _600__
Answer: 5,400 ÷ 9 = 600

Question 17.
600 ÷ 20 = _30_
Answer: 600 ÷ 20 = 30

Lesson 11.4 Weight in Customary Units

Explore and Grow

Work with a partner. Use the number line to help you complete each statement.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 53
The vehicle weighs _2000_ pounds.
Answer: 2000 pounds

Explanation:
1 US ton = 2000 pounds
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 54
The whale shark weighs _15 US_ tons.
Answer: 15 US tons
Explanation: divide the 30,000 by 2000

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 55
Structure
How can you convert tons to pounds? How can you convert pounds to tons?
Answer:
we can convert tons to pounds by multiply the ton value by 2000 (i.e., 1 US ton = 2000)
we can convert pounds to tons by dividing the pound value by 2000 (i.e., 1 pound = 0.0005 us ton)

Think and Grow: Convert Customary Weights

Key Idea
When finding equivalent customary weights, multiply to convert from a larger unit to a smaller unit. Divide to convert from a smaller unit to a larger unit.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 56
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 57A
Answer: 4 × 1/4 tons = 2000 pounds

Explanation:
There are 2000 pounds in 1 ton.
so, 4 × 1/4 tons = 2000 pounds.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 58A
Answer: 40 ounces = 2.5 pounds

Explanation:
Convert from ounces to pounds
divide the ounces value by 16
40 / 16 = 2.5
so, 40 ounces is 2.5 pounds.

Show and Grow

Convert the weight.

Question 1.
9 T = __ lb
Answer: 9 T = 19841.604 lb

Explanation:
Convert from tonns to pounds.
multiply the T value by 2205.

Question 2.
6\(\frac{1}{2}\) lb = __ oz
Answer: 6 × \(\frac{1}{2}\) lb = \(\frac{6}{2}\) = 3

Explanation:
Convert from pounds to ounces
3 lb = 48 oz
multiply the lb value by 16

Question 3.
6,000 lb = __ T
Answer: 6,000 lb = 3 US tons

Explanation:
Convert from pounds to tonn
divide the lb value by 2000

Question 4.
80 oz = __ lb
Answer: 80 oz = 5 lb

Explanation:
Convert from ounces to pounds.
divide the oz value by 16

Apply and Grow: Practice

Convert the weight.

Question 5.
10,000 lb = __ T
Answer: 10,000 lb = 4.536 T

Explanation:
divide the lb value by 2205.

Question 6.
8 lb = __ oz
Answer: 8 lb = 128 oz

Explanation:
Convert from pounds to ounces.
multiply the lb value by 16

Question 7.
240 oz = __ lb
Answer: 240 oz = 15 lb

Explanation:
Convert from ounces to pounds
divide the oz value by 16

Question 8.
7\(\frac{1}{4}\) T = ___ lb
Answer: 7 × \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 1.75
1.75 T = 3858.09 lb

Explanation:
Convert from tonnes to pounds
multiply the T value by 2205.

Question 9.
150 oz = ___ lb __ oz
Answer: 150 oz = 9.375 lb  150 oz

Explanation:
Convert from pounds to ounces
divide the oz value by 16

Question 10.
32,000 oz = __ T
Answer: 32,000 oz = 1 US ton

Explanation:
Convert from pounds to tonn
divide the oz value by 32000

Compare.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 59
Answer: 30 T = 60000 lb

Explanation:
multiply the T value by 2000
6,000 lb = 3 US tons
divide the lb value by 2000

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 60
Answer: 53 oz = 3.312 lb

Explanation:
divide the oz value by 16
3 × 1/2 lb = 1.5 lb
1.5 lb = 0.00068 t
divide the lb value by 2205

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 61
Answer:
8 T = 256000 oz

Explanation:
multiply the oz value by 32000
224,000 oz = 7 US tons
divide the oz value by 32000

Question 14.
What is the weight of the hippopotamus in tons?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 62
Answer:
Given the weight of hippopotamus = 4000 pounds
convert 4000 pounds to tons
4000 pounds = 2 US tons
divide the pound’s value by 2000
so, the weight of hippopotamus in tons = 2 US tons

Question 15.
Reasoning
Compare 10 pounds and 165 ounces using mental math. Explain.

Answer:
0 pounds = 160 ounces
multiply the value of the pound by 16
165 ounces = 10.3125 pounds
divide the value of the ounce by 16
By comparing both the values 165 ounces is greater than 10 pounds.

Question 16.
Number Sense
Which measurements are equivalent to 60 ounces?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 63
Answer:
3 × 3/4 lb = 36 oz
3 × 1/2 lb = 56 oz
3 lb 12 oz = 60 oz
3 lb 4 oz = 52 oz

Explanation:
3 lb 12 oz measurement is equivalent to 60 ounces (oz)

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
A newborn baby boy weighs 122 ounces. A newborn baby girl weighs 6 pounds 4 ounces. Which baby weighs more? How much more?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 64
Convert the weight of the boy to pounds and ounces.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 65
Answer: There are 16 ounces in 1 pound.

Explanation:
Given boy weighs = 122 ounces
122 / 16 = 7.625
= 2 – 6 × 16 + 4 = 100 ounces
so, 122 >100
Boy weigh is more than girl weigh = 22 ounces more

Show and Grow

Question 17.
Which box of cereal weighs more? How much more?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 66
Answer:
1/2 pounds = 8 ounces
17 ounces = 1.062 pounds

Explanation:
17 ounces box of cereal weighs more
0.562 much more

Question 18.
A male rhinoceros weighs 2\(\frac{1}{4}\) tons. Which rhinoceros weighs more? How much more? Write your answer as a fraction in simplest form.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 67
Answer: male rhinoceros = 2 × 1/4 = 2/4 = 1/2 tons

Explanation:
1/2 tons = 1000 pounds ( converting tons to pounds)
Given in figure female rhinoceros = 3,500 lb
3,500 lb = 1.75 US tons ( converting pounds to tons )
Female rhinoceros weigh more than male rhinoceros
1.75 tons – 1/2 tons => 1.75 – 0.5 = 1.25 tons
1.25 tons weigh is more
we can write 1.25 in simplest form as, we have 2 digits after the decimal point so multiply both numerator and denominator by 100, so that there is no decimal point in the numerator.
1.25 × 1001 × 100 = 125100
125 / 25100 / 25 = 54
simplest form of 1.25 = 5/4

Question 19.
DIG DEEPER!
Can all of the passengers listed in the table ride the boat at once? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 68

Answer: Yes, all passengers who are listed on the table can ride the boat at once.

Explanation:
Add all the passenger weights 91+184+150+248+170+215+132+145+265+126+259+175  = 2260 pounds
we have to convert 2260 pounds to tons
2260 pounds = 1.13 US tons  ( divide the pounds value by 2000 ).
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 69

Weight in Customary Units Homework & Practice 11.4

Convert the weight.

Question 1.
10 T = __ lb
Answer: 10 T = 20000 lb

Explanation:
Convert from tonn to pounds
1 tonn = 2000 pounds
multiply the T value by 2000

Question 2.
32 oz = ___ lb
Answer: 32 oz = 2 pounds

Explanation:
Convert from ounces to pounds
divide the oz value by 16

Question 3.
48,000 lb = __ T
Answer:  48,000 lb = 24 US tons

Explanation:
Convert from pounds to tons
divide the lb value by 2000

Question 4.
50 lb = __ oz
Answer: 50 lb = 800 oz

Explanation:
Convert from pounds to ounces.
multiply the mass value by 16

Question 5.
5\(\frac{3}{4}\)T = __ lb
Answer: 5 × \(\frac{3}{4}\) = 15/4 =3.75 T
3.75 t = 8267.1957671958 lb

Question 6.
8\(\frac{1}{2}\) lb = __ oz
Answer: 8 × \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 8/2 = 4 lb
4 lb = 64 ounces

Explanation:
Convert from pounds to ounces.
multiply the lb value by 16

Question 7.
168 oz = __ lb __ oz
Answer: 168 oz = 10.5 lb 168 oz

Explanation:
Convert from ounces to pounds.
divide the oz value by 16

Question 8.
96,000 oz = __ T
Answer: 96,000 0z = 2.7216 T

Explanation:
Convert from ounces to the ton.
96,000 0z = 2.7216 T

Compare

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 70
Answer: 16 lb = 0.01 T
32,000 T = 64000000 lb

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 71
Answer: 128 oz = 8 lb

Explanation:
divide the oz value by 16
8 × 1/4 lb = 8/4 = 2 lb
2 lb = 32 oz
multiply the lb value by 16

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 72
Answer:
11 T = 388013.581 oz
multiply the T value by 35274
384,000 oz = 10.886 T
divide the oz value by 35274

Question 12.
A newborn puppy weighs 3 pounds 5 ounces. What is the weight of the puppy in ounces?
Answer:
Given a new born puppy weighs 3 pounds 5 ounces
we have to find the weight of the puppy in ounces
3 pounds 5 ounces = 1500 grams
convert 1500 grams to ounces
1500 grams = 52.911 ounces
divide the value of the gram by 28.35
The weight of puppy in ounces = 28.35

Question 13.
Number Sense
How many tons are equal to 500 pounds? Write your answer as a fraction in simplest form.

Answer: 500 pounds = 0.25 US tons

Explanation:
divide the value of the pound by 2000
when 0.25 reduced to the simplest form is (25/25)(100/25) = 14

Open-Ended
Complete the statement.

Question 14.
__ pounds > 72 ounces

Answer: 4.6 pounds > 72 ounces

Explanation:
4.6 pounds = 73.6 ounces
multiply the pound’s value by 16

Question 15.
13 tons < __ pounds
Answer: 13 tons < 27000 pounds

Explanation:
Convert from tons to pounds
1 ton = 2000 pounds
divide the value of the pound by 2000.

Question 16.
Modeling Real Life
An employee at a juice cafe uses 10 ounces of kale and \(\frac{3}{4}\) pound of apples to make a drink. Does the employee use more kale or apples? How much more?
Answer: Given that an employee at a juice cafe uses of kale = 10 ounces
and he uses pound of apples to make a drink = 3/4 pounds

Explanation:
converting 10 ounces to pounds = 0.625 pound
divide the value of the ounce by 16
converting 3/4 pounds to ounces = 12 ounces
12 ounces  is greater than 0.625 pounds
The employee uses more apples than kale
0.125 is more.

Question 17.
Modeling Real Life
You have a 3-pound bag of clay. You use 8 ounces of clay to make an ornament. How many ornaments can you make using all of the clay?
Answer:
Given that you have a 3 pound bag of clay
you use 8 ounces of clay to make an ornament.
we have to find out the how many ornaments you can make using all of the clay
Converting 3 pounds to ounces is
3 pounds = 48 ounces ( multiply the pounds value by 16 )
you have used the 8 ounces of clay to make an ornament
so, divide the 48 / 8 = 6
Therefore, we can make 6 ornaments by using all of the clay.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 73

Review & Refresh

Find the product. Check whether your answer is reasonable.

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 74
Answer: Multiply the value 145 × 12 = 1740

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 75
Answer: multiply the value 561 × 87 = 48,807

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 76
Answer: multiply the value 823 × 65 = 53,495

Lesson 11.5 Capacity in Customary Units

Explore and Grow

Describe the relationship between cups and fluid ounces (fl oz). Then complete the table.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 77
1 cup is _8 US_ times as much as 1 fluid ounce.
Answer:
Relationship between cups and fluid ounces is :-
A cup of water happens to equal both 8 fluid ounces ( in volume ) and 8 ounces( in weight) ,
so you might naturally assume that 1 cup equals to 8 ounces of weight universally in recipes.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 78
Explanation:
About table values
1 capacity (cups ) = 8 US fluid ounces    ( multiply the cups value by 8 )
2 capacity ( cups ) = 16 US fluid ounces
3 capacity ( cups ) = 24 US fluid ounces
4 capacity ( cups ) = 32 US fluid ounces
Structure
How can you convert cups to fluid ounces? How can you convert fluid ounces to cups?

Answer:
We can convert cups to fluid ounces by multiplying the value of the cup by 8
1 cup = 8 fluid ounces
We can convert fluid ounces to cups by dividing the value of the fluid ounce by 8
1 fluid ounce = 0.125 US cup .

Think and Grow: Convert Customary Capacities

Key Idea
When finding equivalent customary capacities, multiply to convert from a larger unit to a smaller unit. Divide to convert from a smaller unit to a larger unit.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 79
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 80Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 81.1

Show and Grow

Convert the capacity

Question 1.
9 gal = __ qt
Answer: 9 gal = 36 Us liquid qt

Explanation:
Convert from gal to quart
1 gal = 4 quart
multiply the gal value by 4

Question 2.
20 pt = __ c.
Answer: 20 pt = 48.038 c

Explanation:
Convert from pints to cups
multiply the pt value by 2.402

Question 3.
42 pt = __ qt
Answer: 42 pt = 25.2199 qt

Explanation:
Convert from pints to quarts
divide the pt value by 1.665

Question 4.
68 qt = __ gal
Answer: 68 qt = 17 gal

Explanation:
Convert from quarts to gal
divide the qt value by 4

Apply and Grow: Practice

Convert the capacity.

Question 5.
7 c = fl oz
Answer: 7 c = 56 US fl oz

Explanation:
Convert from cups to fluid ounces
multiply the c value by 8

Question 6.
6 pt = __ qt
Answer: 6 pt = 3.60285 qt

Explanation:
Convert from pints to quarts
1 pint = 0.5 quart
divide the pt value by 1.665

Question 7.
16 qt = __ gal
Answer: 16 qt = 4 US liquid gal

Explanation:
Convert from quarts to gal
1 quart = 0.25 gal
divide the qt value by 4

Question 8.
15 pt = __ c
Answer: 15 pt = 36.0285 US c

Explanation:
Convert from pints to cups.
multiply the pt value by 2.402

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 82
Answer: 2 1/4 c = 2/4 = 1/2 c
1/2 c = 4 fl oz

Compare.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 83
Answer:
14 c = 7 US liquid  pt
divide the c value by 2
10 pt = 24.019 US c
multiply the pt value by 2.402

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 84
Answer:
38 qt = 9.5 US liquid gal
divide the qt value by 4
8 × 1/2 = 8/2 = 4
4 gal = 16 US liquid qt
Multiply the gal value by 4

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 85
Answer:
4 gal = 26.6456pt
multiply the gal value by 6.661
32 pt = 4.8038 US liquid gal
divide the pt value by 6.661

Question 14.
You fill your turtle’s aquarium with 40 pints of water. How many gallons of water do you use?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 86
Answer:
Given turtles, aquarium fill with water = 40 pints
we have to find the 40 pints of water into gallons
converting 40 pints to gallons
40 pints = 5 US liquid gallons
Divide the pints value by 8
so, therefore 5 gallons of water is used.

Question 15.
Number Sense
Newton’s water cooler contains 1\(\frac{1}{2}\) gallons of water. How many times can he fill his 16-fluid ounce canteen with water from the water cooler? Explain.
Answer:- Given newton’s water cooler contains 1 × 1/2 = 1/2 = 0.5 gallons
Explanation:-  converting 0.5 gallons = 64 US fluid ounces ( multiply the gallons value by 128 )
Given 16 fluid ounce
He can fill 4 times his 16 fluid ounce canteen with water from the water cooler
( i.e., 16 × 4 = 64 fluid ounce ) .

Question 16.
DIG DEEPER!
Order the capacities from least to greatest. Explain how you converted the capacities.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 87
Answer:
i. 8 × 1/2 c => 8/2 = 4 c
4 c = 32 fl oz ( multiply the c value by 8 )
ii. 72 fl oz = 9 US c
divide the fl oz value by 8
iii. 7 × 3/4 c => 21/4 = 5.25 c
5.25 c = 42 fl oz
iv. 56 fl oz = 7 c
divide the fl oz value by 8
Order of capacities from least to greatest = 8 × 1/2 c , 7 × 3/4c , 56 fl oz , 72 fl oz .

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
A car’s engine contains 4\(\frac{1}{2}\) quarts of oil. Can a mechanic use a 24-cup container to drain all of the oil?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 88
First, convert the quarts of oil to pints.
There are __2pints in 1 quart.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 89
Answer:
Given car engine contains = 4 × 1/2 quarts = 4/2 = 2 quarts

Explanation:
2 quarts = 4 pints
multiply the quarts value by 2
1 pint = 2 cups
converting 2 quarts to cups
2 quarts = 8 cups
multiply the quarts value by 4
So, a mechanic can use just 8 cups
8 cups are enough to drain engine oil.
Show and Grow

Question 17.
An adult has 192 fluid ounces of blood in his body. How many pints of blood are in his body?
Answer: Given an adult has 192 fluid ounces of blood in his body
we have to find the pints of blood in his body
Converting 192 fluid ounces to pints
192 fluid ounces = 12 US liquid pints
divide the value of the fluid ounce by 16
Therefore, 12 pints of blood are in his body.

Question 18.
DIG DEEPER!
You make 4\(\frac{1}{2}\) cups of soup. One serving is 12 fluid ounces. How many servings of soup do you make?
Answer:
Given 4 × 1/2 cups of soup
4 × 1/2 = 4/2 = 2 cups of soup
2 cups of soup converting to fluid ounces
2 US cups = 16 US fluid ounces
Given that serving = 12 fluid ounces
Subtract  16 fluid ounces – 12 fluid ounces = 4 fluid ounces
so, therefore you can make servings of soup in 4 fluid ounces.

Question 19.
DIG DEEPER!
A scientist has two beakers of a solution, one containing 5 cups and the other containing 1\(\frac{1}{2}\) pints. How many gallons of the solution does the scientist have? Write your answer as a fraction in simplest form.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 90
Answer:
Given that scientist has two beakers of solution one contains 5 cups and other contains
1 × 1/2 pints.
we have to find gallons of solution
Converting 5 cups to gallons
5 cups = 0.312 US gallons
Converting 1 × 1/2 pints to gallons
1 × 1/2 => 1/2 = 0.5 pints
0.5 pints = 0.0625 US gallons
By adding both the solutions ( i.e., )
5 cups + 0.5 pints
0.312 gallons + 0.0625 gallons = 0.3745 gallons
So, the scientist has 0.3745 gallons of solution.
0.3745 in simplest form we can write as  749 / 2000.

Capacity in Customary Units Homework & Practice 11.5

Convert the capacity

Question 1.
9 pt = __ c
Answer: 9 pt = 18 c

Explanation: multiply the pt value by 2

Question 2.
72 fl oz = ___ c
Answer: 72 fl oz = 9 c

Explanation:
Convert from fluid ounces to cups.
1 fl oz = 0.125 c
divide the fl oz value by 8

Question 3.
6 c = __ fl oz
Answer: 6 c = 48 fl oz

Explanation:
Convert from cups to fluid ounces
1 cup = 6 fluid ounces
6 cups = 6 × 8 fluid ounces
multiply the c value by 8
Thus 6 c = 48 fl oz

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 91
Answer: 3 3/4 gal = 15 qt

Explanation:
Convert from gal to quart
1 gal = 4 quart
4  × 15/4 gal = 15 qt
multiply the gal value by 4

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 92
Answer: 5 1/2 qt = 11 pt

Explanation:
Convert from quarts to pints
1 quart = 2 pints

multiply the qt value by 2
5 1/2 = 11/2
11/2 × 2 = 11 pints

Question 6.
40 pt = __ gal
Answer: 40 pt = 5 gal

Explanation:
Convert from pints to gal
1 pint = 0.125 gal
40 pint = 40 × 0.125 = 5 gal
Thus 40 pt = 5 gal

Question 7.
64 qt = __ c
Answer: 64 qt = 256 c
Explanation:
Convert from quarts to cup
1 quart = 4 cups
multiply the qt value by 4

Question 8.
112 fl oz = __ pt
Answer: 112 fl oz = 7 US liquid pt
Explanation: divide the fl oz value by 16

Compare.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 93
Answer:
48 qt = 12 gal
divide the qt value by 4
12 gal = 48 qt
multiply the gal value by 4
Therefore 48 qt = 12 gal

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 94
Answer: 24 fl oz = 3 c
divide the fl oz value by 8
3 × 1/4 c = 3/4 c = 6 fl oz
multiply the 3/4 c value by 8
Therefore 24 fl oz is greater than 3 × 1/4 c

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 95
Answer:
10 qt = 40 c
multiply the qt value by 4
24 c = 6 qt
divide the c value by 4
So, therefore 10 qt is greater than 24 c.

Question 12.
You buy 2 gallons of apple cider. How many cups of apple cider do you buy?

Answer:
Given that 2 gallons of apple cider
we have to find the cups of apple cider
Converting 2 gallons to Cups
2 gallons = 32 cups
multiply the gallons value by 16
So, you buy the 32 cups of apple cider.

Question 13.
Logic
Your friend makes a table of equivalent capacities. Write two pairs of customary units represented by the chart.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 96
Answer:
We can relate the numbers as they are resembling quarts to cups relation and gallons to quarts relation.
Two pairs of the customary unit represented by the chart are :-
1 quart = 4 cups     1 gallon = 4 quarts
2 quart = 8 cups      2 gallon = 8 quarts
Question 14.
DIG DEEPER!
Which measurements are greater than 16 pints?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 97
Answer:
Converting fluid ounces to pints
300 fluid ounces = 18.75  pints ( divide the value of the fluid ounce by 16 )
Converting cups to pints
28 cups = 14 pints ( divide the value of the cup by 2 )
Converting quarts to pints
10 quarts = 20 pints ( multiply the quarts value by 2 )
Converting gallon to pints
1 gallon = 8 pints ( multiply the gallon value by 8 )
Converting fluid ounces to pints
275 fluid ounces = 17.188 pints ( divide the value of the fluid ounce by 16 )
Converting cups to pints
35 cups = 17.5 pints ( divide the value of the cup by 2 )
Therefore, 300 fluid ounces, 10 quarts, 275 fluid ounces, 35 cups measurements are greater than 16 pints

Question 15.
Modeling Real Life
Your friend buys 8 quarts of frozen yogurt. How many cups of frozen yogurt does she buy?
Answer: Given that quart of frozen yogurt = 8

Explanation:
we have to find cups of frozen yogurt
converting 8 quarts to cups
8 quarts = 32 cups ( multiply the quarts value by 4 )
Therefore, she buys 32 cups of frozen yogurt

Question 16.
Modeling Real Life
A recipe calls for 2\(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of milk. You want to make 2 batches of the recipe. Should you buy a pint, quart, or half gallon of milk?
Answer: Given 2 × 1/4 => 2/4 = 1/2 cups of milk

Explanation: we want to make 2 batches of recipe (i.e., 2 × 1/2 = 1 cup )
1 pint = 2 cups
1 cup = 1/2 pint

Review & Refresh

Question 17.
0.5 × 0.7 = _0.35_
Answer:
multiply the 0.5 × 0.7 = 0.35

Question 18.
46.2 × 0.68 = _31.416_
Answer:
multiply the 46.2 × 0.68 = 31.416

Question 19.
1.4 × 0.3 = _0.42_
Answer:
multiply the 1.4 × 0.3 = 0.42

Lesson 11.6 Make and Interpret Line Plots

Explore and Grow
Measure and record your height to the nearest quarter of a foot. Collect the heights of all the students in your class and create a line plot of the results.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 98
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 99
Construct Arguments
Make two conclusions from the line plot.

Think and Grow: Make Line Plots

Example
The table shows the amounts of water that 10 students use for a science experiment. Make a line plot to display the data. How many students use more than \(\frac{1}{2}\) cup?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 100
Step 1: Write the data values as fractions with a common denominator.
The denominators of the data values are 2, 4, and 8. Because 2 and 4 are factors of 8, use a denominator of 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 101
Step 2: Use a scale on a number line that shows all of the data values.
Step 3: Mark an X for each data value.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 101.1

Show and Grow

Question 1.
The table shows the distance your friend swims each day for 10 days. Make a line plot to display the data.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 102
How many days does your friend swim \(\frac{3}{4}\) mile or more?
Answer:- From the table we observed that your friend swim 3/4 miles or more than 3/4 miles in  6 days.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 2.
The table shows the amounts of mulch a landscaping company orders on 10 different days. Make a line plot to display the data.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 103
What do you notice about the data?
Answer:
From the table we observed that except 1/4 and 1/2 the remaining days like 7/8 and 3/4 company use more than 1/2 ton of mulch .

Question 3.
DIG DEEPER!
Your teacher has the three packages of seeds shown. She divides the first package into bags weighing \(\frac{1}{2}\) ounce each. She divides the second package into bags weighing \(\frac{1}{4}\) ounce each. She divides the third package into bags weighing \(\frac{1}{8}\) ounce each. Find the total number of bags of seeds. Use a line plot to display the results.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 104
Answer:
Given that we observed from figures each bag is 2 ounces
Explanation:
given 1st bag = 1/2 ounce each
2 ounces = 1/2 + 1/2 +1/2 + 1/2 = 4(1/2) = 2
4 bags
2nd bag = 1/4 ounce each
2 ounces = 1/4 + 1/4 +1/4 +1/4 + 1/4 + 1/4 + 1/4 + 1/4
= 8 (1/4) = 2
8 bags
3rd bag = 1/8 ounce each
2 ounces = 1/8 + 1/8 + 1/8 + 1/8 + 1/8 + 1/8 + 1/8 + 1/8 + 1/8 + 1/8 + 1/8 + 1/8 + 1/8 + 1/8 + 1/8 + 1/8
= 16 (1/8) = 2
16 bags
Total number of bags of seeds = 4 bags + 8 bags + 16 bags = 28 bags
Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
You record the amounts of time you skateboard each day for 8 days. Your friend skateboards the same total amount of time, but for an equal number of hours each day. How long does your friend skateboard each day?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 105
Step 1: You and your friend skateboard the same total amount of time. Use the line graph to find the number of hours you each skateboard.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 105.1
Step 2: Divide the number of hours by the number of days.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 106

Show and Grow

Question 4.
You record the amounts of trail mix you pour into 12 bags. Your friend has the same total amount of trail mix, but equally divides it among 12 bags. How much trail mix does your friend pour into each bag?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 107
Answer:- your friend pour trail mix into each bag is equal to the amount of trail mix you pour into the bag.

Make and Interpret Line Plots Homework & Practice 11.6

Question 1.
The table shows the amounts of time that 10 students take to land three balls in a row in a game. Make a line plot to display the data. How many pygmy marmosets weigh more than \(\frac{1}{2}\) ounce?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 108
Answer: Here 1/2 = 0.5 ounce
Except 1/2 ounce
5/8 , 7/8 , 3/4 ounces pygmy weighs more than 1/2 ounce.

Use the table.

Question 2.
The table shows the amounts of berries required to make 10 different smoothie recipes. Make a line plot to display the data.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 109
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 110
Answer: The most common amount of berries required is 3/4
Six times as many recipes use 3/4 cup of berries as 1/4 cup of berries
from table 4 × (3/4) = 12/4 = 3
2 × (1/4) = 2/4 = 1/2
= 3/(1/2) = 6

Question 3.
DIG DEEPER!
How many total cups of berries are needed to make one of each smoothie?
Answer: Total 2 to 3 cups of berries are needed to make one of each smoothie.

Use the line plot.

Question 4.
Modeling Real Life
The line plot shows the number of miles you run each day for 10 days. Your friend runs the same total number of miles, but runs an equal number of miles each day. How far does your friend run each day?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 111
Answer: Your friend runs 4/5 miles each day for 10 days

Explanation: 0 + 0 + 0.5 + 0.5 + 0.5 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1.5+ 2 = 8
He runs same miles each day = 8/10 = 0.8
0.8 = 4/5
Question 5.
DIG DEEPER!
Your cousin runs a total amount that is 6 times as far as your friend runs in one day. How far does your cousin run?
Answer: Let us assume that, If the friend runs 0.8 per day

Explanation: 0.8 = 4/5
so, cousin run 6 times more than a friend
so, 6 × 0.8 = 4.8 ( cousin runs per day is 4.8 )

Review & Refresh

Question 6.
561 ÷ 7 = 80.142
Answer: divide the 561 ÷ 7 = 80.142

Question 7.
3,029 ÷ 4 = 757.25
Answer: divide the 3,029 ÷ 4 = 757.25

Question 8.
2,814 ÷ 9 = 312.6
Answer: divide the 2,814 ÷ 9 = 312.6

Lesson 11.7 Problem Solving: Measurement

Explore and Grow

Make a plan to solve the problem.
A fruit vendor sells fruit by the pound. You have a tote that can hold up to 4 pounds. A bag of oranges weighs 2\(\frac{1}{4}\) pounds. A bag of apples weighs 28 ounces. Can your tote hold both bags of fruit? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 112.1
Answer: Given that vendor sells fruit by the pound.

Explanation:
The tote can hold up to 4 pounds
A bag of oranges weighs = 2 × 1/4 = 2/4 = 1/2 pounds
A bag of apples weighs = 28 ounces
we have to find that can tote to hold both bags
Convert 28 ounces to pounds
28 ounces = 1.75 pounds ( divide the value of the ounce by 16 )
Given in question that tote can hold up to 4 pounds
so, adding 1/2 pounds and 1.75 pounds
= 1/2 pounds = 0.5
0.5 pounds + 1.75 pounds = 2.25 pounds
Therefore tote holds both the bags of fruit.

Precision
Which bag of fruit is heavier? Explain.
Answer: Bag of apple is heavier ( i.e., a bag of apple weighs 28 ounces )

Explanation:
28 ounces = 1.75 pounds
bag of orange is 0.5 pounds
1.74 > 0.5  (So, apple bag weigh is heavier)

Think and Grow: Problem Solving: Measurement

Example
A recipe calls for 2\(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of milk. You have \(\frac{1}{4}\) pint of whole milk and 1\(\frac{1}{2}\) cups of skim milk. Do you have enough milk for the recipe?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 112.2
Answer: Given that , a recipe calls for 2 × 1/4 cups of milk
Explanation: 2 × 1/4 => 1/2 = 0.5 cups of milk
you have 1/4 pint of milk = 0.25 pints
0.25 pints = 0.5 cups
and 1 × 1/2 cups of skim milk => 1/2 = 0.5 cups
Recipe calls for 0.5 cups of milk
Yes, we have enough milk for the recipe.

Understand the Problem

What do you know?

  • The recipe calls for 2 cups of milk.
  • You have \(\frac{1}{4}\) pint of whole milk and 1\(\frac{1}{2}\) cups of skim milk.

What do you need to find?

You need to find whether you have enough milk for the recipe.
Answer: Given that recipe calls for 2 cups of milk
you have 1/4 pint of whole milk => 1/4 pint = 0.25 pint
0.25 pint = 0.5 cups
and 1 × 1/2 cups of skim milk => 1/2 cups = 0.5 cups
adding cups values => 0.5 + 0.5 = 1
So, you don’t have enough milk for the recipe .

Make a Plan
How will you solve?

  • Convert \(\frac{1}{4}\) pint of whole milk to cups.
  • Add the amounts of whole milk and skim milk.
  • Compare the amount of milk you have to the amount needed.

Solve
Step 1: Convert \(\frac{1}{4}\) pint to cups.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 112.3
Step 2: Add the amounts of whole milk and skim milk.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 113
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 114
Answer: So, you _1.5_cups have enough milk for the recipe.
2/4 cups = 1/2
1/2 = 0.5 cups

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Explain how you can check whether the answer above is reasonable.
Answer:  By calculating we get whole milk = 0.5 cups
By calculating we get skim milk =  0.5 cups
By adding whole milk and skim milk => 0.5 + 0.5 = 1 cup

Apply and Grow: Practice

Understand the problem. What do you know? What do you need to find? Explain.

Question 2.
Your friend buys 1 pound of walnuts, 16 ounces of peanuts, and \(\frac{1}{2}\) pound of cashews. How many ounces do the nuts weigh in all?
Answer: Given walnuts = 1 pounds
peanuts = 16 ounces
cashews = 1/2 pounds
we have to find weight of all nuts in ounces
Explanation: walnuts = 1pounds
converting pounds to ounces
1 pounds = 16 ounces
peanuts = 16 ounces
cashews = 1/2 pounds
converting pounds to ounces
1/2 pounds = 8 ounces
Adding peanuts , cashews , walnuts weight = 16 + 8 + 16 = 40 ounces
The nuts weigh in all = 40 ounces

Question 3.
A bottle of orange juice contains 64 fluid ounces. How many cups of orange juice are in 3 bottles?

Understand the problem. Then make a plan. How will you solve? Explain.
Answer:
Given that a bottle of orange juice contains = 64 fluid ounces.
Converting 64 fluid ounces to cups
64 fluid ounces = 8 cups
8cups × 3 bottles = 8 × 3 = 24 cups

Question 4.
Your friend wants to buy curtains that hang from the top of the window to the floor. Curtain lengths are typically measured in inches. What length curtains should he buy?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 115
Answer:
Given the length ( ft ) values in figure
we have to measure ft value in inches
5 ft = 60 inches
3 ft = 36 inches  ( He should by 60 inches and 30 inches length curtains ).

Question 5.
Your friend runs a total distance of 1 kilometer at track practice by running 100-meter hurdles. How many times does he run the hurdles?
Answer: Given your friend runs a total distance = 1 km
Convert 1 km to meters
1 km = 1000 meters
your friend practice 100 meter hurdles by running
so 100 × 10 = 1000
so , 10 times he run the hurdles

Question 6.
A trailer can carry 13\(\frac{1}{2}\) tons. It has room to carry 6 cars at once. Can the trailer carry 6 cars that each weigh 3,800 pounds? Explain.

Answer: Convert tons to pounds
13 × 1/2 tons = 13000 pounds
Given total 6 cars
each car weigh 3,800 pounds
so, 6 cars × 3,800 pounds = 6 × 3,800 = 22,800 pounds
so, the trailer cannot carry 6 cars at once

Question 7.
DIG DEEPER!
You walk your dog 4 laps around the block each day. Each block is 400 meters. How many total kilometers do you walk your dog around the block after 35 weeks?
Answer: Given, you walk your dog around the block each day = 4 laps
Each block = 400 meters

Explanation: There are 7 days in a week
given 35 weeks
4 × 400 × 7 × 35 = 392000 meters
Convert 392000 meters to km
392000 meters = 392 km
Therefore, 392 km you walk your dog around the block after 35 weeks

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
A crew member needs to put a temporary fence around the perimeter of the rectangular football field. How many feet of temporary fencing does the crew member need?
Think: What do you know? What do you need to find? How will you solve?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 116
Step 1: Convert the length of the field to feet.
There are __ feet in 1 yard.
120 × __ = __
The length of the field is __ feet.
Step 2: Use a formula to find the perimeter of the field.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 117

Show and Grow

Question 8.
An artist puts a wood border around the perimeter of the rectangular mural. How many feet of wood does the artist need?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 118
Answer: 1 yard = 3 feet
Given 10/3 yd = 3.33 yd
3.33 yd × 3 = 9.99 feet
perimeter of rectangular mural
p = ( 2 × L ) + ( 2 × W )
=  2 ×  8 + 2 × 9.99
= 16 + 19.98
= 35 feet
Artist need 35 feet of wood .

Question 9.
DIG DEEPER!
The sports jug contains 5 gallons of water. The paper cup holds 8 fluid ounces of water. How many paper cups can 3 sports jugs fill? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 119
Answer: Convert 5 gallons of water to fluid ounces

Explanation:
5 gallons = 640 fluid ounces
Given paper, cup holds = 8 fluid ounces of water
1 sport jug = 5 gallons
3 sport jugs = 3 × 5 = 15 gallons
15 gallons = 1920 fluid ounces
8 × 240 = 1920
240 paper cups can fill 3 sports jug .

Problem Solving: Measurement Homework & Practice 11.7

Understand the problem. Then make a plan. How will you solve? Explain.

Question 1.
A robotic insect has a mass of 80 milligrams. The mass of a quarter is 5.67 grams. How many more grams is the mass of a quarter than the mass of the robotic insect?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 120
Answer: Given robotic insect mass = 80 milligrams
The mass of quarter = 5.67 grams
Convert 80 milligrams to grams
80 milligrams = 0.008 grams
subtract 5.67 grams – 0.008 grams = 5.662
Therefore the mass of quarter  5.662 grams is more than the mass of robotic insect

Question 2.
Newton pours water out of a filled 2-liter beaker. Now it only has 1,025 milliliters of water in it. How many milliliters of water did Newton pour out?
Answer: Given newton pours water out of a filled beaker = 2 Liters

Explanation:
Now it has water = 1,025 milliliters
Convert 2 Liters to millimeters
2 liters = 2000 milliliters
2000 – 975 = 1,025
Newton pour out  975 millimeters of water

Question 3.
You run 5 laps around a track. Each lap is 400 meters. How many total kilometers do you run?
Answer: Given you run 5 laps around a track
Each lap = 400 meters

Explanation:
5 × 400 = 2000 meters
convert meters to kilometers
2000 meters = 2 kilometers
Therefore you run 2 kilometers

Question 4.
Two hotel workers have a total of 30 bags of luggage each weighing 50 pounds. One worker weighs 150 pounds, and the other weighs 210 pounds. Can they transfer themselves and all of the bags in the elevator at once? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 120.1
Answer:
Given in figure elevator weight limits = 2.5 tons

Explanation:
Convert 2.5 tons to pounds
2.5 tons = 5000 pounds
Given works have total 30 bags
1 bag weight = 50 pounds
30 bags weight = 50 × 30 = 1500 pounds
Given one worker weight = 150 pounds
second worker weight = 210 pounds
By adding all the values 1500 + 150 + 210 = 1860 pounds
Yes, they can transfer themselves and all of the bags in the elevator once.
Question 5.
DIG DEEPER!
You have 84 feet of streamers. You cut 24 pieces that are \(\frac{1}{2}\) each yard long. How many feet of streamers do you have left?
Answer:
Given steamers = 84 feet
24 pieces are 1/2 = 0.5 each yard long
24 × 0.5 = 12 yard long
12 yards = 36 feet
84 – 36 = 48 feet of streamers you have left .

Question 6.
Writing
Write and solve a two-step word problem involving units of measure.

Question 7.
Modeling Real Life
You want to hang a wallpaper border around the perimeter of the rectangular bathroom shown. How many yards of wallpaper border do you need?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 121
Answer:
Given length = 6 ft , width = 1 y

Explanation:
Convert 6 ft to yd
6 ft = 2 yd
perimeter of rectangle = 2 (L + W)
= 2(2 + 1 )
= 2(3) = 6 yd
6 yd of wallpaper border you need

Question 8.
DIG DEEPER!
You need Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 122 gallon of fertilizer to cover a lawn. What is the least amount of money that you can pay and have enough fertilizer?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 122.1
Answer: Given one lawn fertilizer is 128 fluid ounces

Explanation:
Take 2 gallons = $ 40 × 2 = 80
Given another lawn fertilizer 16 fluid ounces
2 gallons = $ 11 × 16 = 176
80 is the least amount of money that you can pay and have enough fertilizer
128 fluid ounces is cheap when compared to 16 fluid ounces.

Review & Refresh

Divide. Then check your answer.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 123
Answer: 5,343 divide by 25
5,343 ÷ 25 = 213.72

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 124
Answer: 2,064 divide by 24
2,064 / 24 = 86

Convert and Display Units of Measure Performance Task 11

Passenger airliners come in many different sizes. Plane A and Plane B are two different types of wide-body jet airliners.

Question 1.
The table shows some facts about Plane A.
a. The length of Plane B is 80 yards. Which is longer, Plane A or Plane B? How much longer?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 125
Answer:- Given, length of plane B = 80 yards
We observed from the table that the length of plane A = 250 ft 2 in
Convert 250 ft 2 into yards
250 ft 2 in = 83.389 yards
So, Length of plane A = 83.389 yards
Length of plane B = 80 yards
Plane A is longer than Plane B
3.389  is longer.
b. The wingspan of Plane B is 37\(\frac{1}{12}\) feet longer than the Wingspan of Plane A. What is the wingspan of Plane B?
Answer: The wingspan of plane B = 37 × 1/2 = 36.852  inches
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 126

Question 2.
Before an airliner can take off, the pilot has to make sure it weighs less than the maximum takeoff weight.
a. Plane A weighs 404,600 pounds and can carry at most 422,000 pounds of fuel. How many pounds can the airliner hold in passengers and cargo?
b. The maximum landing weight of Plane A is 300,000 pounds less than the maximum takeoff weight. Why does an airliner weigh less at the end of a flight than at the beginning?
c. Plane A uses 20 quarts of fuel for each mile it flies. How many gallons of fuel does the plane use during a 3,200-mile flight?

Question 3.
Plane B can hold 544 passengers. Plane A can hold \(\frac{3}{4}\) of passengers that Plane B can hold.
a. How many passengers can Plane A hold?
Answer: Plane A hold 3/4 = 0.75 passengers
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 127
b. An airline estimates that each passenger weighs about 200 pounds, including carry-on baggage. How much passenger and carry-on weight does the airline estimate for Plane B?
Answer: 408 passenger and carry on weight does the airline estimate for plane B

Convert and Display Units of Measure Activity

Directions:

  1. Players take turns.
  2. On your turn, place a counter on a yellow hexagon.
  3. Solve for the missing measurement and cover the answer with another counter. If you surround a monster, then put a counter on the monster. If you do not surround a monster, then your turn is over.
  4. Continue playing until all measurements are covered.
  5. The player who captures the most monsters wins!

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 128

Convert and Display Units of Measure Chapter Practice

11.1 Length in Metric Units

Convert the length.

Question 1.
4 cm = __ mm
Answer: 4 cm = 40 mm

Explanation:
Convert from centimeter to millimeter
1 cm = 10 mm
4 cm = 4 × 10 mm = 40 mm
multiply the cm value by 10

Question 2.
81 m = _8100__ cm
Answer: 81 m = 8100 cm

Explanation:
Convert from meter to centimeter.
1 m = 100 cm
multiply the m value by 100
81 m = 81 × 100 cm = 8100 cm

Question 3.
0.56 km = _56000_ cm
Answer: 0.56 km = 56000 cm

Explanation:
Convert from kilometer to centimeter.
Multiply the km value by 100000

Question 4.
9 mm = 0.009__ m
Answer: 9 mm = 0.009 m
Explanation:-
Convert millimeter to meter.
divide the mm value by 1000

Compare.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 129
Answer:- 73 m = 0.073 kilometer
Explanation:- divide the m value by 1000
Answer:- 7.3 km = 7300 m
Explanation:- multiply the km value by 1000

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 130
Answer:
0.6 cm = 0.006 m
divide the cm value by 100
0.06 m = 6 cm
multiply the m value by 100

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 131
Answer:
2mm = 0.2 cm
divide the mm value by 10
0.2 cm = 2mm
multiply the cm value by 10

11.2 Mass and Capacity in Metric Units

Convert the mass.

Question 8.
3 kg = _3000__ g
Answer:
3 kg = 3000 g
Explanation:
Convert from kg to gram
1 kg = 1000 grams
multiply the kg value by 1000
3 kg = 3 × 1000 gram = 3000 gram

Question 9.
0.006g = _6__ mg
Answer: 0.006 g = 6 mg

Explanation:
Convert from grams to milligrams
multiply the g value by 1000

Question 10.
70 g = _0.07_ kg
Answer: 70 g = 0.07 kg

Explanation:
Convert from grams to kilograms
divide the g value by1000

Question 11.
29,000 mg = _0.029_ kg
Answer: 29,000 mg = 0.029 kg

Explanation:
Convert from milligrams to kilograms
divide the mg value by 1e + 6
29,000 mg = 0.029 kg

Convert the capacity.

Question 12.
400 mL = _0.4_ L
Answer: 400 mL = 0.4 L

Explanation:
Convert from milliliters to liters
divide the mL value by 1000

Question 13.
10 L = 10000 mL
Answer: 10 L = 10000 mL

Explanation:
Convert from liters to milliliters
1 L = 1000 ml
10 L = 10 × 1000 = 10000 mL
multiply the L value by 1000

Question 14.
7 mL =0.007 L
Answer: 7 mL = 0.007 L

Explanation:
Convert from milliliters to liters
divide the mL value by 1000
7 mL = 0.007 L

Question 15.
0.65 L = 650mL
Answer: 0.65 L = 650 mL

Explanation:
Convert from liters to milliliters
1 L = 1000 mL
multiply the L value by 1000
0.65 L = 0.65 × 1000 = 650 mL
So, 0.65 L = 650 mL

11.3 Length in Customary Units

Convert the length.

Question 16.
2 mi = ___ yd
Answer: 2 mi = 3520 yards

Explanation:
Convert from miles to yards
1 mi = 1760 yards
multiply the mi value by 1760
2 mi = 2 × 1760 yards = 3520 yards

Question 17.
14\(\frac{2}{3}\) yd = ___ ft
Answer: 14 × 2/3 yd = 28 ft

Question 18.
103 in. = __ ft __ in.
Answer: 103 in = 8 ft 7 in

Explanation:
Convert from inches from feet.
divide the 103 in value by 12

Question 19.
2,340 in. = yd
Answer: 2,340 in = 65 yd

Explanation:
Convert from inches to yards
divide the 2,340 in value by 36

Compare.

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 132
Answer: 5 × 2/3 yd = 10 ft
17 ft = 5.667 yd

Explanation:
Convert yards to feet.
divide the 17 ft value by 3

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 133
Answer: 67 in = 5 feet 7 inches

Explanation:
divide the in value by 12
5 ft 10 in = 70 in
multiply the 5 ft 10 in value by 12

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 134
Answer:
16 mi = 84480 ft
multiply the mi value by 5280
84,000 ft = 15.909 mi
divide the ft value by 5280

Weight in Customary Units

Convert the weight.

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 135
Answer: 4/2 T = 2 (By solving 4/2 we get 2)
so we take 4/2 as 2
1 T = 2000 lb
2 T = 4000 lb

Question 24.
100,000 lb = ___ T
Answer: 100,000 lb = 45.359237 T

Explanation:
100,000 lb × 0.00045359237 = 45.359237 T

Convert the weight.

Question 25.
217 oz = __ lb __ oz
Answer: 217 oz = 13 lb 9 oz

Question 26.
956 oz = __ lb
Answer:  956 oz = 59 lb

Compare.

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 136
Answer: 5×1/4 T = 2755 lb
15,000 lb = 6.696 T

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 137
Answer: 258 oz = 16.125 lb
divide the oz value by 16
17 lb 12 oz = 284 oz
multiply the lb oz value by 16

Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 138
Answer: 192,000 oz = 6 T
7 T = 250,880 oz

Question 30.
Number Sense
Which measurements are equivalent to 52 ounces?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 139
Answer: 3 lb 4 oz measurement is equivalent to 52 ounces.

11.5 Capacity in Customary Units

Convert the capacity.

Question 31.
18 qt = __ pt
Answer: 18 qt = 29.9762706 pt

Explanation:
1qt equals to 1.6653484 pt
1.6653484 × 18pt = 29.9762706 pt

Question 32.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 140
Answer: 24 fl oz

Explanation:
4 × 3/4c , by solving this we get 12/4c=3c
from formula= 1c = 8 floz
3c = 8 fl oz × 3c = 24 floz

Question 33.
72 pt = __ gal
Answer: 72 pt = 9 gal

Explanation:
1 pt = 0.125 gal
72 pt = 0.125 × 72 = 9 gal

Question 34.
81 qt = __ gal
Answer: 81 qt = 20.25 gal

Explanation:
1 qt = 0.25 gallons
81 qt = 81 × 0.25 = 20.25 gal

Compare.

Question 35.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 140.1
Answer:
5/4 gal = 5 US qt
multiply the gal value by 4
21 qt = 5.25 US gal
divide the qt value by 4

Question 36.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 141
Answer:
Convert from pints to cups
7/2 pt = 7 c
9 c > 7 c
3 1/2 pt < 9 c

Question 37.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 142
Answer:
Convert from quart to cups.
1 quart = 4 cups
4 qt = 16 c
4 qt < 20 c

Question 38.
Modeling Real Life
You have 2\(\frac{1}{4}\) gallons of apple juice. How many pints of apple juice do you have?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 143
Answer: Given 2 × 1/4 (gallons of apple juice)
By solving 2 × 1/4 we get 1/2=>0.5 gallons
so, we have 4 pints of apple juice

Explanation:
we have to find out pints of apple juice
0.5 gallons is equal to 4 pints
from the formula multiply the gallon value (i.e., 0.5 with 8 = 0.5 × 8 = 4 pints)
11.6 Make and Interpret Line Plots

Question 39.
The table shows the amounts of clay made by 10 students. Make a line plot to display the data.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 144
How many students made more than \(\frac{3}{4}\) cup of clay?
Answer:  3/4 = 0.75
only one student ( 7/8 )made more than 3/4 cup of clay ( i.e., 7/8 = 0.875 )

What is the most common amount of clay made?
Answer: The most common amount of clay made is 3/4

11.7 Problem Solving: Measurement

Question 40.
A recipe calls for 2\(\frac{3}{4}\) cups of fava beans. You have 1\(\frac{1}{4}\)– pint can of fava beans and \(\frac{1}{2}\) cup of cooked fava beans. Do you have enough fava beans for the recipe?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 145
Answer: Yes, you have enough fava beans for the recipe

Explanation:
Given that a recipe calls for 2 × 3/4 = 0.5 cups of fava beans
you have 1 × 1/4 pints = 0.5 cups of fava beans ( convert 1/4 pints to cups )
and 1/2 = 0.5 cups of cooked fava beans
So, the recipe calls 0.5 cups of fava beans are equal to you have 0.5 cups of fava beans.

Convert and Display Units of Measure Practice 1-11

Question 1.
Your friend estimates that a bookcase is 2\(\frac{1}{2}\) feet wide. The actual width is \(\frac{2}{3}\) foot longer. What is the width of the bookcase?
Answer: 2 × 1/2 = 1 estimation feet
2/3 = 0.667 actual width feet
1 – 0.667 = 0.34

Question 2.
What is the product of 845 and 237?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 147
Answer: Option C
product (Multiply) the 845 and 237 = 200,265

Explanation:  845 × 237 = 200,265

Question 3.
How many milliliters are equal to 0.6 liter?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 148
Answer:-  Option D  (600 mL)

Explanation: 1 liter = 1000 mL
0.6 liter = 0.6L × 1000mL
= 600mL

Question 4.
Which are equivalent to Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 149?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 149.1
Answer:  6 × 3/10  is equivalent to 18 × 1/10

Explanation:
6 × 3/10 = multiply 6 with 3 we  get 18, denominator remains same
so the answer is 18 × 1/10.

Question 5.
To find 34 + (16 + 23), your friend adds 34 and 16. Then she adds 23 to the sum. Which property did she use?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 150
Answer:-  Option B
She used the Associative property of addition.

Question 6.
An Eastern Hognose Snake is 2\(\frac{1}{2}\) feet long. It grows another foot. What is the new length of the snake in inches?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 151
Answer: 2 × 1/2 = 1 feet

Explanation:
It grows another foot = 1
so, 1 + 1 = 2 feet
convert 2 feet to inches
2 feet = 24 inches
So, the new length of the snake is 24 inches.

Question 7.
What common factor should you divide the numerator and denominator of \(\frac{16}{24}\) by so that it is in the simplest form?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 152
Answer: 8 is the common factor that divides the numerator and denominator of 16/24 in simplest form

Explanation:
The simplest form is nothing but if the top and bottom(i.e., numerator and denominator) have no common factors other than 1.
16/24 = solve it by 8
By solving we get 2/3.

Question 8.
A salesperson at a fabric store has 30 yards of fabric. He puts the same number of yards of fabric on each of 4 rolls for a display. How many yards of fabric does the salesperson put on each roll?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 153
Answer:
Option B
2/15 yard

Explanation:
Given 30 yards of fabric
rolls= 4
rolls/yards = 4/30 = 2/15yard

Question 9.
Descartes estimates 96.3 × 42 by rounding each number to the nearest ten. What is Descartes’s estimate?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 154
Answer: Option D (4,000)

Explanation: Here we have to multiply the given number 96.3 × 42
96.3 ~ 100 (96.3 is the nearest value to 100)
42~40 (42 is the nearest value to 40)
so, multiply both the values 100 × 40 = 4000

Question 10.
The fifth-grade classes are making a mural to hang in the front hallway of the school.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 155
Part A Each class creates a square for the mural that has side lengths of \(\frac{1}{2}\) meter. What is the area of each square?

Answer: area of square =s×s
1/2 × 1/2 = 0.5 × 0.5 = 0.25 meters
Part B
There are 12 classes. What is the area of the entire mural? Explain.
12 × 0.25 = 3 meters

Question 11.
Which expressions have a quotient of 4.6?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 156
Answer: All expressions have a quotient of 4.6 except 15.64÷34 does not have a quotient of 4.6

Explanation: we can find out the quotient value by this method
quotient = Dividend ÷ divisor  (i.e., from the above question we are taking one value                                                                                      124.2 ÷ 27 = 4.6)

Question 12.
What is the quotient of 5 and \(\frac{1}{8}\) ?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 157
Answer:- The quotient of 5 and 1/8 = 40
Explanation:- Divide the 5 and 1/8

Question 13.
You need thirty 5-foot pieces of string for a project. A store sells string by the yard. How many yards of string will you need to buy?
Answer:- 11.655

Explanation: Given foot pieces = 35
1 foot = 0.333 yard
1 yard = 3 foot or 3 feet
we have to find yards of string.
foot pieces × yards = 35 × 0.333
= 11.655

Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 158

Question 14.
In which equations does k = \(\frac{3}{4}\) ?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 159
Answer:  Option D
3/6 × 3/2 =k

Explanation:
we have equated k value as 3/4
so, by solving 3/6 × 3/2 we get 3/4

Question 15.
Newton brings 3 bags of popcorn that are all the same size to a club. There are 12 people at the club. Each person eats the same amount of popcorn and all of the popcorn is eaten. What fraction of a bag of popcorn does each person eat?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 160
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 161
Answer: Bags = 3 ,  People = 12
so, divide 3/12 = 1/4
Option A is the answer

Question 16.
Evaluate
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 162
Answer:
Convert the decimal values to fractions
4.5 = 9/2
13.68 = 342/25
13.70 = 137/10
15.70 = 157/10

Question 17.
What is the sum of \(\frac{5}{6}\) and \(\frac{1}{4}\) ? Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 163
Answer: Option D
5/6 + 1/4 = 13/12

Question 18.
What is 40,071 written in word form?
A. four thousand, seventy-one
B. four hundred, seventy-one
C. forty thousand, seventy-one
D. forty thousand, seven hundred ten
Answer: Option C

Forty thousand, seventy-one

Convert and Display Units of Measure STEAM Performance Task

Sound is created from vibrations in the air called sound waves. In music, when you hear different pitches, it is because the sound waves are traveling at different speeds. The frequency of a pitch measures the number of sound waves per second. Higher pitches have higher frequencies, and lower pitches have lower frequencies. Frequencies are measured in Hertz.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 164

Question 1.
A4 is the musical note commonly used to tune instruments. The frequency of A4 is 440 Hertz, because the sound vibrates 440 times per second.
a. The frequency of A3 is \(\frac{1}{2}\) the frequency of A4. The frequency of A2 is \(\frac{1}{2}\) the frequency of A3. What is the frequency of A2?
Answer: frequency of A2 = 110
b. Is the pitch of A2 higher or lower than the pitch of A4? Explain.
c. How can you use the frequency of A4 to find the frequency of A5? Explain.
d. The frequency of B4 is 493.88 Hertz. What is the frequency of B3?
e. A computer software program can correct the frequency of a sound so it has perfect pitch. A violin plays a note that has a frequency of 255.1 Hertz. Explain how to change the frequency so it has the pitch of B3.

Question 2.
Use the Internet or some other resource to learn about how audio processors can help to correct a singer’s pitch, or to alter the way a song sounds. Write one interesting thing you learn.
Answer:
Auto-Tune is an audio processor introduced in 1997 by and registered trademark of Antares Audio Technologies, which uses a proprietary device to measure and alter pitch in vocal and instrumental music recording and performances. It was originally intended to correct off-key inaccuracies, allowing vocal tracks to be perfectly tuned despite originally being slightly off-pitch.
Pitch correction is an electronic effects unit or audio software that changes the highness and lowness in pitch of an audio signal so that all pitches will be notes from the equally tempered system(i.e., like the pitches on a piano). Pitch correction first detects the pitch of an audio signal (using a live pitch detection algorithm), then calculates the desired change and modifies the audio signal accordingly. The widest use of pitch corrector devices is in western popular music on vocal lines.

Question 3.
You borrow a guitar to learn how to play. Use the Guitar table to decide which guitar you should borrow.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 165
a. Based on your height, you need a guitar that is close to 1 yard long. Which guitar is closer?
Answer: 1 yard = 36 inches
Guitar A is 37 inches
So, Guitar A is closer
b. You also need a guitar that is close to 8 pounds. Which guitar do you think you should borrow? Explain.
Answer: Guitar B you should borrow
176 ounces = 11 pounds which is closer to 8 pounds .
c. Guitar B is called a full-size guitar and Guitar A is called a \(\frac{7}{8}\)-size guitar. Is the length of Guitar A \(\frac{7}{8}\) the length of Guitar B? Explain
Answer: From the table Length of Guitar B = 40 inches
Given guitar A = 7/8 = 10.5 inches
No, the length of Guitar A is not equal to Guitar B
d. The scale length on a guitar affects the pitch. To find the scale length of a guitar, multiply the distance between the nut and the 12th fret by 2. On your guitar, that distance is 12\(\frac{3}{4}\) inches. What is the scale length of your guitar?
Answer: 9 × 12 × 2 = 216
The scale of the length of the guitar is 216
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 166
e. The strings on your guitar are \(\frac{3}{8}\) inch longer than the scale length to allow you to tune the strings to correct pitch. What are the string lengths on your guitar?
Answer:- The string length on your guitar = 3/8
3/8 = 4.5 inches
f. When you tune a string, you adjust it tighter to make the pitch higher, or looser to make pitch lower. You use a tuning instrument to help you string has a tune your guitar. It says that your A4 string has a frequency of 436.2 Hertz. How should you adjust the string to get the pitch in tune?
Answer:- we have to adjust the string to get the pitch in tune = 440 Hertz
its  wavelength (cm) = 78.41

Conclusion:

I wish the information provided in the above article regarding the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure is helpful for all the students. For any queries, you can post your doubts in the below comment section. Keep in touch with us to get the latest updates of all Big Ideas Math Grade 5 Chapters.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 | Big Ideas Math Book 2nd Grade Answer Key

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced | Big Ideas Math Book 6th Grade Advanced Answer Key

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 | Big Ideas Math Book 8th Grade Answer Key